Home

Ocean Help

1. IET 0 4 1 022 98 7 14 115 115 14 oi 1 015 roy is 120 19 43 Of 1195 98 77 3 Open the Meter adjust tab with the setting s you want to change Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 99 Piranha HE 1 Serial Dose TF sensitivity Low High kVp sensitivity Low High p More 4 When you pulled out the tab the settings presently shown are the settings of the active row in the case of our example the active row is 13 To change the Dose TF sensitivity of all rows first change the Dose TF sensitivity to High and then back down to Low The Dose TF sensitivity of all the selected rows have now been set to Low NOTE If you use more than one detector and you use Very High Sensitivity for one detector but not for all waveforms will not be shown correctly Meter adjust between exposures Between each exposure is the meter adjusted if needed This requires normally that no signal is present when you move from one row to another in the grid and when moving to the next exposure measurement in a real time display It may sometimes be desirable to go from one measurement to another without turning of the signal you are
2. t Fork Size 10 w Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 122 Main functions 3 1 22 Analysis The analysis is normally displayed in the lower right corner of the screen Analysis Summary Tube voltage reproducibility Pass Exposure reproducibility Pass Exposure time reproducibility Pass Tube voltage reproducibili Result Pass Ditt from mean 36 Exposure Coefficient of variation is 0 1 Limit 1 0 The mean value is 00 59 k standard deviation 0 07 kv Maximum deviation from the mean value is 0 1 Limit 1 0 Click to compress The analysis results of a test or real time display if you are running Professional is displayed on the analysis tab You can read in the Add analysis topic how to add analysis to your test or real time display 3 1 23 Messages There are three different types of messages you may encounter using Ocean e Measuring errors this is shown when the meter is not able to measure what Ocean is asking for e User or system errors this is internal problems in Ocean or in the meter you are using e Crash an unknown problem occurred Messages are shown in different places depending on what you are doing A measuring error is indicated in two places e A general error message without any specific information shown in the upper status bar e A measuring error is indicated with in the grid You can move the cursor
3. This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Pulse width absolute 3 2 5 11 5 Pulse w idth diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of pulse width The mean value is calculated based on the measured pulse width of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Pulse width mean Pulse width Pulse width Pulse width n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Pulse width diff from mean 100 Pulse width Measured Pulse width mean Pulse width mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Pulse width 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 274 Main functions 3 2 5 12 Duty Cycle This group of columns is related to the measurement of duty cycle Set duty cycle Set value Pulse duty cycle Measured value Duty cycle diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Duty cycle diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 12 1 Set duty cycle Set value This is the duty cycle set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of duty cycle You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Duty cycle
4. Include this in reports Alignment Y Use for analysis Decimals t v Auto decimals Units t O decimals 1 decimals 2 decimals 3 decimals 4 decimals 5 decimals 2 Another drop down list is displayed with the available decimal point selections For our example we ll choose the first option zero decimals since we did not want to show decimals in the Set kV column Our template will look like this after we are done Tube voltage kVp diff 3 2 2 1 7 Change detector When you create the grid you select which detector you will use for each measured parameter This choice can be changed at any time during the test template design process or if necessary later by the user when he uses the template The following example will deal with how to change a detector selection Let s assume we have a template with the following columns and rows already created but we want to change to a different detector than this template was designed with Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM View f SetkV Tube voltage Select ky kV kVp diff Exposure R You can move the mouse pointer over the headings of the measured columns to see what detector is currently selected in this example the Piranha is used but the procedure is similar with the Barracuda Exposure R Piranha Simulate When your meter is connected the actual detector name and serial number are shown if you are
5. 2 The Favorite window is shown Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 93 3 Right click on the template you want to remove from the list dei Select favorite Templates Contents DemoRTD1 is MaxR Ez A Rad session Session Remove Autostart 4 Select Remove The template is now removed from the favorite list However note it still exists in the Library How to modify the description for a Favorite You can edit a Favorite description in the following way 1 Open the Favorite window tw Select favorite le EI Ez Templates Description AmbientLight In fluoroscopy put the Piranha MPD in the beam Do this measurement without DoseRate Flu added filtration before phantom E E een If you prefer right click and select Modify Real Time Display to add displays for dose and dose rate kVpHVL CT kVpTimeDose Dent kVpTimeDose Mam kVpTimeDose PDent 0 ms kVpTimeDose Rad 1 3 mm Al LightIntensity Total filtr 0 mm al Wi mm Al Exposure time To start this measurement click Detectors Piranha Show all RTD favorites Click to minimize 2 Right click on the Favorite description you want to edit and select Edit description 3 The window that allows you to edit the description is shown 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 94 Main functions jee Favorite description Show in Favorites screen 5 Picture A
6. 7 The main title bar is now indicating the license level you selected It will also show how many days you have remaining A warning will be shown when 10 and 5 days are left respectively IMPORTANT The trial period is bound to your Ocean installation and not to your meter This means that if you upgrade your meter during the trial period it still indicates Trial until the 45 days expired 3 Import site information 3 7 7 1 Import from Excel or Calc It is possible to import site information facility department room generator tube and user def equipment from Excel or Calc This example uses Excel but the procedure is the same with Calc The site information should be organized in a list format xx A gt 7 SiteData Microsoft Excel Start Infoga Sidlayout Formler Data Granska Visa 7 da Calibri u A A Wr ot Biradbryttext Allm nt Y Bra D lig Neutri 23 Kopiera e Klistra cys Be Es E y lt lt 0 00 Villkorsstyrd Formatera kni F rklarande fs na F H mta format FKU gt a tt HE Centrera ver kolumner Y gt an Pomme ral salen iS Urklipp a Tecken P Justering y Tal P Format G9 rl Fe A B C D E F G H l J K 1 Facility name Address 1 Department name Room name Generator name Manufacturer Generator S N Tube name Tube S N Tube inherent filtration 2 HospitalA Street 99 X ray Room5 KXO 30R Toshiba CX34990 Tubel
7. Equipment al Measurements as Mammogr gt RTI Electronics AB 3 1 2 Site k Sites RTIBlectronics P Department 1 Room 2 Mam Measurements Mammography test Mammography test MAA Er Peri VL Finished 201 kip Accuracy Finished 201 Reproducibility Finished 201 Average glandular dose Finished 201 Click to compress A site is a place where a QA session is performed A site consist of a facility with one or more departments Each department has one or several rooms Each room has three fixed folders for data a E Sites dl Hospital Sweden 2 X ray department 5 4 4 Room 4 b k Equipment t l Measurements 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 66 Main functions Equipment This is where all the equipment in a room is stored Measureme This is where all the measured sessions are stored for the room nts Reports This is where all the completed reports are stored for the room Note This version of Ocean is not using this folder You can use the search field at the top and left side of the Measurement tab and Library tab to locate items in the database tree Comet DX71 a Type the item you wish to search for into the box then click 4 to start the search You can move to the next occurrence by clicking Equipment There is an Equipment folder for each room Any equipment you create for a room will be stored here Before you can do any testing you need to creat
8. In In In In In In In In Click to compress Note that the colcor indication is only shown on the computer screen not in the report To change background and or font color 1 Select the cells you want to change color for 1 3 4 a0 5 6 Fi 110 5 Click to compress 2 Right click and select Cell color gt Background 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETS Main functions WKY WKY umay usy t 1 5 2 60 3 7 E TEN ON AS 6 100 Cell color 7 110 i ee Select defaults Click to compress 3 Select a color and click OK TH TLL TE 2 EE SEE EE HEHEHEH Click to compress The cells get the new background color View Select Ga di In In In In In In In In cow mio Blu Click to compress If you want to reset to standard colors chose Select defaults from the menu Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 167 3 2 2 1 12 Forced position check You can use forced position check if you want to make sure that you or somebody else using the templates you design don t forget to do the position check 1 Right click on the row where you want to do the position check 2 From the menu select Force position check kVp diff Exposure Exposure time mGy ms View SetkV Tube voltage Select kV kv iu 2 55 Don t show value s L 3 60 Link selected cell s to sp
9. Specify set values generator conditions and so on Adjust the meter settings for each row if necessary Add one ore more analysis with pass and fail criteria Modify appearance you can change the order of columns modify the number of decimal places for the numeric values choose the measurement units to be used and you can change the size and location of the different windows on your screen Click on Save to save the test template You can find your new test template under the Library tab to the Left of the Main screen grid under Test templates You can go ahead and use your new template now if you have your instrument connected to Ocean and your instrument has the capability to make the measurements required by your template This way you can try your new template and adjust the settings if necessary to make sure the template is exactly what you wanted NOTE A test template cannot be stored with measured data Read more about this in the topic Design a test template New Checklist template When you click on the Checklist template choice it starts a wizard to help you create a new checklist A checklist is a number of questions and or tasks that need to be performed and confirmed For each row you can specify the following e A question or task text e The type of answer choose from yes no text value or user defined options e Additional information extensive text and picture information related to the question or task you are
10. Tube alien ess ie te Select kN b i Measurements tab Bl You can load any template from the Favorites screen by clicking on the Favorites button or from the Library tab located to the left of the displays Read more about real time displays by clicking on the links below How to start a new real time display click here How to design a real time display template click here Professional This example shows how to start a session from the Favorites screen You can load any session or real time display template from the Library tab Read Start a new session for a more detailed description of this topic To read more on how to start a real time display go to the Display and Connect topic To start a session from the Favorites screen follow the steps as described below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 29 1 Power on your meter 2 Connect the meter to your computer or make sure that you have a Bluetooth connection 3 Start Ocean If it isthe very first time you start Ocean a Start up wizard will be shown Provide the information required by the wizard 4 When the wizard is done the Favorites window see below is shown k Select favorite Templates Contents kVp amp Exp Mam DemoSessioni KVpSExp Rad mie 3 3 e rerfomed a kV pSExprate Pulsed flu ani Session Mam mAs and time Accurecy ChecHe EE M Detectors keyboard Piranha Piranha Dose Probe x Can
11. 2012 09 18 14 02 18 Country Sweden v 2012 09 18 14 22 50 X ray generator Mam tube TestAGD_Q_ACR X ray generator Mam tube TestAGD_Q_EUREF E mail sales rti se TestAGD_Q_IAEA X ray generator Mam tube Postal code 431 37 Contact person Phone 46 31 746 36 00 Mobile phone a Inbox Fax 1 Demo E Various Note 1 O aa 19 4 2011 12 22 10 51 22 a io 2 2012 01 03 16 35 25 io ME 2012 01 03 16 53 47 os MY 2012 07 03 09 59 48 2012 08 02 14 48 50 E 5298 lt Facility is active Click to enlarge If you instead click on a folder its content is shown on the right side CDE Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Central database Help A N a 1 A Clear row 5 Y Get waveforms A a L 000 00 276 x earna Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure Detector Favorites History Trend Bias off To do Update x check info assistant jp Close list inspection dates Edit Measure Compare Bias Scheduling f Connected E Measurements gt Library 19 No measurement loaded Sites gt RTI Electronics AB Pb DMRJabb New Room gt Measurements Comet DX71 4 chy Sites RTI Electronics 4 RTI Electronics AB Name Equipment Type Title Last modified Status 4 2 DMR4abb 2011 09 19 15 06 07 X ray generator Mam tube Measurement HVL inm tning mammo 2012 0
12. 5 Click Finish when you are ready and the wizard will end As soon as the wizard ends the changes we made are visible in the test template There are other changes you can make to the order of columns and items in the general settings as well as change the width of columns and modify set values 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 172 Main functions 3 2 2 1 15 Add ananlysis If you want any kind of evaluation of your measured data at least one or more analysis must be assigned to your test template This topic will describe how you assign an analysis to your test The following is a list of analyses available in Ocean Accuracy Evaluates the accuracy of all measured parameters It calculates the deviation between a measured value and a set value reference value and compares against specified pass fail criteria Reproducibilit y Evaluates the reproducibility of all measured parameters It calculates the difference from mean value coefficient of variation and standard deviation mA linearity Evaluates the mA linearity It compares the mA expsure value of the different mA stations It can be used with mA time and mAs generators HVL Calculates half value layer based on a number of exposures with increasing added filtration Calculated half value layer is compared to specified pass fail criteria QuickHVL Compares the direct measured half value layer to specified pass fail criteria CTDI Calculates CTDI based on five CT dose
13. Frame count measure 263 Frame exp diff Calculated 271 Exposure norm Measured 260 Frame exp diff from mean Calculated 272 Exposure assistant 115 126 Frame exp diff A Calculated 272 Exposure assitant 08 Frame exp rate Measured 271 Exposure diff Calculated 260 Frame exp rate norm Measured 271 Exposure diff from mean Calculated 261 Frame exposure rate 271 Exposure diff A Calculated 261 FramemA 269 Exposure rate Frame mA Measured 2 0 frame 271 Frame mA diff Calculated 270 measure 261 Frame mA diff from mean Calculated 270 pune El Frame mA diff A Calculated 270 window 262 amera Exposure rate Measured 262 measure 265 Exposure rate norm Measured 262 Frames Measured 264 Exposure rate diff Calculated 262 Frames diff Calculated 264 Exposure rate diff from mean Calculated 263 Frames diff from mean Calculated 264 Exposure rate diff A Calculated 263 Frames diff A Calculated 264 Exposure time Frames s Measured 265 measurer eae Frames s diff Calculated 265 Exposure time Measured 258 Frames s diff from mean Calculated 266 Exposure frame Frames s diff A Calculated 265 measure 266 Free 374 Exposure frame Measured 267 Freerun 95 111 Exposure frame norm Measured 266 Free texts 46 237 Exposure frame diff Calculated 267 Brae wonbook 376 Exposure frame diff from mean Calculated LOT tinction 288 Exposure frame diff A Calculated 267 Exposur
14. Missing columns are listed and no calculation can be done until they have been added to the test NOTE Since this is a template there will be no values in the analysis yet as there are no measurements to analyze When you use the template and make some exposures the analysis results will look like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ATT Mew Set ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select Ent ky ms imay gt i 2 60 61 2 2 0 3 80 78 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 You can now see calculated values in the kVp diff column and results in the analysis window shown below Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy FAIL Tube voltage accuracy Result FAIL Maximum inaccuracy is 0 0 at 40 0 kW Limit 5 10 to 5 0 Diff tram set value So Pat Pi Sa on fs o i Op o o Set walue kv Click to compress The last thing to do is to save our work and we are finished with our new template There are a wide range of possibilities to build templates and when you do your own you may want to add more than one analysis to a template and customize it according to your liking The above was a basic example to get you started Other relevant topics are listed below Change acceptance limits include exclude rows read the Modify topic Change the title or the result text appearance defaults are Pass and FAIL or change
15. This value specifies the type of CT phantom used It is used for the CTDI analysis with the CT Dose Profiler detector It can have three different values Head Body and Free in air This column is required for the following analysis CTDI helical scan in phantom CT Di helical scan free in air Testing This group of columns is related to analysis and calculations used in analysis HVL AGD Ratio Ratio rate Diff from ref val Value Average CTDI Analysis comment Exposure Set mAs Exposure meas mAs Ref mAs Phantom AGD 3 2 5 26 1 Scan speed Calculated This is the HVL value used for the AGD calculation This is the ratio between the measured exposure when filtration is added compared to the exposure value with no added filtration This is the ratio between the measured exposure when filtration is added compared to the exposure value with no added filtration This column is not used in this version of Ocean This column is not used in this version of Ocean This is the calculated CTDI value for each phantom position A special column used by the analysis Calculated value Exposure set mAs is used by mA linearity analysis Calculated value Exposure meas mAs is used by mA linearity analysis Reference mAs is used for the AGD calculation according to the IAEA protocol Pantom thickness sed by the AGD calculation according to the EUREF protocol This is the calculated AGD value Scan speed is calculated as
16. ocococococococcccoconononononononnonononononananannnnons 271 3 2 0 10 3 Frame exp rate Measures 271 3 2 5 10 4 Frame exp diff Calculated o oococococococonoccocononenononanonnononononananannnnnnons 271 3 2 5 10 5 Frame exp diff A Calculated ococococococococcccoconononononanonconononononananannnnons 272 3 2 5 10 6 Frame exp diff from mean Calculated oococococococococococococonononcncncnnanonos 272 ILON A A a S 272 3 2 0 11 1 Set pulse Width Set value LA A 272 32 0 1152 Puse Width Me asu E 273 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Contents BETES 3 2 5 11 3 Pulse width diff Calculator donald 273 3 2 5 11 4 Pulse width diff A Calculated oococococononcnenononononococococononononononcnnnnananonos 273 3 2 5 11 5 Pulse width diff from mean Calculated o oooococococococococococonononcncncnnannnos 273 ILO A DUV CVCE eee en ee aE CM SE AO SPREE oe ee PC eae ee CN 274 3 2 5 12 1 Set duty cycle Set Vall ni a 274 320 12 2 Duty CY CIC Meadas Uro eraio A ada 274 3 2 5 12 3 Duty cycle diff A CalCulated iia 274 3 2 5 12 4 Duty cycle diff from mean Calculated ooococococononocococcocononononanannnnnos 274 o A cetasad aceaacaranenite E aoteiaoaeescarent 275 SLI OCU IMAM OCU a e 275 3 2 5 13 2 Tube imA MeCaS UIC isc ci ts aed lea dilesdeeinieeideuchoiacy uekateeddlawo a aiececialea bats 275 3 2 9 16 0 Tube MA WiN Measured sa AA AA Ad e
17. 100 Exposure rate Measured Exposure rate Measured at O mm Al 3 2 5 26 5 Diff from ref val Calculated This column is used for the AEC density correction analysis It is the calculated relative difference from a reference exposure value The reference value is the exposure measured when the density correction is set to 0 The reference value Exposure ref is measured exposure when density correction is set to 0 The column used is Set density Set value The following calculation is done on each row included in the AEC density correction analysis Diff from ref val 100 Exposure Measured Exposure ref Exposure ref This column is required for the following AEC analysis if measured exposure is used AEC density correction Exposure 3 2 5 26 6 Value Average Calculated This column is not used in this version of Ocean 3 2 5 26 7 CTDI Calculated This is the CTDI value calculated for each phantom position The calculated CT DI 00 weighted CTDI is presented by the CTDI analysis CTDI of an individual position is calculated as follows CTDL 500 orBCDE Measured CTdose N x h where N is the number of slices h is the slice thickness This column is required for the following analysis CTDI Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 301 3 2 5 26 8 Analysis comment Calculated This column is a text column generated by the analysis You can read in the t
18. 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 234 Main functions Manage attached files Size bytes Click to compress You can choose to add a file or add a shortcut If you wish to add a supporting document to a session or test click the Add file button if you just want to refer to a website click the Add shortcut button The attached information is shown the following way Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 235 Wp Reproducoty Set kV Set m s kV mAs 2 5 80 View Set Added filtr Exposure Select mGy 1 bow ra Ln FElpup1206 FE FDA Radiation Safety Plaga TRs457 lrti web tf tf BLUE frame RED frame this information is this information is for the only visible in this test session to this test visible in all tests Click to compress To delete attached information 1 Click on the paper clip 2 A dialogue will appear showing all the attached information Select the item you want to delete 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 236 Main functions 3 2 2 5 Manage attached files File name E FDA Radiation Safety Click to compress 3 Press the Delete key on your keyboard Protection It is possible to protect a session template from editing The following things can be protected e Set values e Measured values e Template editing If protected a password is required to unlock to allow modification To protect a ses
19. 3 2 5 12 2 Duty cycle Measured This is the measured duty cycle This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of duty cycle This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Duty cycle Reproducibility Duty cycle 3 2 5 12 3 Duty cycle diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for duty cycle The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Duty cycle diff A Duty cycle Measured Set duty cycle This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Duty cycle absolute 3 2 5 12 4 Duty cycle diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of duty cycle The mean value is calculated based on the measured duty cycle of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Duty cycle mean Duty cycle Duty cycle Duty cycle n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Duty cycle diff from mean 100 Duty cycle Measured Duty cycle mean Duty cycle mean Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 275 This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Duty cycle 3 2 5 13 mA This group of columns is related to measurement of tube current Set mA Set value Tube mA Measured value Tube mA win Measu
20. End e Barracuda The detector selection dialogue is shown before a test is activated Detector selection Parameter Det i ector Module nbevatoge F0 m MFO Exposure PEET m Do not use gt Barracuda rear panel status o Click to minimize You can choose which detector you want to use in this dialogue Make sure that the selected detector is connected to the correct module as shown in the dialogue In case a suitable detector is not available you have possibilities Keyboard If you select this option you will be prompted to manually enter data for each exposure instead of Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 89 getting it directly from the meter Do not use If you select this the parameter is ignored and no data will be recorded for this parameter If you move the cursor over the parameter texts to the left the column title belonging to this parameter is shown kVp diff from Exposure diff from Exposure time Time diff from mean mean mean 5 A tor selection Skin dose vip Parameter Detector Module Tube voltage MPD MPM Skin dose MPD MPM Exposure time Skin dose Click to minimize End 3 1 9 Favorites Ocean has a Favorites list where your favorite templates are listed and easily accessed when you need them The Favorites list is opened from the button on the Ribbon bar E Design Data link Appeara
21. Large Tite for waveform graph optional X cancel Click OK 7 A link is now created between the cell in Excel and the waveform This is indicated by a red triangle in the upper right corner of the waveform graph 8 Repeat the above step 3 and 4 to link the other three cells in this example are waveforms for additional rows not included Once the links are done your Ocean grid should look like this 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions Tube voltage kWp diff Exposure Exposure time kv kV may ms i 50 49 69 0 2070 100 8 2 55 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 60 62 D 98 27 gt e E eee E ea 5 7 69 77 Dd 3 0 4390 38 E 6 75 7542 0 6 0 5179 99 27 7 80 80 88 1 1 0 5885 98 77 8 85 84 61 0 5 0 644 99 28 g 30 30 37 0 4 0 7168 98 77 10 95 95 83 0 3 0 8055 98 77 i11 100 100 89 Y o9 0 8833 98 78 12 105 104 37 0 6 0 9383 98 77 13 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 98 78 14 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 98 78 15 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 Click to minimize 6 Click save to save what you have done You can choose to send the data to the workbook either manually each time you click Send data or automatically after each exposure Check Auto send if you want to send it automatically after each exposure Link a block of cells It is possible to link an entire block of cells simultaneously To do this follow the steps described below 1 Select the cell in the spreadsheet that represents t
22. Name Facility RTI Electronics Facility Gothenburg Hospital Click to enlarge All duplicated IDs will be shown You can double click on a row and the corresponding ID will be located and you can modify it NOTE Fe Note 3 Note 4 Facility ID 1000 A 4 Facility is active Modify the ID and click on the Refresh button to update the list Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NEON 2 10 Exit Ocean To exit Ocean simply click on the Application button and then choose the Close Ocean button located on the bottom right of the Application menu NOTE The Close button in the Application menu and on the Ribbon bar will only close the current job you are working on but it will not exit Ocean Recent documents New lat 0 RTD Real time display template 1 2010 11 15 17 16 34 Session i Save 2 Rad test session Session template 3 2010 11 15 20 02 45 Session Save as 4 kVp accuracy 1 Test template 5 AGD_ACR_1 Test template Sl Print 6 xx Test template o gt 7 mALinset_mA_time Session T Export 3 AccTestl Session template y 9 KVpReproAccl Test template 3 Import SA Close Click to compress If you have unsaved work while trying to exit Ocean you will be given the choice to save and then exit 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Chapter 3 Main functions 58 Main functions 3 Main functions In this
23. Row r 3 80 4 So 5 So 6 ol T s Click in this Column column to select a row Click to compress A test template is a number of columns and rows called the grid describing the exposures that will be performed for a given test There may also be some general settings present above the grid The parameters specified here are valid for all rows in the grid Each row is one exposure There are measuring conditions and meter setting stored in the template for each exposure There are columns allocated to store the measured date from the meter The test also perform analysis of the measured data based on pass and fail criteria you decide on We provided you with a group of generic templates for your use that come with Ocean or you can create your own test templates to do accuracy reproducibility HVL mA linearity CTDI and so on You can create test templates that do more than one task Read more on how to design a test template Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions KE Checklist templates A checklist template is a list with a number of questions or tasks View Question Answer Recommendation Select 1 OPERATOR PROTECTION a 2_ Exposure switch mounted properly A AA 3 Gloves and aprons awailable TE Headline 4 Gloves and aprons in good condition 5 PATIENT PROTECTION row 6 Gonadal protection provided Qu estion F Technique charts available 6 Filter permanently installed task row 9 ARE
24. SA Close Options Close Ocean Click to minimize There are three types of Ocean data you can export 1 Measurements ome files 2 Templates ote files 3 Sites ome files The files are identified by the following icons Measurements Templates Exporting measurements NT Application menu Use this type of export when you want to export measurements sessions and real time displays To begin the export process click on the Application button then hover the mouse over the export function from the drop down menu see picture above You will be offered three choices export measurements export templates and export sites To export measurements follow the two easy steps as described below Step 1 When you select the Export measurements option a wizard starts automatically to allow you to select the items you want to export Select all items you wish to export You can select individual measurements or right click on a folder and select Export In the later case all measurements in that folder and below will be selected for export Click on the Next button to continue Step 2 Once your selection is made the next screen will offer you a choice between creating a file only or send the export directly to another Ocean user as an e mail attachment You can also add an optional message to your file for the user or regulatory authority to whom you are sending the data This message will be s
25. Scan speed Pitch Collimation Tube rotation time It is used to create a room scale that is related to the time scale This column is required for the following analysis CT Di helical scan in phantom CT DI helical scan free in air 3 2 5 26 2 HVL AGD Measured This is a set value column This column is required when average glandular dose is calculated You must enter this value This column is required for the following analysis AGD ACR AGD EUREF AGD IAEA 3 2 5 26 3 Ratio Calculated This column is a calculated value and it can be used in an HVL test It takes the exposure for the row where Set added filtr O and calculates the ratio of the measured exposure and the value where no filtration is added This column is optional but it must not be selected for the HVL analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESTE Main functions The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Ratio 100 Exposure Measured Exposure Measured at 0 mm Al 3 2 5 26 4 Ratio rate Calculated This column is a calculated value and it can be used in an HVL test It takes the exposure rate for the row where Set added filtr O and calculates the ratio of the measured exposure rate and the value where no filtration is added This column is optional but it must not be selected for the HVL analysis The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Ratio
26. Settings Sensitivity Calibration Beam correction factor Added filtration Trigger threshold End Description Sensitivity setting for the electrometer used for the detector Available calibrations for current detector and current application can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here An optional factor that is used for the internal dose and dose rate value Any measured value is multiplied with this factor This can be used to specify the scatter factor can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here This field is disabled if meter measures the total filtration Any added filtration will be included in the total filtration value the meter measures If the meter is set to not measure the total filtration any added filtration must be specified here can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here Trigger threshold for the detector Can be increased to avoid noise or lowered to increase sensitivity Ion chambers Settings for ion chambers Barracuda only These settings are valid for the ion chambers used with the Barracuda Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE Settings Description Sensitivity Sensitivity setting for the electrometer used for the detector Calibration Available calibrations for current detector and current application can be present as a column as well and if
27. This column it can also be in general settings is specifying the amount of added filtration It can be used for different purposes but normally you would use it when you are doing an HVL measurement to specify the amount of aluminum you add It can also be used to increase accuracy of measured kVp and dose dose rate when the meter is unable to estimate the amount of filtration or you are using a detector that doesn t have automatic energy correction You can also set this parameter on the Meter adjust tabs unless you are doing an HVL calculation It is found on tabs for RTI kVp and dose detectors This value is specific for each detector used in a test or real time display This column is required for the following analysis HVL 3 2 5 24 2 Compr paddle Selection This column it can also be in general settings is specifying if the compression plate is present or not This column is relevant only for mammography measurements You can also set this parameter on the Meter adjust tabs It is found on tabs for RTI kVp and dose detectors This value is specific for each detector used in a test or real time display This column is required for the following analysis not required for any analysis 3 2 5 24 3 Beam corr factor Set value This column or in general settings is specifying a factor that measured exposure and exposure rate is multiplied with This column can be used to apply a correction to a measured exposure or exposure rat
28. haw New site Facility Department Room Generator Tube Room name Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 a os Click to compress The fields Note 1 Note 4 are user defined fields You can go to Program options and setup the labels you want to have for these free fields 6 Click Next when you are done to continue with the wizard 7 The next step is to add a generator to your room Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EF hae New site Generator Department Room D Generator Tube Serial 12345 Generator name IDEAL Model RF Manufacturer Waveform type Mote 1 Mote 2 Note 3 Note 4 J Indude in reports a os Click to compress Enter the generator name and additional information Make sure that you select the correct waveform type for your generator If you don t know the waveform type use the default value HF DC The fields Note 1 Note 4 are user defined fields If you don t want the generator information shown in the report uncheck the check box 8 Click Next when you are done to continue with the wizard 9 Before you can do any work in this room you must add a tube 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 242 Main functions hae New site Facility Tube Department Room Tube name Insert type Tube Serial Generator Manufacturer Tube usage Radiography Total
29. i a i 2 7 reer a E am mm lb amp amp amp bb amp amp amp at ly dy Lo 1 1 1 1 H I I L Ha van rs b 1 Pas 3 5 Sh 50 TO a0 0 100 110 120 Tir denia UDOT accuracy e 62 al 65 00 KW Leet 5 0 to 50 ral WrtEr dela Araya Corel 2 Perssha O Sesion Bi Log mode Pad best Pressures kPa Click to compress 3 Now click on the Trend button select New if a menu is sub shown on the ribbon bar orting Help row Lz Get waveforms all Exposure assistant Detector Favorites Edit Measure Compare Bias Click to com press 4 The Trend wizard is started to help you to create the trend analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETZE Main functions W Select value to analyze Select value to analyze Select analysis Select one Click to compress 5 First select which analysis you want to do trend analysis for The drop down list will show all analysis that are used in the current test 6 When you have selected an analysis you can select which parameter you want to see the trend for In this case we want to study maximum relative difference W Select value to analyze Select value to analyze Select analysis Select value Maximum absolute relative difference SAbsDiffAtMaxRelDiff The set value for where maximum relative difference occurred SSetValueAtMaxRelDiff Rel Abs limit High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SRelPlusAb
30. kVp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Not started e Double click in the first column for the test or checklist you want to start The test or checklist is opened and the first row is activated You can also select a test or checklist by clicking on a tab Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions NN Summary of HVL kvp Reproducibity kvp Accuracy Radiographic que Rad test ite Status Performed Result P HvL Finished kVp Reproducibility Not started kVp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Not started e When the test or checklist is shown you can click on the row you want to start with and that row will be activated 7 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts letting you choose the equipment to test In some cases you may be asked to choose a detector s to use Detector selection End Select an old session Start from an already finished session The steps are Select an existing session gt Select a room gt activate a test or checklist gt start to work 1 Go to the Measurements tab and locate the session you want to use and right click on tt You can find sessions in the Measurement folder in a room 2 The session wizard is now activated and it will ask you if you want to use your chosen template in the same room or in another room Make your choice and click Next to continue 3
31. la Save Ei Save as Real time display Hew l Save the active job as a real time display Save as Test template Save the current test as a test template no measurements d C M Options Close Ocean Click to compress Save as a Real time display If you use Save as a Real time display to rename and or change the location of a real time display it will create a copy of the existing real time display with all of its measured data and all future work will be saved in the new copy Save as a Real time display template You can use this in two different situations e If you use Save as a Real time display template to rename and or change the location of a real time display template it will create a copy of the existing real time display template without measured data and all future work will be saved in the new copy at the location you chose e You can also use this function if you are making measurements in a real time display and want to save the real time display you are working on as a template no measured data in the Library All further work will be saved as a real time display template no measured data in the new copy Save as a Test template You can use Save as a Test template to convert a real time display to a test template and save it in the Library Any measured data will not be saved and future work will be saved in the test template Save as function while in Design mode Use Save as if you
32. n Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC kV compensation analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured or value and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional diff from mean O D however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column AEC mA compensation The AEC mA compensation analysis is used to test the performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis can calculate the deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation are calculated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AEC mA compensation test Exposure View Set m Exposure Exposure diff Select EmA imay from mean 3o 1 100 0 16 30 5 4 2 200 0 17 40 1 0
33. ooooococococonononocoococononononananononos 293 3 2 5 22 5 User Calculation diff from mean Calculated o oooococococococcccococonononannnnnnoos 293 3 2 9 29 Userdemmea NUMENC Vale csi e E ze 293 3 2 5 23 1 Numeric set value Set ValUe oooococccccocococonococoncncocononononanononnnnnnnnnnnnananannnos 293 3 2 5 23 2 Numeric value Measured ococococococcccocononononononcnnononononononanonnnnonnnnnnananannanons 294 3 2 5 23 3 Numeric value diff Calculated ooooococococococcocococonononacoconcoconononanananannnns 294 3 2 5 23 4 Numeric value diff A Calculated ooocococococcocononononococonconononononananannnnons 294 3 2 5 23 5 Numeric value diff from mean Calculated ooococococcccnononoccococononenonanananonos 294 J29 ES te Ai Ont ah lensed aetna a a a cenit a 295 3 2 5 24 1 Set Added filtr Set value ocoocococococononococcnconononononanononnononononanananannanons 295 3 2 5 24 2 Compr paddle Selecti0nN o ocooococcccccococonononococcococononononanononcncononennnanananonos 295 3 2 5 24 3 Beam corr factor Set value oooccccocococococononcncononononononononnnnononnnonananannnnons 295 3 2 5 244 Calibration Sale ci ee ee 295 32 OAG Measuring UME iori re kareena ai 296 SRL LONON se ase a r A E N 296 3 2 5 25 1 Temperature Set Value o oococococococcccoconononononononnonononononananonnnnnnnnnanananannanons 296 3 2 0 20 2 Pressure
34. 0 07 kv Maximum deviation from the mean value is 0 1 Limit 1 0 Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text Reproducibility analysis looks like this Title Result Result GraphRel Coefficient of variation is CoefOtariation Limit LimitForloetOtyariatian 0 The mean value is hleanv alue Unit Standard deviation SstandardDewation Unit Maximum deviation from the mean value is ShlaxDevFromMean Yo Limit bLimitForhiaxDevFramMMean This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the Reproducibility analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions SUM STitle Specified title 5Result Analysis result 5TestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test SUnit The current unit 5GraphRel Graphical representation of the results as 5MaxDevFromMean Maximum deviation from mean value SetValueAtMaxDevFromMean The set value for where maximum deviation from mean value occurred LimitForMaxDevFromMean Acceptance limit for maximum deviation from mean value SM
35. 2131 Toshiba_____ Asteion Multi CXB 400C tube 80 1 141 2131 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Toshiba lAsteion Dual 1 117 1 857 Toshiba Asteion Dual 1 070 1 685 Toshiba lAquilion 16 80 1147 2 206 Toshiba lAquilion 16 1 070 1 959 Toshiba lAquilion 16 1 056 1 779 Toshiba lAquilion 16 1 051 1 728 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Index 439 analysis 33 7 Nn re ex AGD EUREF analysis 343 AGD IAEA ve analysis 347 ms AMX4 66 Analysis 122 128 122 accuracy 306 add 172 e cell value 201 delete 181 ome 41 44 include exclude rows 177 ote 41 44 layout 191 modify 177 A m trend 102 Analysis comment 207 About 417 Analysis comment Calculated 301 Acceptance limits Analysis summary 182 change 177 Answer 211 Accpetance limits Appearance 388 add new 19 7 Application button 21 34 modify 197 Application menu 21 34 Accuracy Associate 374 378 analysis 306 Attached ACR 337 Document 233 Across 383 Webpage 233 Activate meter 422 Attachments Measured 302 Active error message 58 Auto compensation 122 Active row 69 Auto connect 94 Add Auto start 89 94 Checklist 228 Auto scroll 46 column 170 Average Glandular Dose 299 general settings 170 Average glandular dose ACR 337 row 155 Average glandular dose EUREF 343 Test 224 Average glandular dose IAEA 347 Add row checklist 219 B Added filtration 95 316 adjacent steps 312 Background AEC cell 165 density correction 371 color 16
36. 5 Select imay b i 2 E 6 000 7 000 3 000 11 00 13 00 AEC density correction Result Pass hile asured ES w xl m ml a E xl E xl q k E o E a AEC density correction Result Pass Dif from reference value 0 0 4 j Set density Default pass fail criteria Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 373 There are no pass fail criteria for this analysis You must decide this There are no pass Fail limits For this analysis type Choose analysis result e Pass O Fail Default result Exposure AEC density correction Result Pass Dif from reference value 0 D 0 Set density Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC density correction analysis looks like this Title Result FTestResult Graph This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AEC density correction analysis Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the best UnitForDev
37. Backup Click on this button when you want to make a backup of your database A dialogue will be shown asking you to choose where you want to store the back up file It is highly recommended that you back up your data on regular basis Location of the database file Depending on the operating system you have the database file can be found at the following location XP Documents and Settings All Users Application Data RTI Electronics Ocean Vista or Win7 ProgramData RTI Electronics Ocean Import examples When you installed Ocean you had the opportunity to load example templates ready to use directly You can at any time import more examples if you didn t select all of them when you installed Ocean or after an update Go to the Help page and click on Import examples Measure Design Data link Appearance Pepa in Central database Help Table of FAQ Getting Measure Design Misc eat Contact Activate Check Tr contents started hi RM meter update Help Tutorials Support Click to compress The Ocean Setup Wizard starts Click on the Next button until you come to the Examples page Ocean startup wizard Welcome Examples NN Anumber of example template lable to cigs Spreadsheet program tel ee EST dat ista o Radiography Examples modalities and parameters in the list to the right you Fluoroscopy Finish will get examples suitable for your needs and that E E Pulsed fluoroscopy corresponds
38. Click to compress We ll select AbsDiffAtMaxRelDiff from the list add a space and select Unit to get the text we 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 196 Main functions wanted By using the macro Unit instead of writing kV we made sure that our text will read correctly even if we the units Before we finish with this page we ll need to do one more thing and that is to change the font and color of the title text To do this we ll select the text Title JB Ey Xx Font Arial Title Result TestResult then change the font size to 12p and change color to a light blue E E EE Font Arial Title Result STestResult The new analysis result text window should look like this after we finished making all the changes we wanted my Analysis Setup kV accuracy Define analysis result BE x 080 20 E EE Define analysis result text Sank ee E Title a Select parameter and title Define analysis result text Result FlestResult Maximum inaccuracy is dhaxRelDif bAbsDifAtMaxRelDiff Bl nit at poetValueAtwaxRelDiff Unit Limit LoLimithlaxRelDiff to SHiLimithlaxRelDitf So fGraphRel Enter the Analysis comment 2 Failing rows Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIA NOTE The layout for kV accuracy analysis we just finished designing will affect the appearance of the current template only The next time you add
39. Conditions Testing Other User defined E E Click to compress The columns on the right side will be the ones in our template We can use drag and drop or double click to move columns from the left to the right side If you made an error and want to remove something from the right side select it and hit the Delete key on your keyboard If you are following along with our example you ll note that when we selected a measured parameter as in the Tube voltage Measured column case you ll see the next window below This is where we choose which detector or calibration we intend to use with this template Since we are using the Piranha there is only one possible calibration to choose we ll click on W 3 mm Al and click the OK button to continue with the wizard 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 144 Main functions Select detector calibration for Tube volt E al Collapse Expand Piranha oo WATS mm Al Click to compress We ll need to choose one more column from the kV group and that is the kVp diff Calculated column so we can show the relative difference between the set value and the measured value We also said we ll keep track of exposure time even though we won t need it for this test so we ll need to choose an appropriate column to reflect this value Let s go to the Time group of columns and choose the Exposure time Measured column and we ll select an appropr
40. Measured kVp mean kVp mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Exposure time Exposure This group of columns is related to the measurement of exposure dose Set exposure Set value Exposure norm Normalized measured value Exposure Measured value Exposure win Measured value during the window Exposure diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Exposure diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Exposure diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 3 1 Set exposure Set value This is the exposure set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of exposure You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure 3 2 5 3 2 Exposure Measured This is the measured exposure There are several detectors that can measure exposure dose You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of exposure This column or Exposure norm Measured is required for the following anal Accuracy Exposure Reproducibility Exposure AEC kV compensation Exposure AEC mA compensation Exposure AEC reproducibility Exposure AEC reciprocity Exposure AEC f
41. Ocean also opens the associated Excel or Calc workbook When you close your Ocean template any new work you did will be saved and the embedded workbook will be closed as well When you embed the workbook it will always reside inside Ocean and will become a permanent part of the Ocean template until you remove it If you send an embedded Ocean template to someone they will automatically get the Excel file A template with an embedded workbook will have the X Excel symbol in a black rectangle appear at the bottom of the grid as shown in the picture below When you remove an embedded workbook from a template the workbook will be deleted It is permanently removed from the Ocean database If you want to keep the workbook follow the procedure below 1 Open the session or template when you do this Ocean will start Excel or Calc 2 Use the Excel or Calc save function to save the workbook on your computer then close the session or template when you do this a copy of the workbook will be saved in Excel or Calc 3 Remove the embedded workbook from the session or template It is possible to embed or associate a spreadsheet to a test as well However not that you can not use a test as it is it must always be part of a session You can in this way bring in a spreadsheet to a session and then link other test to it Data link mode There are three different ways to send data to Excel or Calc e Dump all data including column
42. Pitch Set value This column specifies the pitch Scan length Set This specifies the length of the scan value Scan speed Set This specifies the scan speed value Measuring time This is the measuring time for TIMED MODE This is a meter setting a value used by the meter Tube rotation time This is the tube rotation time Set value 3 2 6 8 Geometric Efficiency helical scan free in air The CTDI helical scan free in air analysis is used to evaluate the geometric efficiency on computed tomography systems using the RTI CT Dose Profiler detector It uses one exposure and calculates calculates the geometric efficiency and CTDI free in air You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test The separate documentation CT Dose Profiler User s Manual comes with the CT Dose Profiler detector describes the probe and the theory If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical CTD free in air and geometric efficiency helical scan free in air test This example shows two measurements each with its own analysis One is a measurement in a head phantom and the other is in a body phantom Set kV Collimation Pitch Tube rotation time Scan speed Measuring time Exposure kv mm 8 mm s 8 mGy 12 1 000 1 00 12 1 000 1 00 Click to compress Note that you should use TIMED MODE for this measurement Ocean Re
43. Reproducibility HVL 3 2 5 16 Total filtration This group of columns is related to the measurement of total filtration Set TF Set value Total filtr Measured value Total filtr diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Total filtr diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Total filtr diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 16 1 Set TF Set value This is the total filtration set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of total filtration You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Total filtration 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 280 Main functions 3 2 5 16 2 Total filtr Measured This is the measured total filtration This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy and reproducibility of total filtration This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Total filtration Reproducibility Total filtration 3 2 5 16 3 Total filtr diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for total filtration The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Total fitr diff 100 Total filtr Measured Set TF Set TF This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Total filtration relative 3 2 5 16 4 Total filtr diff A
44. The AGD EUREF AGD is calculated as AGD ESAK gPB cFactor sFactor where ESAK normalized entrance air kerma measured exposure value from the column Exposure norm Measured 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 346 Main functions gPB is the g PB factor It is dependant on HVL and the phantom thickness corresponds to an equivalent breast thickness Table A5 1 g factors for breasts simulated with PMMA g factors mGy mGy HVL mm Al oa a Fis 222 0261 0 294 0326 0 357 0 388 0419 0 448 4 0 208 Click to compress thickness mm cFactor is the c factor it is also dependant on HVL and the phantom thickness Table AS 2 c factors for breasts simulated with PMMA PMMA Equivalent Glandularity of NS thickness breast thickness equivalent breast mm row 1 039 1 037 1035 1034 E 096 1 139 Click to compress sFactor is the s factor it is dependant on the target filter Table A5 4 s factors for clinically used spectra Dance et al 2000 Spectrum s factor ee eet wee Click to compress the s factor for W Al is taken from the IAEA protocol IAEA Technical Report Series no 457 Dosimetry in Diagnostic Radiology An International Code of Practice page 155 163 2007 ISSN 0074 1914 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 347 3 2 6 11 Required column
45. ab Jom mM gt ou PF Te Tube voltage ky Piranha 80 59 20 70 Click to compress kvp diff From mean 5 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 ray Piranha 0 5825 0 5881 0 5832 0 5859 0 5861 0 5904 0 5877 Exposure Exposure diff from mean o 0 3 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 7 0 2 2 Hold down the Shift key and click the cell that will be the right lower corner of the block you want to link As you can see in the picture below a block of nine cells are highlighted dark blue View Select ab ab ab ab ab ab ab 5h A 0 M e Tube voltage ky Piranha 00 59 00 69 80 69 kp diff From mean o 0 1 0 0 META 00 62 ab 70 0 1 0 0 Click to compress 3 Now right click on the marked block Ocean Reference Manual may Piranha 0 5025 0 5001 0 585 0 5904 0 5677 0 5861 Exposure Exposure diff From mean o 0 6 0 3 0 5 O 1 0 0 0 7 Oe 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RES View a Sek ky Tube voltage kYp diff From Exposure Exposure diff Fromm Select Eno ENS mean o imay mean o Piranha Piranha E 80 1 80 59 0 1 0 5825 0 6 2 50 50 69 0 0 0 5881 0 3 4 80 60 63 OO L A 5 820 ae a Don t show value s 6 80 80 62 E Link selected cells to spreadsheet 7 80 80 70 0 0 0 5877 0 2 Click to compress 4 From the drop down menu choose the Link selected cell s to spreadsheet opt
46. and real time displays to the Real time display template inbox in the Library repectively Inspection dates and intervals If Ocean Central is used and the administrator has decided that inspection dates and intervals should be centrally controlled by clicking on the button on the ribbon bar To do Update list inspection dates Scheduling When your local database is updated with new inspection dates the following message is shown Information Room inspection schedule has been updated Your To do list will show upcoming inspeactions Ocean Reference Manual TN Main functions To do list Sessions requiring a signature ID number problems 8 Upcoming All scheduled but not upcoming Status Facility uy ET Electronics EJ Great Western Hospital Dept Room Inspection date May Room 2 Mam 2011 11 23 Main X Ray Departm Room 5 Main X Ray 2012 01 27 start measurement SS E Upcoming within 2 weeks Click to compress It is shown in Program options how inspections dates are controlled Don t change this unless the Ocean Central administrator has asked you to do so far Options General settings Ocean Data Management System used Preferences cua Ocean server name or IP Port Meter preferences 127 0 0 1 7000 Defaults Login Password Default units ulf Free texts Reports Indude POF when submitting a session to the Central Database Central database oom inspection interval
47. cd m2 Normally this is not a problem when you measure luminance as the adapter Monitor adapter you put on the light probe has a shutter This shutter is only open when you press the button When the shutter is closed no light reaches the light detector and the meter can reset and find the zero level Just make sure to keep the shutter closed when e you start a test activate or real time display with the meter connected e you switch from keyboard mode to connect mode and you want to measure luminance e the meter is adjusting This occurs when you move from one measurement to another from one row to another row if the settings for the meter are different in the next row If meter settings are exactly the same not adjustment of the meter is done and you don t need to release the shutter when going from one row to another In all these situations the shutter should be closed luminance lux lx When you measure illuminance you have to be aware that the adapter Lux adapter doesn t have a shutter It is sensing the light all the time You must manually darken it every time the meter is resetting To make it easier for you Ocean will remind you about this in the following situations e When you start a test activate or real time display with the meter connected e When you switch from keyboard mode to connect mode and you want to measures luminance The following message is displayed to remind you to darken the detector 201
48. gt ES Session templates a LI Test templates i p 5 Inbox 4 4 Examples RTT gt gt E Dental dl E 2 50 3 10 0 Platas Input Doserate o ma Max Doserate b Mammography Click to compress Templates A template is an object that describes what you do when you use Ocean It can be a template for a complete QA job with tests and checklists It has information about the measuring conditions of each test meter settings and space to store the results It can also be a template for a single test checklist or a template for a quick measurement using a real time display There are four types of templates Test templates Checklist templates Session templates Real time display templates 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 136 Main functions When you are in template design mode the template name is shown within square brackets on Ocean s main title bar Appearance Reporting Help Clear row E Get waveforms AN Measured pres l Clear all Exposure assistant l a Info Detector Favorites Bias off When you work with a template Design mode is indicated on the status bar at the bottom of the screen Piranha L Test template fi Design mode gt IMPORTANT When you save a template no measure data Is saved Test templates A test template describes one test The test templates are completely user defined General Lom e i settings 70 5 100 0 heading Piranha gt il 80 Fa ol
49. m linearity MiniMax check Reproducibility Click to compress NOTE If Accuracy is not shown one or several columns needed for that analysis are missing You can read the Accuracy topic if you want to know which columns are required by this analysis For our example we ll select Accuracy from the list and click Next to continue with the wizard 4 The next window is where we can select a title and parameter for our analysis Select Tube voltage asthe parameter and keep the title as the default Ocean suggests then click Next to continue with the wizard The picture below shows the second page of the analysis setup wizard Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETZE tov Analysis Setup Lo JL Is Selective af analysts Select parameter and title M Select parameter and title select the parameter to analyse accuracy For Set acceptance limits Tube voltage Enter a title for the analysis the title is used when showing the result Tube voltage accuracy lt Back next gt Cancel Click to compress 5 The last page of the wizard is where where we ll specify the acceptance limits for our new Accuracy analysis and the it looks like the picture below fv Analysis Setup Tube voltage accuracy Fs Jeje Select type of analysis Set acceptance limits Select parameter and title P Specify general acceptance limits vou can later set specific Set acceptanc
50. send the export directly to another Ocean user as an e mail attachment You can also add an optional message to your file for the user or regulatory authority to whom you are sending the data This message will be shown when the user imports the data Click Finish when you are ready and the export file will be generated with an ote extension and you will be asked to choose a file name and location to store the file If you chose the option to send the file via e mail your e mail program will be opened and a blank e mail started with the ote file added as an attachment All you have to do now is to complete the e mail and then send t Exporting sites Use this type of export when you want to export sites It exports all site information facility departments rooms and all equipment To begin the export process click on the Application button then hover the mouse over the export function from the drop down menu see picture above You will be offered three choices export measurements export templates and export sites To export sites follow the two easy steps as described below Step 1 When you select the Export sites option a wizard starts automatically to allow you to select the facilities Select all items you wish to export Click on the Next button to continue Step 2 Once your selection is made the next screen will offer you a choice between creating a file only or send the export directly to another Ocean user
51. there are three of them 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 182 Main functions amp Manage analyses Analyses Tube voltage reproducibility Exposure reproducibility Exposure time reproducibility Click to compress 3 Right click on the analysis you want to remove and select Delete from the menu you can also select an analysis and press the Delete key on your keyboard You can also change order of the analysis by using drag and drop 3 2 2 1 19 Analysis summary The analysis summary is shown before the detailed analysis results It lists each analysis title and a pass or fail for each It gives a quick overview of the total result Analysis Summary m Tube voltage reproducibility Pass Exposure reproducibility Pass Exposure time reproducibility Pass Tube voltage reproducibility Result Pass Diff fram mean a Exposure Click to compress You can hide the summary page if you want by right clicking on the Analysis window and uncheck the Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM Show summary option You can do the same thing by going to the ribbon bar and clicking the Analysis setup button 3 2 2 1 20 Add trend analysis You can include a trend analysis into a test in the same way as you include a test analysis 1 Assume that you have the following test Md teit ur PO Dic Pra Mr De AS AAN Riparim Halo Tt E pda bine Foster a 4 Pelis di
52. total filtration 279 tube current 2 75 tube voltage 256 waveform 161 Ocean Reference Manual Measured kVp 256 tube voltage 256 Measureing error 122 Measurement illuminance 115 light 115 luminance 115 Measurements 22 Measurements tab 63 Measuring mode 95 free run 111 normal 111 timed 111 Measuring time 296 Memo Measured 303 Message 122 Meter adjust 95 Meter information 58 Meter settings 95 MGD 337 Min Max analysis 351 Modify analysis layout 191 columns 170 favorite description 89 general settings 1 0 meter settings 160 question 218 Multiple cells 153 Multiple rows 151 Multi select cells 153 Multi select rows 151 N Name 54 New Checklist template 128 real time display 35 Real time display template 128 Session 35 78 Session template 128 Site 35 128 237 Test template 128 Next inspection 237 Normal 111 Normal mode 95 Normalized 296 297 Normalized CTDI 323 Number 217 2012 10 01 2 3A Index 445 Number of slices Set value 298 Numeric format change 157 Numeric set value 293 Numeric value 294 Numeric value diff 294 Numeric value diff from mean 294 Numeric value diffA 294 O Ocean Central 54 410 setup 411 OpenOffice 48 Operators 288 Options 46 Order of analysis 180 Ortigo 417 import sites 427 Other 302 P Pass fail criteria 197 Password signature 406 PDF file 396 PDF file 40 Pencil ion chamber 323 Phantom Set value 302 Pha
53. windows 189 Restore windows 388 Result 78 Revew 420 Ribbon 21 Right click menu 21 Room 65 237 Row 69 135 delete 155 dublicate 128 insert 128 155 multiple selection 151 E Save Real time display 36 Session 36 Template 36 Save as 37 Scan length 298 Scan speed 299 Scan time 298 Scatter factor 95 431 Scheduling 46 58 237 Screen Font 388 Layout 388 Screen layout predefined 392 screen 392 user defined 392 SDD Set value 297 Search 63 65 Select 135 Send data ExcelorCalc 380 381 Send session 382 Senstivity 95 Ocean Reference Manual Session Add checklist 228 Add test 224 Delete checklist 228 Delete test 224 due 109 hide tests or checklists 230 send to Excel or Calc 382 send to spreadsheet 3 4 site information 111 submit 413 upcoming 109 upload 413 Session template design create 222 footer 232 header 232 report layout 232 Set Added filtr Set value 295 Set CT exposure Set value 282 Set CT exposure rate Set value 284 Set DAP exposure Set value 285 Set DAP exposure rate Set value 287 Set duty cycle Set value 274 Set exposure Set value 259 Set exposure rate Set value 261 Set Exposure frame Set value 266 Set frame exp rate Set value 271 Set frame mA Set value 269 Set frames Set value 263 Set frames s Set value 265 Set HVL Set value 278 279 Set kV Set value 256 Set Light Set value 281 Set mA Set value 275 Set mAs Set value 27
54. 0 7168 98 77 3 08055 98 77 gt 0 8833 9878 6 0 9383 98 77 4 1 022 98 78 1 1 115 98 78 119 98 77 Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy Pass Tube voltage accuracy Result Pass AAA e pa Click to com press 3 Hover your cursor to the right arrow on the grid while still holding your mouse button down As you see on the picture above the dark blue rectangle moved to the right of the grid indicating the new position of the window we want to move 4 Release the mouse button to drop the window in its new position Your new screen appearance should now look like the picture below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions w Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help 4 Auto send a Sen Add Remove data Y Show linked cells Data link Workbook s Keyboard E Summary HYL kvp Reproducibility y kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site E Set time SDD Set m s D ms cm m s S 100 70 5 3 kVp diff Exposure Exposure time J Select kw kw mGy ms zj b 1 50 49 69 0 6 0 2070 100 8 2 55 0 2 0 2678 112 9 E 3 60 1 0 0 3330 98 27 F 4 65 1 0 0 3776 98 27 o 5 70 0 3 0 4390 98 77 E 6 75 0 6 0 5179 99 27 7 80 1 1 0 5885 98 77 8 85 0 5 0 6444 99 28 9 90 0 4 0 7168 98 77 10 95 0 9 0 8055 98 77 11 100 0 9 0 8833 98 78 12 105 0 6 0 9383 98 77 13 110 9 57 0 4 1 022 98
55. 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 432 Frequently asked questions Can I change the acceptance limits in a test Yes Right click on the analysis window and click on Modify analysis select the analysis you want to change the limits for The limits are now shown and you can modify them Read more in topic Acceptance limits Can I have different acceptance limits for each row in a test Yes Right click on the analysis window and click on Modify analysis select the analysis you want to change the limits for The limits are now shown and you can modify them for individual rows Read more in topic Acceptance limits What is a template There are four different types of templates e Test template e Checklist template e Session template e Real time display template A template is an object without any measured data but with all other necessary information to perform a measurement and required analysis I want to see my exposure values both in R and mGy Can Ido that Yes You can just right click on the column head and select Unit from the menu If you are working with a real time display just click on the unit in the display A list with available units is shown select the unit you want Where can I specify the scatter factor In Ocean the scatter factor is called Beam correction factor This factor can be used to apply a correction on the measured exposure or exposure rate You can find this parameter on the met
56. 10 01 2 3A Main functions 427 Columns found in the Excel document tae Import Site Data from Office spreadsheet Facility name Facility address 1 Facility address 2 Facility city Department name Facility state province Room name Facility postal code Generator name Facility country Manufacturer Facility contact person Facility e mail Facility phone Tube inherent filtration Facility mobile phone No selection Facility fax No selection Facility free text 1 No selection Facility free text 2 No selection Eaxrilithi Fos tawt T 6 When you are ready click on OK 7 You can now see the imported site information in the database Measurements a5 Hay 4 Room 5 d Equipment dd E KXO 30R gt RTI Electronics gt RTI Electronics AB Click to compress The import is done by name if you repeat the import existing data will be overwritten no duplicates are created 3 7 7 2 Import from oRTlgo If you are using ORTIgo you can import the sites facilities rooms generators and tubes you have in ORTIgo into Ocean Since Ocean is a much more powerful tool with many more capabilities than oRTIgo was we made the decision not to import old oRTIgo templates and measurements We designed Ocean to be very user friendly and you will find it will take a very short time to re design any template to meet your measurement requirements that will give you the results oORTIgo gave and
57. 100 8 2 5 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 3 60 60 62 1 0 1 0 3330 1 08 27 4 65 6433 1 0 0 3776 93 27 5 7 677 0 3 oga 93 77 6 7 75 42 oe 0 517 99 27 7 80 80 88 11 0 5885 93 77 8 85 84 61 0 5 0 6444 99 23 9 0 90 37 04 O 7168 93 77 10 95 95 83 os 0 8055 93 77 11 100 100 89 09 7 0 8833 93 73 i2 105 10437 1 a6 0 9383 l 98 77 13 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 98 78 14 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 98 78 15 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 Click to minimize Links and real time displays with Auto new row enabled If you are using the real time display and have Auto new row enabled a new row is created for each exposure The new row is a copy of the previous row except for the links To avoid overwriting the data in the workbook the links for the new row are automatically pointed to the next row in the workbook The column pointers are kept 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 388 Main functions 3 3 6 1 Exchange a linked or embedded workbook In some situations you may want to exchange the work book you have embedded or associated and at the same time keep all the links you have This can be done just by embedding or associating the new workbook without deleting the existing one first A dialogue will be shown and you must confirm that you want to load a new workbook 3 3 7 Exclude a column You can exclude a column from data export if you want 1 Right click on the column headi
58. 120 122 3 ee a 140 144 2 3 0 You can see that in this example the new column indicates that the Accuracy analysis failed If you are performing more than one analysis on one row of data and they both fail both analyses will put their respective errors in the Analysis Comment column in the first row and it will be listed as first error second error For example let s assume that we were analyzing Accuracy and Reproducibility on one row and they both failed the Analysis comment column will record the errors as Acc err Repro err The above way of showing the errors is the default way when you use the Analysis comment column however t doesn t say very much except that an analysis failed We felt it would be great if an analysis failure can provide us with some more detail as to why it failed so we added a new feature to Ocean to enable you to change the error text in the Analysis comment column to tell you why the analysis failed and not just that it did This is very helpful when diagnosing an X ray system problem Indicate a failing result To change the text of the Analysis comment column follow these simple steps 1 Right click on the analysis window select modify from the menu and click the analysis you want to modify 2 The analysis window shows the acceptance limits Click the More button and a wizard will start to show you the Define analysis result text choice This is where we ll enter our new text to show instead of
59. 15 Result Calculated If this column is present it shows Pass or Fail for each row It will look at all analysis that evaluates this row and indicate Pass if all analysis pass that row If at least one analysis fails the row the column will indicate Fail 3 2 5 27 Other There are various columns found in this group for example Date time Position check and more Attachments A column where files can be attached to a row Memo Formatted comments can be entered in this column Date time Shows the date and time for each exposure Position check Shows the result from the position check Meas O D Measured optical density Diff from mean O D Difference from mean for optical density Diff from ref val O D Difference from reference value for optical density Charge This column is related to measurements of charge Current This column is related to measurements of current Beam Quality Index Beam quality index is a ratio value that is reflecting the beam quality Waveform data Shows waveform data in the grid 3 2 5 27 1 Attachments Measured You can add attachments in this column They can be pictures documents and so on The the files you put here are stored in the session or real time display Files you put here are considered to be measured data they are not saved in a template and they are erased if you do Clear data NOTE This column is not supported in the report Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functi
60. 16 35 25 iM 2012 01 03 16 53 47 Click to compress Preveiw It may be convenient to use the preview function when looking for a specific measurement in the tree You can preview in two different ways e click on a measurement session or RTD in the tree the preview is then shown to the right e right click on a measurement session or RTD in the list view the preview is then shown in a separate window Preview from the list view 1 Right click on a measurment 2 Select Preview from the menu Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions MON w Connected Ti Measurements Library 17 No measurement loaded aL Sites dl 0 RTI Electronics a Department 1 4 Room 1 Rad p Equipment p U Measurements a Room 2 Mam b Equipment l gt L Measurements bf RTI Electronics AB gt RTI Hospital 4 D Real time displays b Inbox b Demo b Various iE 2011 12 22 10 51 22 i 2012 01 03 16 35 25 Preview from the tree 1 Click on a measurement in the tree 2 The preview is shown to the right w Connected WO Sites RTI Electronics Department 1 Room 2 Mam Measurements Name i i Mammogrs ly tact i nr MRAD Misseurarnmnai t Mamme View report PDF Export Uy date session site information Click to compress aL Sites y RTI Electronics 4 2 Department 1 4 4 Room 1 Rad gt Equipment of Wy Measurements 4 Room 2 Mam gt
61. 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions need to talk to the meter regularly and thereby slowing the process down somewhat Keyboard mode If you use Keyboard mode Ocean will create a virtual meter with all the capabilities of the Piranha and Barracuda not just your own modules calibrations and detectors Since Ocean does not have to talk to your meter regularly the design process is much faster in Keyboard mode but the draw back is that you will get a more generic template and not one built specifically for your meter In this case you must make sure that when you choose meter options and settings you only use the detectors probes and modules that your own meter has You also need to make sure that Ocean uses the correct virtual meter for example if you have a Piranha make sure Ocean uses the Piranha virtual meter The meter type is shown in the left section of status bar 2 The other issue is that there is no way to test the template in Keyboard mode to see if it works the way you want it to work since the template can only be tested when you hook up your meter to Ocean and then use the template In the example below we ll show how to create the grid and general settings for a Piranha the procedure is exactly same if you use a Barracuda 1 Click on the Design page on the ribbon bar and select Test from the Template button 2 The setup wizard will start and guide you through the process You can now
62. 3 2 5 26 5 Diff from ref val Y Calculated o ooocococococococcocococonononocononcoconnonananananonos 300 3 2 5 26 6 Value Average Calculated ooococococococccconononononoconnonononononanannnnononenonananano 300 I2 IZO CTI Calculator A aaa 300 3 2 5 26 8 Analysis comment Calculated ocococococococcncocononononocononconononononananannnnons 301 3 2 5 26 9 Exposure Set mAs Calculated ococococococononcococononononononnonononononananannnnons 301 3 2 5 26 10 Exposure meas mAs Calculated ooococococccoccccococonononononononcoconononnnanannnnnos 301 3229 26 11 RELMAS SCE VAUC rira meus ace meme ease eS seat ek 301 39 2 9 26 12 Phantom Set Valls Aids 302 3 2 90 20 19 Field Selection Sel Vale AA A A A 302 3 2 5 267 14 AGD CalCUlaleG lt oe 302 5220 20 10 RESUILC GalCcuUlated uso r E wi EAE 302 say as ea A ome eee ee eRe en Pe CREE ee Rr ea nee ee ener ee eee 302 3 2 5 27 1 Attachments Measured ococococococoncccoconononononononnonononononononnnnnnonnnnnnanannnnanens 302 32O 2k22 MEMO WEAS UC sa 303 822 0 21 0 Date time Calculated aari a a eta a e aa ea r eiaa e ain 303 3 2 0 2724 POSIMON check Measures a a is 303 Sa a MES OD Meas O e O 303 3 2 5 27 6 Diff from mean O D Calculated o ocococococcocococononococonconononononananannnnons 303 3 2 5 27 7 Diff from ref val O D Calculated oococococococcccocococononononocoococonononanananano
63. 30 um Mo 28 1 207 lr 4 Mo 30 um Mo 30 1465 In 5 Mo 30 pm Mo 32 1 760 You want to add the following compensation to the measured Exposure values For kV lower that 27 kV multiply with 1 03 For kV between 27 and 31 kV multiply with 1 00 For kV above 31 kV multiply with 0 96 Add the User Calculation column Change the title to Compensated Exposure View Calibration Sa Exposure Compensated Select ka Exposure Ir Mo 30 um Mo Ir 2 Mo 30 ym Mo 26 In 3 Mo 30 um Mo 28 1 207 lr 4 Mo 30 um Mo 30 1 465 jn 5 Mof30 um Mo 32 1 760 Now add the formula Right click on the heading of the user calculation column and add the following formula and unit note the line break after 1 03 is only for better readability and is not required Formula Example MeasDose MeasmAs Unit optional If Setk lt 27 MeasExpMtr 1 03 a mGy If Infange SetkWV 27 31 MeasExpMtr MeasExpMtr 0 96 Click to compress Now it looks like this Select Exposure mGy 0 7393 91 EL 1 Mo 30 um Mo EL 2 Mo 30 um Mo 26 0 9635 0 9924 EL 3 Mo 30 um Mo 23 1 207 1 207 In 4 Mo 30 um Mo 30 1 465 1 465 EL 5 Mo 30 pm Mo 32 1 760 1 690 InRange Value MinValue MaxValue This function returns True if Value is within the range specified by MinValue and MaxValue otherwise False Ln x This is the inverse of the exponential function e Max x1 xN 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 29
64. 5 17 1 Set Light Set value This is the light set value illuminance or luminance depending on the user s selection This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of light You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Light 3 2 5 17 2 Light Measured This is the measured light illuminance or luminance value This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy and reproducibility of light This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Light Reproducibility Light 3 2 5 17 3 Light w in Measured This is the measured light illuminance or luminance value during the window time This column can be used in the following analysis Accuracy Light Reproducibility Light Warning Make sure you understand how this parameter works before using it to avoid incorrect results 3 2 5 17 4 Light diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for light The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Light diff 100 Light Measured Set Light Set Light This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Light relative 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EI Main functions 3 2 5 17 5 Light diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for light The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis
65. A mAs frame Measured Set mAs frame This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs frame absolute 3 2 5 8 5 mAs frame diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of mAs frame mAs pulse The mean value is calculated based on the measured mAs frame of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as mAs frame mean mAs frame mAs frame mAs frame n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis mAs frame diff from mean 100 mAs frame Measured mAs frame mean mAs frame mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility mAs frame 3 2 5 9 Frame mA This group of columns is related to the measurement of frame or pulse mA Set frame mA Set value Frame mA Measured value Frame mA diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Frame mA diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Frame mA diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 9 1 Set frame mA Set value This is the frame pulse mA set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of frame
66. Barracuda Click on this button to turn off the bias when using Barracuda If you use Piranha the bias is turned on when you power on the Chamber Adapter Scheduling To do Update list inspection dates Scheduling bTo do list Shows your To do list Click on this button to show the To do list Update inspection dates Update inspection dates from the Central Database only if Ocean Central is used This button is only used if Ocean Central is used Read more here Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 63 3 1 1 Measurements All measurements are stored in the database You can access it via the Measurements tab see picture below Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting _ Central database Clear raw e et Clear all posure Detector Favorites L L istant Li O ose Meter Edit Meas Conmect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter j check sy Keyboard Set mAs SDD Set time mAs z 5 View Select EL 2 60 ne T pE Click to compress You can click on this tab and from here view load any measurements you have done You can do two types of measurements m a Real time display
67. Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for total filtration The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Total fitr diff A Total filtr Measured Set TF This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Total filtration absolute 3 2 5 16 5 Total filtr diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of total filtration The mean value is calculated based on the measured total filtration of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as TF mean TF TF TF n based on rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis TF diff from mean 100 Total filtr Measured TF mean TF mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Total filtration Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET 3 2 5 17 Light This group of columns is related to the measurement of light illuminance and luminance Set Light Set value Light Measured value Light win Measured value during the window time Light diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Light diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Light diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value 3 2
68. Design mode but it enables you to make adjustments to your template before you start using it in the field Other adjustments you may consider making at this time are to Modify column widths to fit your needs and fit on the paper when you print out the report Change column headings Add hints Add supporting information How to to add a hint is described here How to add supporting information to the test is described here 3 2 2 2 2 Different type of checklist items You can choose from six types of questions when you design a checklist template They are listed below Yes No question provides two options Yes or No Yes No N A question provides three options Yes No or N A Heading insert a heading in the checklist Text the answer is a text Number the answer is numeric User defined question provides up to six user defined options 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual TN Main functions 3 2 2 2 2 1 Yes No question This window is shown when you want to add a question with a pass fail value of Yes No value Checklist item type Yes No n Question Recommendation Resut when answer is No Fail Warning OK Default answer None 1 Mo Yes Click to compress Question type the question text here Result when answer is No specify if a No answer is fail pass or a warning Default answer If you want a default answer requiring the user to answer with a sing
69. Detector Favorites check info assistant lui Close Meter Edit Measure Group Click to compress There is an Application button located on the top left of the Main screen If you click it the Application menu is shown There is also a Quick Access Toolbar located next to the application button More Commands Connect Rese T Show Below the Ribbon Minimize the Ribbon Click to compress You can customize the Quick Access Toolbar to suit your own preference by selecting the More commands option Use the Minimize the Ribbon function if you want to compress the Ribbon This is especially useful when using a Netbook since the screen height on a Netbook computer is limited Status bars There are two status bars providing information to assist you while working with Ocean Upper status bar The upper status bar Status bar 1 is divided into two sections The left is used to indicate what the meter is doing right now Click to enlarge While the background is red don t click on any buttons or make exposures The meter will not respond to commands while adjusting itself The right part shows messages that will guide you in certain situations 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 22 Welcome to Ocean 1 3 3 Click to enlarge When the background is yellow Ocean is showing an important message that requires you to take some kind of action Read the m
70. Diff fram set value Sh Set walue kw Maximum inaccuracy is 1 1 at OU 00 k Limit 5 0 to 50 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETT Default pass fail criteria When you add the Accuracy analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Diff 5 0 to 5 0 When you modify an Accuracy analysis all pass fail criteria is available DIFF 5 0 to 5 0 E Diff A kv to ky Diff abs Do ky to a ky You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameters Default result Tube voltage accuracy Result Pass de e e e e e e er er e e e e de Ea F J E d a m un D E E a e e amp ir e Fry e Tn Set value kW Maximum inaccuracy is 1 1 at OU 00 k Limit 5 10 to 5 0 Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text Accuracy analysis looks like this Title Result FResult GraphRel Maximum inaccuracy is bMaxRelDift at SsetValueStMaxRelDiff fnit Limit bLoLimithlaxRelDif to SHiLimithaxRelDitf So 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Refe
71. Different measuring modes There are three different measuring modes available using the Piranha and Barracuda They are as follows Description and use Normal The Normal mode is used for short and long fluoro exposures In this mode your meter will sense automatically if there is a signal and when it is above a certain trigger level Ifthe signalis long the displays grid will be updated with new data every 2 seconds data If the signal is short the results are displayed after trigger is off Free run The free run mode has no trigger level As soon as the meter is told to begin measuring it starts to measure even if there is no signal This measuring mode is useful when the signal you want to measure is very low Free run is recommended for light measurements especially when measuring ambient light when no shutter is present Timed The Timed mode setting measures during a pre defined time period Measurements in Timed mode must be started manually This measuring mode is very useful when you want to measure a very low signal You can use the very high sensitivity setting in Timed mode and it will further improve the meter s capability to measure very low signals 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 112 Main functions The Message bar is used during measuring to assist you to collect data most efficiently le 1 4 Rad test 2010 0 e Measure Design Data link Ap
72. Excel B3 A CA Bb tun A CO sd 10 11 12 13 14 55 13 60 62 64 33 69 77 75 42 80 88 84 61 90 37 95 83 100 89 Send data to Excel or Calc You can send data to Excel or Calc in different ways Ie 55 D E 0 2 0 2678 1 0 333 1 0 3776 0 3 0 439 0 6 0 5179 1 1 0 5885 0 5 0 6444 04 0 7168 0 9 0 8055 0 9 0 8833 Click to compress e send current test checklist or real time display read more on this in topic Send test checklist or real time display e send current session to a workbook Excel or Calc read more on this in topic Send a session e send individual cell content to a specific cell in Excel or Calc read more on this in topic Link a session to Excel or Calc You can send contents in the grid and waveforms 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 381 3 3 5 1 Send a test checklist or real time display The Send data function is used when you want to do a data dump of the current test to a workbook without any special need to control where the data goes For this example let s assume that you have the following data in your Ocean grid and you want to dump this data into a workbook Set mAs Set kv mAs kv 2 5 80 View Set Added filtr Exposure Select mm Al mGy In p 0 3006 In 2 1 0 0 2341 In 3 2 1 0 1847 In 4 3 0 0 1602 lr 5 4 0 0 1322 Click to compress 1 Go to the Data link page on the ribbon bar 2 Click the Send data button p
73. Exposure time ms Multiply Eaval xn Divide 18 avac column Add dd DistWorm Measurement OldDistance NewDistance Less than Less than or equal to Not equal to Equal to Greater than Greater than or equal to And Not Or a wh yo 3 q 1 a 5 Wow l s expe fa HasValue cellname a If Condition TrueValue FalseValue VF InRange Value MinValue MaxValue unto a MaxQcl xn 1 maxCicolumn A vint lt i xn dl MinC column Folyo Cn C1 C0 FF Power base exp FF Sar fa SqrRoot x sum xn a Formula Example MeasDose f MeasmAs Columns and cells Operators Functions Unit optional Unit Formula LAK X cancel Click to compress This dialogue is shown when you are specifiying a formula for a column or for an individual cell Numeric operators ES subtract E Multiply A Divide E Ad These operators are used to perform numeric operations Logical operators aje Less than a lt Less than or equal to ES lt gt Notequal to E Equal to a gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to sand And afnot Not aor Or These operators are used in the IF function to specify the Condition See examples below Functions Several predefined functions are available to perform different calculations 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions Item Ti abs x ga Avg x1 xn a Avg
74. Find the maximum dose rate that occurred during the scan 2 Search backward from this point to find where the dose profile goes below 50 of the maximum value and call this position X1 not shown on graph 3 Search forward from the point found in step 1 to find where the dose profile goes below 50 of the maximum value and call this position X2 not shown on graph 4 Calculate the position halfway between X1 and X2 Call this point X3 shown as a solid red line in graph above 5 Calculate X3 50 mm and X3 50 mm and call these positions X4 and X5 respectively They are marked with red dotted lines in the graph above and labeled with the text 50 mm and 50 mm respectively Next find index for the collimation X6 and X7 The collimation must be specified in the grid Indicate X6 and X7 with black dotted lines labeled with Col The CTDI free in air is calculated as CTDI100 Integrated dose between X4 and X5 Pitch Pitch must be specified in the grid FWHM is calculated as the distance between X1 and X2 BeamWidthFWHM X2 X1 Calculate Geometric efficiency in the z direction according to IEC 60601 2 44 as GeometricEfficiency 100 Dose between X6 and X7 Total dose Note The dose profile waveform is adjusted with the following function X FWHM for3 mm lt X lt 40 mm CorrF 1 25466313 0 43935032 X 0 34546921 X 0 14128364 X3 0 03057638 X 0 00330919 X 0 00014071 xXx
75. For X lt 3 mm no valid correction available For X gt 40 mm CorrF 1 00 This means that the total dose indicated between cursors will differ from the dose value shown in the grid in the Exposure column when the FWHM is less than 40 mm Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EM 3 2 6 9 Recommended columns or general settings The following columns are recommended for the CT DI helical scan free in air analysis Exposure Measured The measured dose from the CT Dose Profiler detector Set kV The set value for kV CT Phantom type The phantom type specifies head or body for this analysis not required Set value Collimation Set value This column specifies the collimation Pitch Set value This column specifies the pitch Scan length Set This specifies the length of the scan not required value Scan speed Set This specifies the scan speed value Measuring time This is the measuring time for TIMED MODE THis is a meter setting a value used by the meter Tube rotation time This is the tube rotation time Set value AGD ACR The AGD ACR analysis is used to evaluate the average glandular dose according to the ACR protocol ACR Mammography Quality Control Manual 1999 ISBN 1 55903 142 5 Supported target filter combinations are Mo 30 um Mo Mo 25 um Rh Rh 25 um Rh and W 0 5 mm Al This analysis is only using one row in your test You can read the topic Add analysis to see
76. HVL value manually or create a link from the analysis to the cell where you want the HVL value If you create a link the HVL value will automatically appear in the cell as soon as it is available Links from analysis to cells can be created for two column types to the column HVL AGD Measured and the user defined column Numeric value Measured To create a link from an analysis to a cell AGD example 1 In the AGD test right click on the cell where you want the HVL value to appear Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 205 Lau u 0 50 oz sann i Don t show value s Edit cell name Link to analysis macro Collect waveforms Include waweform s in report Delete selected rows Force position check Hint Click to compress 2 Select Link to analysis macro from the menu A dialogue is shown Link Analysis value to cell Select analysis Select value Calculated HYL SCalcHVL Click to compress 3 Select the analysis and which value you want to show up in the cell In this case we select the HVL analysis and the calculated HVL value 4 Click OK The cell will now be updated with exactly the same value that is calculated by the HVL analysis Note In this case must HVL be shown before the AGD analysis in the list of analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 206 Main functions AGD ACR Add analysis Add trend Manage analyses and tr
77. Ira Saveas P AGD_ACR_1 Test template xx Test template Print md 1 mALinset_mA_time Session AccTest1 Session template kVpReproAcci Test template Export WO 02 Import Frhr p Close Click to compress Click on the button to open the Program options Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NT fay Options General settings Inspector Ulf Toll Preferences Inspector company Meter preferences RTI Electronics AB Defaults Specify a signature Default units Click image to choose a new image Free texts Reports Password used to sign reports Click to compress The following four sections are found under the Options button General settings These are global setting stored in Ocean Inspector This is where you change the inspector name in Ocean This name will appear as the inspector name when working on a session Company This is where you change the company name the inspector works for Specify signature This is a pciture of your signature that can be added to the summary page of the report when you sign the report Password used to This password must be specified to be able to sign and close a report sign the report Preferences The settings below are user chosen preferences to customize Ocean The settings listed here control how Ocean works 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 48 Application menu fae Options General s
78. MEME 10 0 to 10 0 3 80 75 9 1 4 Limit 5 0 to 5 0 4 100 101 2 1 2 Limit 5 0 to 5 0 5 120 122 5 1 9 Limit 2 0 to 2 0 6 i40 1442 30 Limit 2 0 to 2 0 Click to compress End 3 2 2 1 25 User defined columns There are a number of user defined columns that can be used for different purposes These column can be used in some analysis and can be used in user defined calculations The available user defined columns are described in the topic User defined User defined calculations and User defined numeric value You add user defined columns to your template the same way as you add any other column see topic Add delete column or general settings If you want to enter your own values you can use the User defined numeric value column or User defined text value column If you are going to enter a value for each exposure you do it may be convinent to enable an input dialogue If you do that the dialogue pops up automatically for each exposure you do to simplify the input of data Exposure m s from mGy generator Show display Edit column title Y Include column in report Y Include column in spreadsheet exports Marne this value Y Use for analysis Show input dialog after exposure Decimals d Click to compress Enable the input dialogue When you make an exposure the input dialogue appears automatically Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 211
79. Ocean closes Show warnings for If checked a warning is shown if a measured value is not auto uncompensated values compensated Default value is unchecked Meter preferences The settings below are user chosen preferences for the meter The settings listed here controls the meter Preferences Fl Radiography Fluoroscopy W Meter preferences Fj Mammography Defaults Only for the first used target filter Default units 9 For every used target filter Free texts E Dental Reports Panoramic dental Central database T Keep position check results within a session E Active messages 4 Normal mode short exposures lt 2 5 V Normal mode long exposures gt 2 5 4 Timed mode 4 Auto dose position check Click to compress Automatic position check Defines when user wants to be notified to do a position check Active messages If checked active messages will be displayed for each measuring mode Auto close position check If checked position check closes automatically when it is successful Defaults These settings control functions within Ocean related to measurements and templates 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Application menu These are the settings that will be the defaults related to measurements kr Options General settings Meter types Ton chamber Temperature Pressure 101 4 kPa Preferences Meter preferences Default uni
80. Read more on this in topic Protection Check ID s Check for duplicated IDs A session or real time template template can be protected from modification Read more on this in topic Locate data during import and export Analysis lt j This function is to add or change 9 analyses in the current test template Setup Analysis Setup Add modify analysis in the current test template Use this button if you wish to add an analysis to your test template or if you want to change the current analysis to something else Read more about this in the topic Analysis Definitions 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 2 1 134 Main functions Library All your empty protocols templates are stored in the Library part of the database You can easily access your templates via the Library tab see picture below ANEN a o Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database He A je er Clear row Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Positon Meter Exposure Detecto m check info assistant Lip Close Meter Edit gay Keyboard af Quest set mAs SDD Set time o m View Select TE set kV Tube de e kVp diff Exposure Exposure time Gy 15 0 2 0 2673 112 9 60 60 62 1 0 3331 98 27 rL 3 65 64 33 1 0 0 3776 298 27 Click to compress You can view the Library by clicking on the tab You can design you
81. Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 283 3 2 5 18 2 CT exposure Measured This is the measured CT exposure CT dose There are several detectors that can measure CT exposure CT dose You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the CTDI and inaccuracy of CT exposure This column or is required for the following analysis CTDI Accuracy CT exposure Reproducibility CT exposure 3 2 5 18 3 CT exposure diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for CT exposure CT dose The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis CT exposure diff 100 CT exposure Measure Set CT exposure Set CT exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure relative 3 2 5 18 4 CT exposure diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for CT exposure CT dose The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis CT exposure diff A CT exposure Measured Set CT exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure absolute 3 2 5 18 5 CT exposure diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of CT exposure CT dose The mean value is calculated based on the measured CT exposure for al
82. Rel Abs limit Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SRelPlusAbs High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SHiLimitMaxRelDift Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SLoLimitMaxRelDiff Maximum absolute difference SMaxAbsDiff The set value for where maximum absolute difference occurred SSetValueAtMaxAbsDiff Rel Abs limit High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occurred SRelPlusAl Rel Abs limit Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SRelPlusAbs High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occurred SHiLimitMaxAbsDiff Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occured SLoLimitMaxAbsDiff Click to compress 7 Select Maximum relative difference and click on Finish 8 The trend for the relative difference is now shown Ocean will look for all kVp accuracy analysis done in this room for the same generator Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RETOS hy Tube voltage accuracy trend 3 1 14 Select value to trend Maximum relative difference SMaxR elDiF 2010 10 21 2011 01 26 2011 03 03 2011 05 12 2011 06 01 Current Click to com press You can now see how the maximum relative difference for the tube voltage is changing over time You can easily look at another parameter from the drop down list at the top of the window 9 Cl
83. Sel ValU6 rurai fis a i EE a ATE Nere Ea AEA ENTORN Saa 296 LIL SO DAS A R A a o 296 2 2 SDD SA see nueire ea dik ete ele avete eee 297 3 2 0 29 0 FOGal Sport Sel ValUG wine sl 297 ASI Density Sel AA A A alae tiecementete 297 3 2 5 25 7 CT phantom position Set value ocococococococcccococononononanonnonononononananannnnons 297 3 2 5 25 8 Slice Thickness Set value ococococccococococonoconoconconononononanononnnnonnnnonananannanons 297 3 2 5 25 9 Number of slices Set ValUe cece cece cece cece cece ee ea ee eee eee sees ease eaeaeaegeeeeeeneaes 298 D2 0 20 10 PREN OCU Val oi 298 32 0 20 11 gt CAN UME OGL VAIO a AA AAA A aus AAA 298 7220220 12 actor SGU Valle Paria a la 298 3 2 95 25 19 Scan length Set Valle Lui a a ana a 298 3 2 5 25 14 Tube rotation time Set Value ooocccocococococococcnconononononanononnonononononananannnnons 298 3 2 5 25 15 Collimation Set Value ooooococococoncccoconononononononnonononononononnnnnnnnnnnananannnnnnons 298 3 2 5 25 16 CT phantom type Set Value oococcccocococococococoncoconononononononnononnonanananannnnons 299 di 0 20 Mes td a da A dee ade 299 32 920 1 cams peca Calculado a 299 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Contents 143 LO e LAGO ME AS dd ide 299 3 2 9 26 9 Ratio Calculaled sn o noia 299 3 2 5 26 4 Ratio rate Calculated ococococococcccocococonononononcncocononononananoncncnnnnnnnnananannnos 300
84. Session Send a complete session to a workbook You can send a complete session to a workbook Read more on this in topic Send Session Add Link a workbook to current session or real time display This button is used to link a workbook to a session or a real time display There are three ways to 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EN Main functions 3 3 1 link workbooks Embed workbook When you use this type of link a copy of the linked workbook is stored embedded inside the session or real time display NOTE In this case Ocean works with the embedded copy of the workbook and the original file is not needed when you use the session template or real time display template to which the workbook was linked Using this function gives users the benefit of never losing the workbook by accident Read more on this in topic Associate or embed a workbook Associate workbook When you use this type of link it will be established to a user specified workbook NOTE Once you linked a workbook to a session template or a real time display using the Associate function that workbook must be available on your computer or other media such as a CD or flash drive so Ocean can find it and create the link whenever you use the session template or real time display to which the workbook was linked It is therefore recommended that you either store your linked workbooks in a clearly identified folder on the computer you
85. TW3245 3 2 3 HospitalA Street 99 X ray Room5 KXO 30R Toshiba CX34990 Tube2 TW4491 3 6 4 5 A Click to compress 1 Select Import from Office Spreadsheet 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 426 Main functions Import from Office spreadsheet Click to compress 2 You are asked to do a backup of you database It recommended to do so 3 After the backup is completed a dialogue is shown that allows you to browse for the Excel file Locate the Excel file and click Open 4 The Excel file is loaded and a dialogue is shown Available site data fields Columns in the Excel file Facility name Facility address 1 Address 1 Facility address 2 No selection Facility city No selection Facility state province No selection Facility postal code i y selection Facility country i Facility contact person Facility e mail Na Facility phone Facility mobile phone Facility fax Facility free text 1 Facility free text 2 Facility free text 3 Facility free text 4 Facility ID Department name Click to compress To the left are all the available Ocean fields to define the site information facilities departments rooms generator tubes and user defined equipment shown To the right are the columns in the Excel document shown 5 Click in a field in the right column to select which column that should be tied to an Ocean field in the left column Ocean Reference Manual 2012
86. The following macros are available for the CTDI helical scan free in air analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Mainfunctions EE Title Specified title 5Result Analysis result STestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test 55etkV Set kVp Ssetm s Set m s SetPitch Set pitch SetScanTime Set value for the scan time SetTubeRotTime Set tube rotation time SetCollimationNT Set value for the collimation 55etPhantomType Set value for phantom type 55can5peed Calculated scan speed Set Pitch Collimation NT Set Tube Rot Time 5DoseProfilecraph The CT dose profile graph CTDH00 Measured CTDILOO SUnitCTDILOO Unit for CTD SBeamWidthFWHM Beam width from waveform SMinBeamWidthFWHM Minimum value SMaxBeamWidthFWHM Maximum value GeometricEfficiency Geometric efficiency from waveform MinGeometricEfficiency Minimum value MaxGeometricEfficiency Maximum value Calculations 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions The CTDI 100 c is calculated in the following way All calculations are done from the dose profile waveform Exposa e fate nia Click to compress The waveform is an array of samples where the Z axis see graph above represents the position of the sensor and the y axis represents the exposure rate The waveform includes a maximum of 1024 samples Ocean finds key locations in the waveform in the following way 1
87. The weighted CTDI CTDI 100 w is calculated as CTDIw 1 3 CTDI 100 c 2 3 CTDI 100 p The normalized CTDI CTDI 100 w n is calculated as CTDIwn CTDIwn Set mAs The volume CTDI CTDI 100 vol for a helical spiral scanning is calculated as CTDIvol CTDI 100 w Pitch where the Pitch is the table movement per gantry rotation The dose length product DLP is calculated as DLP CTDIvol Scan length where the Pitch is the table movement per gantry rotation For more information on CTDI read the report Radiation Exposure in Computed Tomography from COCIR European Coordination Committee of the Radiological and Electromedical Industries e mail cocir zvei org Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the CTDI analysis CT Exposure The measured CT dose is used to calculate the CT dose index Measured CT phantom position This specifies where the CT chamber is positioned in the phantom This column Set value is required Slice Thickness Set This column specifies the slice thickness This column is required value Number of slices Set This column specifies the number of slices used This value is required value Set mAs Set value This column is required to calculate the normalized CTDI CTDI 100 n Scan length Set This column is required to calculate DLP value Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 327 3 2
88. This is done by using the values Set mAs Set value and Ref mAs Set value The normalized exposure is calculated as Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured SDD Set value SSD Set value Ref mAs Set mAs If the values SDD SSD and Ref mAs Set mAs are missing the following formula is used Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured This column or Exposure Measured Accuracy Exposure Reproducibility Exposure AEC kV compensation Exposure AEC mA compensation Exposure AEC reproducibility Exposure AEC reciprocity Exposure AEC field balance Exposure AEC density correction Exposure is required for the following anal 3 2 5 3 5 Exposure diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for exposure The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure diff 100 Exposure Measure Set exposure Set exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure relative Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET 3 2 5 3 6 Exposure diff from mean Calculated It is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of exposure dose The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Exp mean Exp Exp Exp n based on all rows included in the reproducib
89. View F Exposure mAs from Select mGy generator Enter a measurement Enter a value for mAs from generator 12 3 Click to compress Type the value and click on OK The measured value and the value you entered are now shown in the grid You can now make the next exposure If you don t want input dialogue to appear for a certain rows or a single row you can disable it in the following way 1 Select the row s you don t want a input dialogue for 2 Right click on the selection 3 Click on No input dialogue 3 2 2 2 Design a checklist template You can design your own checklist templates They can be adapted to your own requirements to maximize speed efficiency and user friendliness Designing a checklist template involves the following steps 1 Create the grid with the columns you need 2 Create questions tasks headings in your test template 3 Change order and width of columns 4 Add supporting information documents and web links 5 Add analysis 3 2 2 2 1 Create the grid The first step in designing a checklist template is to create the grid rows and columns Your meter does not need to be connected while designing the checklist template As an example of how to create a checklist template we will go through the steps necessary to create a grid that is shown in the picture below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 212 Main functions Radiographic questions Test
90. a detailed specification of an analysis click on the analysis name above Let s assume we have the following template and we want to evaluate the kV accuracy To do this we must add the accuracy analysis to each row we want to evaluate Set time Set ims m s m s 100 10 Select EN tam ms imay b E 40 BU 50 100 120 140 m Of E Pi To add the accuracy analysis we ll follow the steps below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETEN 1 We ll select the rows you we want to include in the analysis In this example we ll use all rows in the analysis HINT If you want all rows in the analysis you don t actually need to select as shown because by default if one row is selected all rows will be included anyway 2 2 Next we ll go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and click the Setup analysis ies button another way to do this is to right click in the Analysis window to get the same result Analysis Summary Mo analysis Add analysis Modify analysis Manage analyses Es Show summary 3 From the drop down menu select Add analysis and the analysis setup wizard will start to guide us through the process 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual RIZO Main functions k Analysis Setup a Select type of analysis Select type of analysis Select parameter and title Select the type of analysis Set acceptance limits Accuracy Half Value Layer
91. a kV accuracy analysis the appearance will revert back to the default values the ones we started with before all the modifications Let s say we really like the appearance of the one we just designed We can make this the default appearance by clicking on the Save as default button on the bottom left of this last page of the wizard This way the new appearance will be the default appearance for the kVp accuracy analysis The function of the field Enter the Analysis comment is described in the Analysis comment topic Since we made all the changes we wanted we can click Finish to end the wizard When the wizard ends it will drop us back to the acceptance limits window To exit the analysis setup press OK and you will be able to see the new appearance of the analysis texts appear in the window If you followed along with us your analysis window with all the changes we made should look like this Analysis Summary kV accuracy FAIL kV accuracy Result Test failed Maximum inaccuracy is 0 0 3 2 kV at 40 0 kV Limit 5 0 to 5 0 oo E Pi o Pi z d Th mal d uw E o fs Set vwalye kV Click to compress 3 2 2 1 24 1 Acceptance limits The acceptance limits shown when you add an analysis are the ones used in the default layout for the analysis There may be other calculations you can ask Ocean to perform by modifying expanding the default analysis The topic
92. a more advanced version of Ocean You can also activate a trial without a meter there is no time limit in this case NOTE You should be aware that when you are trying a higher license level you may not be able to open all the objects you saved when you go back to your original license level To star a trial period with a meter 1 Make sure that your meter is online with Ocean 2 Click the Trial button 3 A wizard is shown AE E Using a meter Using a meter Trial with meter You can try the different license levels of Ocean in two different ways Mo meter You can use any license level Display Connect or Professional of Ocean For an unlimited time as long as you don t connect to a meter With meter You can get a Free trial For 45 days with Connect or Professional Display is always available with a meter Click to compress 4 Since the meter is online only one choice With meter is available Click Next to continue 5 Select which license level you want to try you can change this at any time during the 45 days Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 425 N Trial Usina meter Trial with meter Trial with meter You can get a Free trial 45 days remaining with Connect or Professional MOTE You can only use this possibility once Select licence level a Ocean Connect O Ocean Professional Click to compress 6 Click Finish to complete the process
93. above the and a text message will explain what type of problem that occurred System errors and crash messages are shown in separate dialogues Measuring errors Measuring errors occur when the meter can t measure what Ocean is asking for Normally the problem is too high or too low signal too high or too low kVp and so on Ocean will change the meter settings in most cases and ask you to repeat the exposure Usually after such adjustment Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 123 you are able to get measured data and proceed to the next measurement This is called Active messages and is normally activated in Normal and Timed modes Active messages are not available in Free run mode When you are in Free run mode you must adjust the meter manually when you encounter a measuring error Ocean will tell you that you have to change meter settings manually or change other conditions change distance change mA change time or some other parameter to get a good measurement With active messages When a measuring problem occurs and Active messages is ON the upper status bar shows a message see picture below a Click to compress The above message informs you that a measuring error has occurred and that Ocean adjusted the meter You are also prompted to repeat the exposure You will be able to get a measurement value in most cases after the meter has been adjusted The meter may be adjusted several t
94. analysis is used to compare the direct measured HVL with the pass fail criteria This analysis is evaluating only one exposure You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical QuickHVL test Set m s SDD Set time m s cm ms z FO 100 Select EW EW imay ims imm Al 1 ol 49 69 0 6 O 20 0 100 5 55 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 60 60 62 1 0 0 3350 96 27 65 64 33 1 0 0 376 96 27 70 69 77 0 3 0 4390 98 77 75 75 42 0 6 0 5179 99 27 o0 50 50 El 0 5005 ee an 04 61 0 5 0 6444 99 26 30 390 37 0 4 0 7168 98 77 95 95 83 0 9 0 8055 98 77 100 100 59 0 3 0 0033 96 76 105 104 3 0 6 09303 ga rr 109 57 0 4 1 022 38 75 TISS 0 1 1 115 96 765 120 120 43 0 4 SS da ie D 0 JJ 5h nn E 0 Pi the QuickHVL analysis is only using row 7 in this case Half Value Layer Result HL is 3 23 mm Al at 50 ki HL limit minimum 2 30 mm Al Total filtration mrm Al Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ES Default pass fail criteria When you add the QuickHVL analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Select a different HL limit Mam Rad Fluoro a Min AVL tron Al Max HYL mm Al blank n0 lirit 0 200 0 400 0 500 1 20 1 30 1 50 2 10 Minimum HL Maximum HL Click to compress There are a number of pre defined HVL pass fail criteria
95. and lowest e The mean value is calculated as MeanValue Exposure mAs Exposure mAs Exposure mAs n for each row included in the mA linearity is the following calculated diff from mean 100 Exppsure mAs Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromAverage is set to the maximum of these values and compared with the limit you set for Maximum deviation from average Required columns or general settings 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 2 6 4 EST Main functions The following columns are required for the mA linearity analysis Set mAs Set value For a mAs generator the set mAs or the measured mAs is required to evaluate or the linearity Tube mAs Measured One of these columns are required for mAs generators Set mA Set value For a mA time generator the set mA and the is always required If measured or mA is used to evaluate the mA linearity this column is required as well Tube mA Measured Set Time Set value For a mA time generator the set Time and the is always required If or measured Time is used to evaluate the mA linearity this column is required as Exposure time well Measured Exposure Measured The measured exposure value is required for the evaluation of linearity You or can use the measured exposure or the normalized normalized to a certain Exposure norm distance One of these columns is required for mA time generators Exposure Set mAs This is the c
96. at this point select another one if you want or modify the existing one If you do the later the changes will only affect this session You can read more about report layout in the section Create a report layout 3 Click on Preview 4 You may want to select another report layout template or do some more modification 5 Review the report 6 You can now print directly or create a paf file Click on the pdf button to create a pdf file Click on the print button to print the report Print a real time display A real time display printed report has the following parts a Title and a test date b Tested equipment must be filled out in the Equipment tab located on the right side of the main window c Summary of all analyses the user selected to be included in the printed report only Professional d Measurements e Waveforms if included f Analysis results only Professional e Comments if you typed anything in the comment field f Used test equipment A list of the equipment meters and probes you have used Serial numbers and calibration dates are included 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 6 ETT Main functions To preview and print a real time display Assume that you have an open real time display 1 Go to the Reporting tab on the ribbon 2 Normally the report layout is defined by the session You can see which report layout template will be used ilf you click on the Report layout button
97. can measure frame pulse rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of frame pulse rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame rate Reproducibility Frame rate 3 2 5 6 3 Frames s diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for frame pulse rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frames s diff 100 Frames s Measure Set frames s Set frames s This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame rate relative 3 2 5 6 4 Frames s diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for frame pulse rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frames s diff A Frames s Measured Set frames s 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 266 Main functions This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame rate absolute 3 2 5 6 5 Frames s diff from mean Calculated This the calculated relative difference from the mean value of frame pulse count The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Frames s mean Frames s Frames s Frames s n based on all rows
98. column is required for the following analysis Accuracy User calculation relative Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 293 3 2 5 22 4 User Calculation value diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for user defined calculation The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis kVp diff A User Calculation Calculated Set User Calculation This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy User Calculation absolute 3 2 5 22 5 User Calculation diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of user calculated values The mean value is calculated based on the measured value of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis This value is calculated according to the following formula The mean value is calculated as user calc mean value value value n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis User calculation diff from mean 100 User calculation user calc mean user calc mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility for user calculated values 3 2 5 23 User defined numeric value This group of columns is related to the user defined calculation Numeric set value Set value Numeric value Value calculated with a user defined form
99. columns is especially useful if you find you have a problem fitting the entire grid on a page It is also useful to exclude columns from the report if the columns are support information columns and not really part of the test To exclude include columns from the report follow the steps below 1 Right click on the column heading View 4 Question Ansuer Select 1 OPERATOR PROTECTION Recommendation Edit column title y Include column in report Exposure switch mounted properly Yes E Alignment d 3 Gloves and aprons available Yes 4 Gloves and aprons in good condition No o PATIENT PROTECTION 6 Gonadal protection provided Yes F Technique charts available Yes 8 Filter permanently installed Yes 9 AREA SURYEY 10 Approved warning sign on door s yr Yes 11 EQUIPMENT 12 Collimation Functioning properly Yes 13 Audible exposure signal Yes 14 Ravy warning sign an unit Yes 15 All controls meters lights and indicators working Yes Click to compress 2 Uncheck or check Include column in report to exclude include it in the report Change the width of columns The width you give columns on the screen will be saved in the template and used when the test is printed in the report Use drag and drop to modify the width of the columns Design a session template Ocean comes with a set of generic templates you can use in your testing however you can easily design your own session templates that may
100. consists of a number of test protocols templates and one or more checklists Site A site is the place where a testing procedure session is performed A site is a facility department and a room with its equipment Template A template is a session test checklist or real time display without any measured data 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 20 Welcome to Ocean 1 3 Main screen Se nn 9 x MMMN gt 24 Q e Radiography test Ocean Professional Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Central database Help 7 3 Clear row Get waveforms ay 2 8 ix A SD lu 62 Clear all CR art Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure Detector Favorites Bias off History Trend Todo date Ribbon ched fo assista y list inspection dates t Ui Close spectio Meter Edit Measure Bias Compare Scheduling amp Keyboard D Measurements IZ Library b Radiography test Equipment JPW quawidinb3 View Taea information lo 5 am e B Library Meter adjust _ E E templates Status bar E lo D h E lo E a n 9 95 95 83 0 9 0 8055 98 77 M easureme nts S lo 10 100 100 89 0 9 0 8833 98 78 3 lo 1 105 104 37 0 6 0 9383 98 77 z lo 12 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 98 78 ln 13 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 98 78 ln 14 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 Waveform Analysis Ea AAA AAA Summary Tube voltage l Exposure ra
101. current unit Calculations The following evaluation is done MinLimit measured value MaxLimit If either of min or max limit is not specified the corresponding comparison is not performed Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the Accuracy analysis Measured value A measured value or a user calculated value is required for this analysis or User calc value 3 2 6 13 Checklist The Checklist analysis is used to evaluate a checklist The checklist analysis looks at the number of warnings and failings in a checklist The parameter is compared against the specified min and or max limit The min max analysis can be used with all measured parameters and the user defined calculated parameter You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical checklist View Question Answer Recommendation Select OPERATOR PROTECTION Exposure switch mounted properly Yes Gloves and aprons available Yes Gloves and aprons in good condition NO PATIENT PROTECTION Gonadal protection provided Yes Technique charts available Yes Filter permanently installed Yes AREA SURYEY on oon tk Ww Ne Approved warning sign on door s Yes EQUIPMENT Collimation Functioning properly Yes Audible exposure signal Yes Ray warning sign on
102. cursor data is shown on the Waveform data tab Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETTA Waveform data Show hi Cursorl1 Cursor Diff Tube voltage 105 36 104 11 1 24 kV Exposure rate 19 70 19 86 0 1643 mGy s Time 2 19 96 77 72 58 ms Between cursors AM Exposure 1 365 my Exposure rate 18 81 mGy s Click to compress There is a cursor 1 and a cursor 2 for each waveform value For waveforms where the integrated value between the cursors are relevant the integrated value and average between cursors are in the section Between cursors There are two functions available if you right click on the waveform graph Export and Smoothing Export You can export the waveform as values or as an image by right clicking on the graph Waveform e ue S Tube volta b oo g E5 Par T35 v4 i oO 3 Ww Click to compress Select Export from the right click menu A dialogue is shown that allows you to export the waveform in different ways 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 118 Main functions Export Destination a Clip Board E Printer Export Size a Millimeters 5 Inches Points Width 152 400 101 600 Millimeters DPI 300 C Large Font Click to compress You can select e Image e Text Data You can select destination e ClipBoard use this to quickly cut and paste an image into any document e File especially useful if you expor
103. dae Edit formula Operators m 3 AA A 7 Description Subtract Multiply Divide Add Less than Less than or equal to Not egual to Equal to Greater than Greater than or equal to And Functions constants Item rf DistNorm Measurement OldDistance Eert il If Condition TrueValue False Value i InRange Value MinValue MaxValue rf Ln x de FF Poly2Deg x C2 C1 CO A Poly3Deg x C3 C2 C1 CO A rolyaDeg x C4 C3 C2 C1 CO id Poly5Deg x C5 Ch C3 C C1 CO id Poly6Deg x C6 C5 04 C3 C2 Cl o Item a Avg_SetUiserFormulaValue Average o dd ExposureOmmaAl Asop sooi fE SetExpTime Set time ms E setmas Set mAs mas B SetUserFormulaValue Set User Calcu B E a E d a g Not dd Power base exp r dd Sar x ia SarRoot x Formula Example MeasDose MeasmAs Click to compress 6 You can now create the formula by clicking on the items To the left you have operators middle functions and to the right columns and named cells Create the formula 7 You can also specify a unit in this case IN E O E Formula Example MeasDose MeasmAs Unit optional 100 MeasExpMtr ExposureOmmaAl 25 Click to compress 8 Click OK when you have entered the calculation 9 The last thing to do is to give the new column a title Right click select Edit column title and change to Rel exposure 10 It should now
104. data you cannot repeat previously taken exposures only view them e Waveforms e Save templates that can be reused e Print out your real time display results Connect Connect does everything that Display does plus the following e Data log with possibilities to go back and repeat previously taken exposures e Templates can be saved with a number of pre defined exposures different meter settings e Links to Microsoft Excel and OpenOffice Calc Professional Professional does everything that Display and Connect do plus the following e all column types are available e analysis can be added In the next page we ll give you an example of a real time display design that will work with all three Ocean license levels Set up displays The first thing you should do when creating a new real time display is to select what you want to measure When you design a real time display you can chose between having your meter connected to Ocean or work at your desk using the keyboard mode There are advantages to both options but the final result and the function of your real time display will be the same in both cases With the meter connected you will see during the design process exactly which modules detectors and calibrations your meter has and you can design the real time display to suit your meter and the detectors you have available You can also if you are already in an x ray room start making measurements right away through the whole desi
105. dose rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating inaccuracy and reproducibility of CT exposure rate This column or is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure Reproducibility CT exposure 3 2 5 19 3 CT exposure rate diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for CT exposure rate CT dose rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis CT exposure rate diff 100 CT exposure rate Measure Set CT exposure rate Set CT exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure rate relative 3 2 5 19 4 CT exposure rate diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for CT exposure rate CT dose rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis CT exposure rate diff A CT exposure rate Measured Set CT exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure rate absolute Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 285 3 2 5 19 5 CT exposure rate diff from mean Calculated It is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of CT exposure rate CT dose rate The mean value is calculated based on the measured CT exposure rate of all rows included in the reprodu
106. example a measured entrance exposure of 0 50 roentgens from a Mo Mo target filter system at 30 kVp with a measured HVL of 0 36 mm aluminum yields an average glandular dose ol 0 50 R 185 mrad R 93 mrad or 0 93 mGy Adapted from Wu X Breast dosimetry in screen film mammography In Barnes GT Frey co eds Screen Film Momnogra phy Imaging Considerations aad Medical PhysicsResponsibil tes Madison Wis Medical Physics Publishing 1991 139 173 WAL conversi n factors are derived from Fits to data from Stanton L of al Dosage evaluation in mammography Radiology 1054 1504 577 584 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EA Table 2 GLANDULAR DOSE IN mrad FOR 1 ROENTGEN ENTRANCE EXPOSURE TISSUE USING A Mo Rh TARGET FILTER COMBINATION ef iW awo 0 38 193 194 196 q 198 19 20 mo 043 215 216 2 o 220 tt W DE 29 o E a if 4 A a A A a m i y O 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 342 Main functions Table 3 GLANDULAR DOSE IN mrad FOR 1 ROENTGEN ENTRANCE EXPOSURE TO 44 2 CM BREAST THICKNESS 50 ADIPOSE 50 GLANDULAR BREAST TISSUE USING AN Rh Rh TARGET FILTER COMBINATION X Ray Tube Voltage kVp HYL 25 16 17 28 29 H 31 0 28 O29 153 164 0 30 0 31 0 32 0 33 0 344 0 35 0 36 0 37 0 38 219 0 39 Led 0 40 226 0 4 td wi 227 230 0 42 FA Pa 234 0 43 79 238 0 44 242 0 45 24h 0 46 250 0 47 25 EF 254 0 48 2
107. exposure you perform You can only view old exposures not redo them The real time display template works slightly differently depending on the license level of Ocean you have The differences are described in the table below license level Description Display A real time display template can have only one row When you use it the measured data is logged and a new row is automatically created for each exposure It is not possible to go back and redo exposures you can only view old measurements No set values are possible to have in the grid Connect You have all the features of the Display level plus With this license level you get access to some set values You can also have real time display templates with a number of pre defined rows You can specify individual conditions set values and meter settings for each row You can also dump data into Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc Professional You have all the features of the Display and Connect levels plus With this license level you have access to all column types and analyses with pass and fail criteria for the real time display template Read more on how to design a real time display template Design a test template You can design your own test templates to perform the measurements and analyses you want They can be adapted to your own requirements and the meter you are using to maximize speed and user friendliness With correctly designed test templates you will finis
108. file use this to share data with others Import Import sessions tests checklists or real time displays from a file use this to receive data from others Close Close current job 2 1 New The Save function is located on the Application button drop down menu You can use New three ways New Session Start a new measurement to perform a QA session New Real time display Start a new measurement with a real time display New site Create a new site with a facility department room generator and a tube Print Export lad gt gt Import kf Close Options Close Ocean Click to compress lb New Session Start a new QA session Use this function when you want to start a new QA session for a certain room The new session wizard will appear and will help you create the session The wizard will ask you to Select the facility the department and the room where you perform your job Select the session template you want to use Specify your name and your organization data from setup is used as defaults Specify a name for your job the name used when the job is saved in the database When the wizard finishes the session is created saved under the Measurements tab for the new room you just created Read more here New Real time display Start a new real time display Use this function when you want to start making measurements with a new real time display The 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Ma
109. file and a password in Program options To sign the session 1 Go to the Reporting tab on the Ribbon bar 2 Click on Sign Printer Preview setup Report setup 3 A dialogue is shown Sign Session After the session has been signed it will be saved and cannot be saved again unless the signature has been removed 4 If a password is required you are asked to enter that now Click OK 5 Now the sesion is signed and you can t save it again If you need to modify it you must first remove your signature You do that by clicking on the Sign button and select Remove signature That a session is signed is indicated in different ways It is shown on the summary page Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions NEON SJUSuIa IMSeala Aeq Ey Signed Ulf Toll RTI Electronics AB Date 2011 11 23 Click to compress It is also shown on the lower status bar Piranha Eg Session signed Log mode Click to compress The signature is shown in the report 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 86 Main functions Uy RTI CTDI Siemens Report date 2011 11 23 Tester Mike Company RTI Site information Facility name RTI Electronics i tment aay department Address Fl jel bergsgata 8 T Room C CET City M lndal State province Postal code 431 37 Content Status Pefomed Finished 2011 11 22 Date 2011 11 23
110. first and then a session template New session Start from the Application button The steps are Select a room gt Select a template gt activate a test or checklist gt start to work 1 Go to the Application button and select New session 2 The new session wizard is now activated and it will ask you to select a room Look up the facility and click on it look up the department and click on it then select the room you want Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 79 Select a room dE Sites Hospital Sweden 4 ROI Electronics a Xray RTI Electronics AB 3 When you click Next to continue the wizard will give you a choice to choose an existing session template from the Library or design a new one on the fly Each choice will be described below in more detail e Select an existing session template 4 Choose Select an existing Session template and click Next The Library will be displayed showing the available templates 5 Select a session template and click Next 6 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 7 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish 8 The session is loaded and ready for measurements immediately if the checkbox Auto start session is checked in the Program options If not the summary tab is displayed showing all the tests and checklists that are part of the session template You can now
111. from report 187 standard 255 Comment 120 Compr paddle Selection 295 Condtitions 296 Confirm exit 46 Connect 18 58 Content 398 Copy cell 379 checklist 105 test 105 to another document 3 79 to Excel 379 Copy and paste 379 Cover page print 396 Create Favorite 89 real time display 247 session template 222 signature 406 CT Dose Profiler 327 332 430 CT Exposure measure 282 CT exposure Measured 283 CT exposure diff Calculated 283 CT exposure diff from mean Calculated 283 CT exposure diff A Calculated 283 CT Exposure rate measure 284 CT exposure rate Measured 284 CT exposure rate diff Calculated 284 287 CT exposure rate diff from mean Calculated 285 287 CT exposure rate diff A Calculated 284 CT pahntom position Set value 297 CTDI 327 332 2012 10 01 2 3A Index 441 CTDI analysis normalized volume 323 weighted 298 323 CTDI Calculated 300 CTDI helical scan free in air CTDI helical scan in phantom Cursors 116 D DAP Exposure measure 327 332 323 323 332 321 285 DAP exposure Measured 285 DAP exposure diff Calculated 286 DAP exposure diff from mean Calculated DAP exposure diff A Calculated 286 DAP Exposure rate measure 286 DAP exposure rate Measured 287 DAP exposure rate diff A Calculated Data collection policy 421 Data link Auto export Cell to cell Free 374 Header 3 4 Linked cells mode 379 Pin 374 Set pin 2
112. headers into a spreadsheet e Send data row by row for each new exposure called Free workbook e Connect cells in your Ocean template to cells in your spreadsheet called Cell to cell mode Ocean s Cell to cell mode is very powerful and makes it possible for you to take full control of how and where the measured data is placed in your spreadsheet You can also choose if the measured data should be sent to the spreadsheet automatically as you make each exposure or manually when you click on the Send data button Copy and paste You can use copy and paste to move data from Oceans grid into Excel or Calc 1 Select the cells you want to copy 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions 3 3 9 Ocean Reference Manual View Select d PIP P P P P IP IP IP PIPIPIP P 1 TES RG SES peo ef en om os ra h Setky kv 100 105 110 115 kV 55 13 0 2 60 62 1 0 64 33 1 0 69 77 0 3 75 42 0 6 80 88 1 1 84 61 0 5 90 37 0 4 95 83 0 9 100 89 0 9 104 37 0 6 109 57 0 4 115 14 0 1 120 43 0 4 Click to compress Xposure Expo mGy 0 2678 0 3330 0 3776 0 4390 0 5179 0 5885 0 544 0 7168 0 3055 0 3833 0 9383 1 022 1 115 1 195 112 9 98 27 98 27 98 77 99 27 98 77 99 28 98 77 98 77 98 78 98 77 98 78 98 78 98 77 2 Type Ctri c and open the document you want to copy to for example Excel 3 Select a cell 4 Type Ctrl v to paste the data into
113. in the report Generator is active Uncheck if the generator is replaced or removed from the room NOTE It is possible to delete an old generator that was removed from a room but if you just make the generator inactive instead of delete it altogether you can keep it for reference purposes The Generator ID is only shown if this option is selected in Program options not shown here This field gives the generator a unique identifier in the database and is used for a more efficient import export of your data Tube In order for a tube to be created you need to provide the following information for all tubes except mammography tubes 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 68 Main functions Tube Tube name Mam tube Insert type Serial Manufacturer Tube usage Mammography bl Equivalent thickness for compression plate Note 1 0 10 mm Al Note 2 Note 3 Mote 4 4 Indude in reports 4 Tube is active Click to compress The Tube name and the Total inherent filtration Equivalent thickness for compression plate for mammography tubes fields are mandatory The Tube name field is used to identify the tube in the Equipment folder The Total inherent filtration Equivalent thickness for compression plate for mammography tubes value is used by Ocean to optimize and speed up the measuring process in some situations There are two checkboxes Include in reports If unchecked the generator is no
114. inaccuracy is 0 0 at 400 kW Limit 5 10 to 5 0 Diff tram set value So Pt P Sa d on fs li o Do o o Set value k Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 192 Main functions We ll show you how to do the following Change the title to kV accuracy We will make the title a little bit larger and change the color to a light blue so it stands out more from the rest of the text Change the pass text to Ok and change fail text to Test failed Add the absolute deviation to the text just above the graph Our new text will read Maximum inaccuracy iS X X X X kV at XX kV Limit XX to XX where the red text is new If you follow along with our example here you ll find that Ocean is a lot of fun to use as you can do just about anything you like with it Let s follow the steps below to customize the analysis layout 1 To access the analysis setup functions we ll go to the Design page on the ribbon and click analysis Setup the last item on the ribbon bar Another way to access the same functions is if you right click anywhere in the Analysis window and select Modify analysis from the drop down list 2 The first change on our list of things to do is to change the title from Tube voltage accuracy to kV accuracy To do this we ll select the current title in our example it is the default Tube voltage accuracy and change it to what we want When we clicked on the analysis
115. inherent filtration 3 0 Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Indude in reports TE en Click to compress Enter the tube name and additional information Make sure that you enter the correct Tube usage and Total inherent filtration for Rad CT Dental tubes or Equivalent thickness for compression plate for Mammo tubes If you don t know these values use the defaults The fields Note 1 Note 4 are user defined fields If you don t want the tube information shown in the report uncheck the check box 10 When you are done click the Finish button to terminate the wizard The information you have just entered is created in the database tree and shown as follows a Ey RTI Electronics A AY a d Lab4 il Equipment E X ay generator ad 12 Rad tube The equipment folder now contains a generator with a tube You can add more tubes to the same generator add more generators and add user defined equipment You can edit the site information directly on the Measurements tab or use the Site information edit function End Add more departments and rooms You can add more departments and or rooms to any site you have in your database The example below shows how to add a department but adding a room is done the same way Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 243 To add a department 1 Open the Measurements tab 2 Right click on the facility you want to add a department to 3 Select A
116. is a measurement setup with displays and a grid where measured o data is logged The real time display can be configured in a variety of ways and optimized meses for different measuring requirements CD Measurements Q gt Library J No measurement loaded E Real time display ys Real time displays are saved in the database The database is available on the o Measurements tab located on the top of the main window Click on the tab view the Click to content Real time displays are located in the Real time display folders You can create compress your own sub folders here to organize your real time measurements If you click on a folder the files in the folder are shown in a list view to the right A search function is available to quickly locate items in the database tree If you have Professional license E Va lt Session is a number of tests checklists forming a complete QA evaluation Results are O000 2 amp A ine ar A ms mm s lt analysed and compared against specified acceptance limits A session is assigned to a s a roomand the different tests are used to verify the performance of the equipment in a that room generators tubes and other user defined equipment A template for the kre session can be stored in the Library for quick and easy access It is also possible to take Jan existing session already performed and re use it in the same room or in another Click to ee compress Sessions are save
117. is to add the facility information You must add at least a facility name before proceeding further 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 238 Main functions hae New site u Facility Facility Department Room Facility name RTI Electronics ES Address 1 Tube Address 2 City State province Postal code Country Contact person E mail Phone Mobile phone Fax Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Click to compress The fields Note 1 Note 4 are user defined fields You can go to Program options and setup the labels you want to have for these free fields 2 When you have entered all the information click Next to continue 3 The second step is to add a department You must enter at least a name for a department before proceeding further Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 239 hae New site Facility Department Department Department name X ay department 5 i a Generator ee Note 3 Note 4 apa Ge Click to compress The fields Note 1 Note 4 are user defined fields You can go to Program options and setup the labels you want to have for these free fields 4 When you are finished click Next to continue with the wizard 5 The third step is to add a room to your department You must at least add a room name before proceeding further 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 240 Main functions
118. kV compensation analysis Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test MaxDewPFromMean Maximum deviation From mean value LimitForMaxDeyFromMean Allowed deviation From mean 0nitPorDewviation or 0 0 depending on method used SetkvpForMaxDey Set ko where maximum deviation occurred Meant alue Mean value StandardDeviation Standard deviation CoefFOryariation Coefficient of variation LimitForCoetFOryariation Limit For Coefficient of variation Graph Graphical representation of results 0nit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EGM 3 2 6 15 Calculations The mean MeanValue is calculated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the AEC kV compensation analysis for each row included in the analysis the following is calculated If Exposure is used Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure value Mean value Mean value If optical density O D is used Diff from mean O D 100 Meas O D Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanValue MeanValue 2
119. mean 25 7 kVp diff A Calculated 257 So Labels 46 user defined 237 Language different 406 report 406 Layout 388 analysis 191 default 191 screen 392 Leniearity analysis 312 Library 22 Library tab 134 License 24 25 36 417 422 free 18 install 18 Light measure 281 recommended measuring mode 115 Light Measured 281 Light diff Calculated 281 Light diff from mean 282 Light diff A Calculated 282 Light probe 281 Link across 383 block 383 down 383 from analysis to cell 204 to a spreadsheet 383 waveforms 383 Location database 41 7 Logo 46 Luminance 115 Ocean Reference Manual 444 Index mA frame 269 pulse 269 window 2 5 mA diff Calculated 275 mA diff from mean 276 mA diff A Calculated 276 mA linearity 297 analysis 312 mAs measure 276 window 277 mAs diff Calculated 277 mAs diff from mean 2 7 mAs diff A Calculated 277 mAs frame measure 268 mAs frame Measured 268 mAs frame diff Calculated 268 mAs frame diff from mean Calculated 269 mAs frame diff A Calculated 269 mAs pulse measure 268 Measure CT exposure 282 CT exposure rate 284 DAP exposure 285 DAP exposure rate 286 exposure 259 exposure rate 261 exposure time 257 Exposure frame 266 Exposure pulse 266 fluoroscopy 111 frame count 263 frame rate 265 HVL 278 light 281 low signals 111 mAs 2 6 mAs frame 268 mAs pulse 268 pulse count 263 pulse rate 265 timed 111
120. much more besides Follow the steps below to import your data from oRT Igo 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 428 Main functions 1 Go to the Help page on the ribbon bar 2 Click on the button Import from Ortigo 3 Ocean will direct you to create a back up of your database It is always a good practice to back up your data before attempting to import just in case something happens during the import process 4 After the backup is finished Ocean will try to locate your oRTIgo database If Ocean finds the database it will appear pre selected If not you must find and select it manually 5 Click on the Open button 6 As soon as you clicked the Open button the import starts and a progress bar is shown The import may take some time if you have a large database 7 If the import was successful you can click on the Measurements tab to find your imported sites 8 Ocean is using a department level in the database that oRTIgo doesn t have Ocean automatically places all rooms in a department called Department NOTE If you attempt to import the same database twice or you keep your data in two different places containing some of the same information and attempt to import a second time your sites will be duplicated Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Chapter 4 Frequently asked questions 4 4 1 430 Frequently asked questions Frequently asked questions This topic covers questions frequently are a
121. performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis can calculate the deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation are calculated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information View Exposure Exposure diff From Select imay mean o 1 ali SE 2 3 335 2 0 3 3 281 0 3 AEC reproducibility Result Pass o cn Diff from mean 2 cn a Exposure Largest deviation fram mean Mo 4 3 Mean value 3 270 mGy standard deviation 0 0160 moby Typical AEC reproducibility test O D View Meas O D Diff From mean Select 0 D i 0 56 0 01 E 0 45 0 09 El 0 66 0 09 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 362 Main functions AEC reproducibility Result Pass o 0 0 0 D D 2 gt D A ao th A o h 2 E Ti d Ci am a 5 mm pes h Exposure Largest deviation fram mean 0 0 1 O09 Mean value O5 O D Standard deviation O09 O D Default pass fail criteria When you add the AEC reproducibility analysis the following pass fail criteria is sh
122. pulse mA You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame mA 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 270 Main functions 3 2 5 9 2 Frame mA Measured This is the measured frame pulse mA There are several detectors that can measure frame pulse mA This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of Frame mA This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame mA Reproducibility Frame mA 3 2 5 9 3 Frame mA diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for frame pulse mA The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frame mA diff 100 Frame mA Measure Set frame mA Set frame mA This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame mA relative 3 2 5 9 4 Frame mA diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for frame pulse mA The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frame mA diff A Frame mA Measured Set frame mA This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame mA absolute 3 2 5 9 5 Frame mA diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of Frame pulse mA The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Frame m
123. read the topic Design a checklist template How to design a session template read the topic Design a session template Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Chapter 2 Application menu 34 Application menu 2 Application menu You can access the Application menu by clicking on the Application button see picture below located at the upper left corner of the Ribbon bar Application button w Measure Design Data link Appearanc x 0 Connect Reset Start Capture Fo asi iton Meter check info Meter Click to compress The Application menu offers quick convenient access to the most frequently used commands such as New Save Import Export etc and the most recently used files see the picture below k Recent documents New b O Rad test 2010 09 17 Session 1 AGD_ACR_1 Testtemplate _ _ _ List with most ave 2 kVp accuracy1 Test template recent used 3 Rad test session Session template objects Save as Primt b Export b Import Close Click to compress You will find the following functions on the Application menu Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NEON New Start a new session real time display or site Save Save what you currently is working with Save as Make a template of the current job or rename existing objects Print Print current job Export Export sessions tests checklists or real time displays to a
124. see that the bottom Status bar 2 is showing that you are creating a template in Design mode The first thing any template needs is a title for our example we ll use kV Accuracy The title is the only field necessary on this page The remaining fields are not used by Ocean but they are provided for Ocean users to enter optional information None of these fields except the title will appear in the report A Measurement Setup Information Information Modality l Title KY Accuracy Columns General settings DIR DO Description Mote 1 Mote 2 Mote 3 Mote 4 Click to compress The title of this template will be used to identify it in Ocean and when printing a report 3 Let s enter the title kV Accuracy and click Next to continue with the wizard 4 On this page of the wizard we are asked to select modality The modality information is used by Ocean to suggest the most suitable options to you during the design process For our example we ll select Radiography by clicking the radio button next to that choice then click Next to continue with the wizard Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 141 4 Measurement Setup Displays Modality Radiography Fluoroscopy Pulsed fluoroscopy Mammography CT Dental Panoramic dental Light Dose Area product Click to compress 5 This window is the column selection window This is where we select which measured value columns set value col
125. software you use It is not used for marketing purposes and it is kept strictly confidential except in cases where a third party product is involved What data is collected To fix problems in the software we not only need to know about what the software was doing at the time the error occurred but also about your instrument configuration For this purpose when an error report is created a snap shot of your computer memory is taken that may contain personal and confidential information For instance the snap shot of memory may contain your name part of a document you were working on or data you recently submitted to a Web site It is also possible for such personal information to be included in the log file a portion of the registry or other product specific files needed to determine the cause of the error If you are concerned that the report may contain personal or confidential information please do not send the report How data is stored When we receive an error report we use a variety of security technologies and procedures to protect your personal information from unauthorized access use or disclosure For example we store the error reports on computer servers with limited access Who has access to error report data RTI Electronics AB employees contractors and vendors who have a business need to use the error report data are provided access If the error report indicates that a third party product is involved RTI Electronic
126. someone click the PDF button Print Print the report Use this button when you want to print your reports Sign Click here to sign the report You can specify a signature that can be used to digitally sign the report A signed report is locked from further modification Read more in section Signing If you click on this button and the report is already signed you will be asked if you want to remove the signature Setup 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 398 Main functions Here you can modify the report EZ template that defines the layout for the report Report template setup You can here select report template or modify current report 3 5 1 Create a report layout You can create create different layout templates for your report Layouts can be created for both sessions and real time displays A layout template contains the following information e Header and footer e Content e Print options You can create different of report layout templates and store them They can easily be called and used whenever you want to print a report or create a PDF file Create a report layout template 1 Go to Program options 2 Select Reports fay Options General settings Session Real time display Preferences Select report template RTI 1 Default Meter preferences Defaults Default units Edit header amp l ar Create header and footer for the printed report Free texts Content Co
127. start a test or checklist Rad test A e Pee e e AVL OO kVp Reproducibility Not started kVp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Notstarted Em Double click in the first column of the test or checklist you want to start The test or checklist is opened and the first row is activated You can also select a test or checklist by clicking on a tab Summary F HYL kVp Reproducibility kVp Rad test oo n kVp Accuracy Not started When the test or checklist is shown you can click on the row you want to start with and that row will be activated 9 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts letting you choose the equipment to test 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual NET Main functions In some cases you may be asked to choose a detector s to use Detector selection End e Design a new session template on the fly 4 Select Create a new session and click Next 5 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 6 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish An empty session template is created no tests or checklists are present at this time Your screen should look like the picture below summary Site Acceptance test 7 Now you need to add tests and checklists Click on Add test or Add checklist You can
128. tests and in the lower is the current test shown Copy a test or checklist from history 1 Right click outside the grid in the history window Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 109 hae History for Title kVp Reproducibility 2011 03 03 kVp Reproducibility Set time Set mAs ms mAs 5 100 i Setk Tube voltage kvp diff from Exposure time Exposure diff from Exposure Time diff from kv kV mean ms mean mGy mean 80 81 00 0 4 39 00 0 5825 0 1 80 79 30 L7 98 77 0 5881 0 1 K 80 80 74 0 1 102 0 0 5900 3 1 80 81 00 0 4 98 00 5 0 5859 0 9 80 80 77 0 1 97 30 22 0 5700 1 6 80 81 20 0 7 98 50 0 5904 0 4 80 80 70 0 0 98 77 1 8 0 5720 0 1 Copy to current session 2010 10 21 kVp Reproducibility 2011 01 26 kVp Reproducibility 2011 03 03 kvp Reproducibility 2011 05 12 kVp Reproducibility Current measurements kVp Reproducibility 2011 06 01 Set time Set mAs SDD ms mAs cm 70 100 5 SetkY Tube voltage kVp diff from Exposure time Exposure diff from Exposure Time diff from kV kV mean ms mean mGy mean 80 80 00 0 6 nR 0 5825 80 80 69 0 3 0 5881 80 30 88 0 5832 30 80 69 0 1 0 5859 80 81 30 0 5861 80 80 32 0 2 i 0 5904 80 79 30 0 2 0 5877 Gres Click to compress 2 Select Copy to current session from the menu 3 The selected test or checklist is now copied into the session you
129. the Test template folder of the Library For our example we chose kVAcc_6Exp as the name for our work As soon as our work is saved the template is now referred to by name and that name is shown on the main title bar NOTE No measured values are saved when you save a template At this stage our example template should look like the picture below However before this template can be used there are a few more things we ll need to add and some optional things you may choose to add to your template depending on your preference 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual REM Main functions Set Set time m s msj rodks View a Set ky Tube voltage kvp diff Exposure time Exposure Select ikv kN ms Mty b i 2 80 0 3 o0 0 4 a0 0 J o0 0 E o0 0 Click to compress Before we can use this template we still need to do the following activities 1 Let s assume we want to use an exposure time of 100 ms and we want to do our kV accuracy calculation at 10 mAs To add these values to our template we ll click first below the Set time words and enter 100 then click below the Set mAs words and enter 10 When we are done our grid should look like this Set Set time m s msi m s 100 0 10 00 Mew a Seb ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select ky kA ms imay gt i 00 E o0 0 3 800 4 800 5 800 6 80 0 Click to compress 2 The next thing we need to do is to popu
130. the default text 3 At the bottom of the window you have the following line showing the default Analysis comment field text Enter the Analysis comment 2 Failing rows O always show To change this click in the text field and enter your text For our example we entered the following Enter the Analysis comment 2 Failing rows EX Failed max allowed difference is LoLimitRelDiff to HiLimitRelDitf e O Always show The template will now look like the picture below increase the width for the Analysis comment column Notice the new text is now shown in the Analysis comment field view Set kv Tube voltage kvp diff Exposure time Exposure Analysis comment ee ky ims imay 43 2 kw Failed max allowed difference is 5 0 to 5 0 REC A O O A 3 80 78 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 Click to compress End Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 209 Show for every failed row Let s assume that we have different acceptance limits in the test template above for example 10 for exposure 1 and 2 and 5 for exposure 3 and 4 and 2 for exposure 5 and 6 The analysis result looks like this Analysis A Summary kV accuracy FAIL kV accuracy Result est failed Maximum inaccuracy is OU 3 2 49 at 40 0 k Limit 10 0 to 10 0 So z d Th Ear d wn o Set value kV Click to compress
131. the layout of how the analysis result is presented read the Advanced analysis topic 3 2 2 1 16 Modify analysis This topic covers the most common modifications you would want to do to your analysis These are include exclude rows from the analysis and change the acceptance limit of each row The Advanced analysis topic covers the more advanced analysis customization options Let s assume we have a template like the picture below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 178 Main functions View a Sek ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select ky ky ms imay gt i 2 60 61 2 2 0 3 80 78 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 NOTE The above is a template that has already been used as it contains measurements and analysis calculations A test template is normally empty contains no measurements or analysis calculations The picture below shows the details of what the accuracy analysis looks like with the default settings Let s make some changes to this to make it more like what we want Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy FAIL Tube voltage accuracy Result FAIL Maximum inaccuracy is 0 0 at 400 k Limit 5 0 to 5 0 Diff trom set valle Pu Pu Fa m no o o Op o o Set walue k Click to compress 1 Go to the Design page on the ribbon and click on Setup analysis 2 Select Tube voltage accuracy or your own title if you
132. the same message on a regular basis or if it stops you from doing your job you should contact RTI Support for assistance End Crash report Ocean may generate an exception error if an unknown problem occurs A dialogue like the one you see below is shown Ocean exe Ocean_exe has encountered a problem and we are sorry for the inconyemence Guy Please tell us about this problem To help us diagnose the cause of this error and improve this software please send this report to us Thank wou ATI Electronics AB Describe what you were doing when the error occurred Error description here 4 h To see What this report contains click here Save report ATI Electronics AB Data Collection Policy Send report Close application Continue application Click to compress This dialogue will collect all important information that RTI needs to find the problem and correct it You will be asked to describe what you did just prior to the crash This is very important information so try to give a step by step account of exactly what you did when the error appeared You can choose to send the report immediately by choosing the Send report option or create a file on your desktop and send it to RTI later Send any error reports to ocean rti se 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 126 Main functions 3 1 24 Exposure assistant 3 1 25 The exposure assistant helps you to do fluoro and light measurements
133. the test or fail when the test active a test or checklist was or checklist is Click to compress The session has a summary page shown in the picture where all the included tests and or checklists are shown As soon as the session has been started you have started your job the site information is shown on a site tab When you use your session template to perform a job the columns Status Performed and Result are indicating how you job progresses Status shows automatically Not started Started and Finished You can set the status manually by right clicking on a row to set it s status Performed shows the date when you did the last measurement or answered the last question Result shows pass or fail Note A session template doesn t have this when you design it only when you use t as a job Read more on how to design a session template Real time display templates A real time display template describes a real time display It is completely user defined Displays af Real time display Tube voltage Exposure time O kV O ms Exposure rate 0 mGy s Total filtr O mm AI Select ikw ims imay mayis imm Ali imm Al gt E Grid where exposures are logged Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 3 2 2 1 A real time display template has a number of displays and a grid where the measured data is saved Normally the grid has only one row A new row is created for each
134. this point X3 shown as a solid red line in graph above 5 Calculate X3 50 mm and X3 50 mm and call these positions X4 and X5 respectively They are marked with red dotted lines in the graph above and labeled with the text 50 mm and 50 mm respectively The central CTDI CTDI 100 c is calculated as CTDIc Integrated dose between X4 and X5 Pitch Pitch must be specified in the grid The weighted CTDI CTDI 100 w is calculated as CTDIw CTDIC kFactor The k factor is from the table in the Appendix The k factor is found based on kVp phantom type and CT scanner name If you want to specify your own k factor add the k factor column The volume CTDI CTDI 100 vol for a helical scan is calculated as CTDIvol CTDIw Pitch The dose length product DLP is calculated as DLP CTDIvol Scan length Recommended columns or general settings The following columns are recommended for the CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EM Main functions Parameter Exposure Measured The measured dose from the CT Dose Profiler detector Set kV The set value for kV CT Phantom type The phantom type specifies head or body for this analysis Set value CT phantom position This specifies where the CT chamber is positioned in the phantom not Set value required center hole is assumed if not specified Collimation Set value This column specifies the collimation
135. to chose from ACRICAR Mammo Moo ACRICAR Mammo Mosk ACRICAR Mammo RARA ACRICAR Mammo ye RE FOS mfg before June 10 2006 FCA mfg onfafter June 10 2006 FDA Dental mfg after Dec 1 1980 FEA Dental mfg onfbefore Dec 1 1980 Mam Rad Fluoro Mammo Mo Mo Mammo MoRh Mammo RAAA Mammo WIRA Mone You can also select None and create your own pass fail criteria Default result 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 322 Main functions Half Value Layer Result Pass HL is 3 10 mm Al HL limit minimum 2 30 mm Al Total filtration 3 2 mm Al Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text QuickHVL analysis looks like this Title Result fTestResult HL is MleasH L mm Al HL limit minimum hlin L mm Al Total filtration ShleasTF mrm Al This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the Reproducibility analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result Limitoraph Graphical presentation of the limits tMa
136. to minimize 2 Now click on Use for analysis As you can see the values in the Exposure mAs column are recalculated and the normalized exposure is used instead 55D SDD Set ky cm cm kv 100 0 50 00 80 0 ff Select mAs mGy mGy mAs 1 20 00 11 00 2 750 20 00 Small 2 40 00 19 00 4 750 490 00 Small 80 00 39 00 9 750 60 00 Small 4 160 0 63 00 20 75 160 0 Small 5 320 0 1640 41 00 320 0 Small 6 640 0 300 0 75 00 640 0 Small Click to minimize 3 2 2 1 24 5 Analysis comment The analysis comment is a special feature that can be used to e show a text on failing rows to indicate which analysis that failed e show a text on each row that can contain also the macros names proceeded by To display analysis comments you need to add an Analysis comment column Take a look at the before first picture and the after second picture the analysis comment is added View Sek ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select ki iky ms may 1 40 43 2 gt BESE J a Fis he St 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 5 140 144 2 3 0 In this picture you can see the extra column titled Analysis comment with some text in it you can see how to add a column here 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 208 Main functions view f Set kv Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Analysis comment e AATA ms imay 1 qae Acc err a ao 78 3 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 5
137. to the capability of your meter and your detectors probes The example templates will be copied to a folder called on Dental ara RTO found in the main folder for each A Panoramic dental emplate type a Parameters Itis recommended that you don t use the Examples RTO folder to store your own templates since future updates of Ocean may use this folder Click to compress Select the modalities and parameters you want to load examples for 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 420 Main functions Note Existing examples will be updated if you reload examples you already have loaded before Make sure if you want to modify an example template to copy it to another place 3 7 2 Create support file Ocean users are encouraged to send error report data to RTI Electronics AB Error Data Collection department via e mail We also encourage feed back from users regarding the program and invite suggestions on how we may improve our product We have added a Contact RTI button for your convenience This button is located on the Help tab of the Ribbon bar see picture below When you want to make a support file just click the Make support file button 3 Ld al 7 Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help e my eRe Tabe of FAQ Getting Measure Design Misc Import El Activate Check Trial About contents started examples meter update Help Tutorials w Connect
138. topic the main functions on the Ribbon are described Ld il Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help E i 0 o Clear row ein Get waveforms m i id Clear all Exposure assistant Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Detector Favorites check info Lit Close Meter Edit Measure Click to compress a The main functions are Measure Functions you need when you do measurements Design Functions you need when you create or modify templates Data link Functions you need when you use Ocean with Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc Appearance Functions you need when you want to change how things appear on the screen Reporting Functions you need for reporting Central Functions you need when you are connected to a central database Database Help Here you will find help on how to use Ocean topic by topic Many of the functions are also available via a right click with your mouse Simply right click on an object and a menu will be shown with the functions available to you 3 1 Measure Most of the functions you will need when you make measurements are located on the Measure tab of the Ribbon bar There are three groups of functions you will need to know about Meter functions Editing functions and Measure functions See below a more detailed discussion on all three groups of functions When you are measuring the lower status bar shows Log mode Log mode This in
139. unit Yes All controls meters lights and indicators working Yes Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 353 3 2 6 14 Default pass fail criteria There are no pass fail criteria for this analysis Default result Checklist Result Pass Total of 0 question s failed There were 0 warning s Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text Checklist analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Total of MNoUDfrails question s failed There were SNoOfVarnings warning s This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the Checklist analysis Title Specified title STestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test Result Analysis result TotalNoOfQuestions Total number of questions NoOfFails Number of failed questions No0fWarnings Number of warnings Calculations No calculations are done Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the analysis This column is required AEC kV compe
140. value Use for analysis Set value for selected rows Alignment d Decimals Units The functions above are explained in more detail in the Design topic General settings Parameters that have the same value for all rows in the grid can be placed in the General settings area instead of being in a column as a column you would need to enter the same value for all of the rows You can read in the topic Add delete column or general settings how to add and modify the General settings Editing values in the grid To edit a value in the grid a set value or a measured value when keyboard is active just click on the cell you want to edit View SetkV Tube voltage Select kV kv 1 50 60 65 A In In la In Shan The cell gets a white background and a frame to indicate that it is selected You can now type a value or a text if it is a text column You can directly move up or down by pressing the UpArrow or DnArrow key To move to the right or left first press Enter and then the RightArrow or LeftArrow key 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 72 Main functions 3 1 5 Displays Each column may have a corresponding display Mame Exposure 1 273 mGy Mosad urn wla Value Unit Calibration In a real time display template displays are created by default In a test template only columns are created by default You can right click on any column heading and chose Show display
141. warning sign on unit 15 All controls meters lights and indicators working Click to compress If you just assign an analysis to the checklist it is the same procedure as for test templates the result looks like this Analysis Summary Checklist FAIL Checklist Result FAIL Total of 1 question s failed There were O warning s However if you want something a bit more creative you can use several checklist analyses to show the results of each section It can then look like this Analysis Summary Operator protection Pass Patient protection FAIL Area survey Fass Equipment Pass Complete cheklist FAIL Total of 1 question s failed There were O warning s We used five checklist analyses to create the above result Four were assigned to the rows in each section respectively and the last one is covering all rows to give the overall result The layout has been modified to create appearance of the above picture An analysis is deleted from the checklist the same way as an analysis is deleted from a test template 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 222 Main functions 3 2 2 2 8 Report 3 2 2 3 There are some things you can do to a test template that will affect on how it appears in the report e Exclude columns from the report e Change the width of columns Exclude columns from the report All columns will be included in the report by default You can exclude columns if you like Excluding
142. when the analysis result is shown For example the macro GraphRel will be exchanged with a graph showing the relative deviation Let s change the absolute deviation text now We do this by placing our cursor after MaxRelDiff and type the dollar sign As soon as we do that a drop down list appears with the available macros to choose from see picture below Li iP de Dl DiBa Rhy X PHO Beca Title E Result TestResult Maximum inaccuracy is MaxRelDif m eala dt OREA nit fl init 7 SLoLimitMaxRelDitf to SHiLimitMaxRe STitle Specified title 5TestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test SResult Analysis result GraphRel Graphical representation of the results as 95 GraphRel GraphAbs Graphical representation of the results SMaxRelDiff Maximum relative difference SetValueAtMaxRelDiff The set value for where maximum relative difference occur SHiLimitMaxRelDiff High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occur SLoLimitMaxRelDiff Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occur SMaxAbsDiff Maximum absolute difference SetValueAtMaxAbsDiff The set value for where maximum absolute difference occur SHiLimitMaxAbsDiff High acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occur Enter the Analysis comment SLoLimitMaxAbsDiff Low acceptance limit for the value where maximum difference occur err Unit The current unit
143. with the wizard 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual RETO Main functions tae Analysis Setup kV accuracy Select parameter and title Define analysis result Enter texts for the result Define analysis result text Pass text Ok Pass color E Fail text Test failed Fail color Coma Lana es Click to compress 5 The last page of the wizard looks like the picture below This is where we can change the style and color of the text that appears in the analysis window In our example we wanted to do two things to the appearance of our analysis window text We wanted to change the absolute deviation text to read like this Maximum inaccuracy is X X X X kV at XX kV Limit XX to XX where the red text is new and We also wanted to increase the font size of the title text and make it light blue so it stands out from the rest of the text and Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RETOS tee Analysis Setup kV accuracy Peeves Se Define analysis result text Define analysis result E K T Title Result STestResult Maximum inaccuracy is MaxRelDifF at S5etValueAtMaxRelDif SUnit Limit SLoLimitMaxRelDiff to SHiLimitMaxRelDiff GraphRel Enter the Analysis comment Failing rows Acc err 0 Always show asc co Click to compress The layout is built up of text and macros a name preceded by a that will be exchanged with values from Ocean
144. working off line with no meter connected Simulate is shown instead Getting back to our example to change to a different detector we ll use the following steps 1 The first step is to go to Miscellaneous on the ribbon bar and click on Detector and the detector selection dialogue is shown see picture 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions Detector selection Parameter Detector Tube voltage Piranha Exposure Piranha Piranha Piranha Dose Probe Piranha T20 Keyboard Do not use Piranha status AAA o La 26 cana Click to compress When you are off line the drop down list with show all possible detectors for your meter and there may be detector types shown in the list that you don t have If you are on line the list will show only the detectors your meter has available Piranha only the connected detector is shown Barracuda all detectors you have will be shown whether they are connected or not 2 For our example we ll select the Piranha Dose Probe and click OK to continue You can confirm that a new detector is selected for the Exposure column by placing the mouse pointer over the heading Exposure R Piranha Dose Probe none 3 2 2 1 8 Modify meter settings Meter settings can be set individually for each row in atemplate To define meter settings 1 Select the row s you want to change the meter settings for You can select multiple rows if you
145. your CD or in the update package you can download from the RTI website 3 Go to Maintenance 4 Click on CTDP correction 5 Wait while the probe ts fixed 6 Quit the Detector Manager 7 Restart Ocean Click to compress Piranha CT Dose Profiler Probes delivered before March 2012 has incorrect detector type stored in its memory THis must be corrected before it can be used THis is done as described in the message with the Detector Manager Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Frequently asked questions 431 4 2 4 3 4 4 Ihave a CT SD16 probe why can t I see it in Ocean Ocean is not supporting this probe You have to upgrade to a CT Dose Profiler probe if you want to measure CT dose profiles with Ocean Measuring Why isn t the analysis giving a result it is just showing The analysis cannot do the required calculations This is normally caused by e A missing measured value too few measurements e There is a measuring error of some kind e A set value is missing or not specified correctly Ocean is not connecting to my meter If you are using USB please check that the cable is connected properly If you are using BLUETOOTH open Windows BLUETOOTH device window and verify that your meter is listed as a know BLUETOOTH device If it is listed but you still can t connect delete it and use Find nearby devices to re connect My measured data was not saved Why You are maybe worki
146. 0 01 2 3A Main functions ETI View Select G ms 7 204 532 5 12 43 550 5 21 30 553 0 gt Modify Real time displ 52 93 533 5 i ify play 65 12 563 6 Hint b Click to compress 2 A wizard is shown and a list of all columns are shown Go to the group Other and add the column Waveform value Calculated 3 Finish the wizard The new column appear in the grid 4 Now create a link to show the value from the waveform panel Right click on the new column s heading Show display Edit column title Include column in report Include column in spreadsheet exports Name this value i Create link to waveform data e Exposure rate Piranha Dose Probe Alignment y Time ditt Decimals Exposure Piranha Dose Probe Btwn cursors Exposure rate Piranha Dose Probe Btwn cursors Click to compress 5 Select Create link to waveform data and the parameter you want in this case the exposure between the cursors 6 The link is created if the test or real time display has data already all cells are updated according to current cursor position 7 You may want to change the column title Right click on the column heading and select Edit column title View F Exposure Exposure rate Exposure time Exposure for the Select mGy s Ir 1 0 8316 EL 2 3 056 7 204 532 9 Lif EL 3 6 04 12 43 550 5 2 182 EL 4 11 78 21 30 553 0 3002 In 5 28 24 52 93 5d 9 9 111 Ir 6 36 70 65 12 563 6
147. 1 03 s New Room 2012 07 23 14 28 43 Measurement QA Rad room 2012 07 23 4 H Equipment E 2012 09 18 14 02 18 Measurement 2012 09 18 S 2012 09 18 14 22 50 X ay generator Mam tube Measurement 2012 09 18 TestAGD_Q_ACR X ray generator Mam tube Measurement 2012 09 18 E TestAGD_Q_EUREF Measurement 2012 09 18 f ree S 2011 09 19 15 06 07 X ray generator Mam tube TestAGD_Q_IAEA X ray generator Mam tube Measurement 2012 09 18 E 2012 07 23 14 28 43 E 2012 09 18 14 02 18 E 2012 09 18 14 22 50 X ray generator Mam tube TestAGD_Q_ACR X ray generator Mam tube B TestAGD_Q_EUREF E E TestAGD_Q_IAEA X ray generator Mam tube 2 RTT Hnsnital Click to enlarge 14 Getting started To get started install Ocean on your computer and make sure that your meter has an Ocean license in it There are three possible license choices Display Connect and Professional The Display is a free license and is already installed in all new units Older units may not have this license and in this case you can get one from our website at http www rti se try ocean for free There are two topics describing how to make your first measurement Display and Connect and Professional If you are using the Professional license read both sections as both are relevant to you Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 25 1 4 1 1 4 2 and available for your use If you use Display or Connect license read the Dis
148. 12 18 Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETON Main functions 3 2 2 1 14 Add delete column or general settings This topic deals with adding or deleting columns or general settings Let s assume we have the following template and we want first to change some columns around by adding some and deleting others We would do it following the steps below Set mAs Set time mn PARA mGy RA 1 0 3330 ft Irn 2 70 ee 0 3 pro ee EL 3 80 80 88 1 1 0 5885 98 77 Irn 4 90 90 37 0 4 0 7168 98 77 In 5 100 100 89 0 9 0 3833 08 78 Ir 6 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 08 78 Irn 7 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 1 Right click outside the grid on the empty space to the right or below the grid and select Modify Test You can also go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and select Modify from the Test Checklist group to achieve the same result 2 The modify test wizard will start to guide you through the process The first page of the wizard looks like the picture below bis Measurement Setup E Columns Columns General settings collapse Expand Parameter Detector Ry Set kv Set value gt Time A Tube voltage Measurec MPD Serial Exposure kvp diff Calculated N A gt Exposure rate Exposure Measured PiranhaDose Serial Ma A Exposure time Measure PiranhaDose Serial m s gt Total Filtration gt User defined calculation gt User defined numeric value gt
149. 1927 GE_______ llightspeedPlus___________ 80 1 032 1927 GE_______ HispeedzXi___________ 80 1027 1810 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Appendix 435 hispeeans ao 1r reo UishiSoeed Uta f ao toa 2000 GE LightSpeed1i6e 80o 1046 1819 GE LightSpeedPro16 80 1057 199 GE JLightSpeed Pro 16 GE llightfSpeedRT_ 80 1093 2140 GE llightSpeedvcr 80 1136 2 046 GE lLightSpeedVCT smallhd largebd 80 1061 2 041 GE lLiahtSpeedVCT small hd large bd GE _ LightSpeed VCT small hd large bd GE _ LightSpeed VCT small hd large bd Philips Philips 310 GE2 no Cu 120 1089 Philips Philips350 GE2 noCu 120 1089 Philips Philips310 GE2 w Cu 120 1025 Philips Philips350 GE2 w Cu 120 1025 Philips Philips310 GE3 noCu 120 1956 Philips Philips350 GE3 noCu 120 1956 Philips Philips310 GE3 w Cu 120 Philips Philips350 GE3w Cu 120 Phos Phi Philips AV _ 80 1120 2034 Philips PhilisstLx __ 80 1120 2034 Philips Philips SR7000 80 1120 2034 Philips PhilipsTx 100 Philips PhilipsTx gt gt gt gt gt 120 1038 Philips PhilipsTx gt gt 130 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 436 Appendix Phiips Philips M8000 eo 1096 1888 Philips Philips M8000 140 1653 Philips Mx8000 IDT Brilliance 16 8 Power 90 1072 1765 __ P
150. 2 1 3 Select multiple cells When you have a template containing a lot of cells or when you want to make the same changes to several cells in your template the multiple cell selection function is a way to speed up your work The multiple cell selection function is illustrated with the following example Let s assume we have a template like the one below and we want to link a block of cells from this template to an Excel or OpenOffice Calc spreadsheet We could do this one cell at a time but that would be time consuming and inefficient Instead we ll use Ocean s multi cell select function To use this function follow the steps below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 154 Main functions View Sek ky Select Ent a0 ol ol ab ab ab ab 5 A MN hs Tube voltage kN Piranha 80 59 80 69 80 74 80 69 80 77 80 62 80 70 kp diff From mean o 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Click to compress imay Piranha 0 5825 0 5881 0 5832 0 5859 0 5861 0 5904 0 5877 Exposure Exposure diff From mean 5 0 3 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 7 0 2 First select a cell in the spreadsheet This will be the upper left corner of where the block will be linked Now go back to Ocean In Ocean do the following 1 Click on the first cell you want This will be the upper left corner of the block you want to link view Sek ky Select kA a0 20 20 ab a0 ab
151. 2 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 116 Main functions 3 1 20 Information Please darken the light probe during the upcoming Adjust When you see the above message darken the light probe and make sure that it doesn t see any light then click OK Keep the detector darkened until the meter finished adjusting itself and is ready to measure When you move from one measurement to another from one row to another no message is shown but you must make sure that the detector is darkened when a meter adjust is done If you are not sure if a meter adjust will be done when you move to the next row darken the detector before you go to the next measurement Recommended measuring mode for light measurements You can use any of the three measuring modes normal free run and times when you measure light All of them have advantages and disadvantages We recommend that you build your templates with normal mode with exposure assistant when you measure luminance and free run mode when you measure illuminance Waveforms Waveforms are acquired after each exposure The waveforms are shown in the Waveform tab normally located in the lower left corner of the screen Waveform F Tube voltage Exposure rate 110 y 7 oT l P Y 390 2 a EEN 60 E o E7 E e Sety y E E e 5 sp E A Ml Y Ww 30 sto eee ee 0 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 TO a0 90 100 110 120 Click to compress There are two cursors you can move The
152. 2 3A Main functions 339 AGD ACR Result Pass AGD for Mos30 pm Mo at 27 O kY is 0 4721 moy flax allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 323 mm Al Entrance surface air kerma ESAKI 2 SUU moby Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AGD ACR analysis looks like this Title Result FTestResult AGO for TargetFilter at bp kV is FAGO 460Unit Max allowed is bLimitidaxA GD FAGODU nit Half value layer PHL mm Al Entrance surface alr kerma ESAR PESAK SESAK Unit This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AGD ACR analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result AGDUNit 450 unit 400 Average glandular dase LimitiMax 460 Max allowed AGD RowHo Row number used for the analysis kvp Set kip HYL Used HYL TargetFilter Calibration 455D Distance to which the AGD is normalized FESGEUnit ESAK unit ESAK Measured exposure gPactor Used q Factor Calculations The AGD ACR AGD is calcu
153. 2 Main functions This function returns the maximum of the values x1 x2 xn x can be individual cells or columns MaxC column This function returns the maximum value in the specified column Min x1 xn This function returns the minimum of the values x1 x2 xn x can be individual cells or columns MinC column This function returns the minimum value in the specified column Poly x Cn C1 CO This function returns the value of the polynomial function CO C1 x C2 x Cn x maximum value for n is 6 Power Base exp This function calculates the value of Base Sar x This function calculates x x can be individual cell or column SqrRoot x This function calculates v x x can be individual cell or column Sum x1 xn This function calculates the sum of x1 xn x can be individual cells or columns Pi This functions returns the value n 3 141592653589793 Columns and cells Here are column names and cell names shown If you give your own name to a cell or a column it shows up here You can easily pick from this list when you create your own formulas 3 2 5 22 3 User Calculation value diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for user defined calculation The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis User calculation diff 100 User calculation Calculated Set User Calculation Set User Calculation This
154. 3 300 0 18 00 4 4 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual AEC mA compensation Result Pass 3 Tm a D Largest deviation from mean 20 5 4 Mean value 17 23 mGy standard deviation O 8622 mGy Typical AEC mA compensation test O D View Set m Meas O D Diff From Select reich mean 05 01 i 100 0 0 56 0 00 2 200 0 0 59 0 03 3 300 0 0 52 0 04 AEC mA compensation Result Pass ao a a o a ch a ih Um a mn a Cc UL 0 00 Ci 4 E a 4 a a ch Largest deviation fram mean 0 0 1 Mean value 056 0 0 Standard deviation 004 O D Default pass fail criteria 358 Main functions When you add the AEC mA compensation analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown By default is only maximum difference from the mean value tested Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EU If Exposure is used Maximum diff 2 From mean value 10 0 Of Maximum coefficient of variation We If O D is used Maximum diff 0 0 From mean value 0 15 OD E Maximum coefficient of variation o You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameter Coefficient of variation Default result Exposure AEC mA compensation Result Pass 3 E Tm au a E a Largest deviation from mean So 5 4 Mean value 17 43 mGy standard deviation O 8622 mGy Result layout and macros As described i
155. 402 Main functions 7 Click on Next 8 Now specify the space you want the header to occupy fale Cover page header Height Header height Auto Manual lt Back Cancel Click to minimize You can let Ocean auto size the header and specify it Click Finish 9 Repeat the same procedure for the other headers and footers Content define different report characteristics 1 When you are ready with all headers and footers click on the Content button A wizard is started that will allow you to modify the content in the report Print only cover page Decide if you want each test to start on anew page e for the cover tests and checklists o Change title for each section o Exclude or include sections o Change order of sections Modify all fixed texts in the report Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 403 amp Edit report content MW Options Options Cover me E Print only cover page Checklists Each Test Checklist starts on a new page Edit texts Print only cover sheet Only the summary page will be in the report Click to minimize Each test checklist starts on a new page Each test and checklist in the session will start on a new page 2 Make your selections and click Next Here you can define how you want the cover page to look like r amp y Edit report content Force page break 2012 10 01 2 3A Lol amp es Options Cover M
156. 5 field balance 368 Backup of databse 417 kV compensation 353 Battery mA compensation 357 charging 58 reciprocity 364 reproducibility 361 AGD 299 HVL 302 one exposure 302 Quick HVL 302 AGD Calculated 302 AGD ACR Battery indicator 21 Beam corr factor Set value 295 Beam correction factor 95 Beam Quality Index 304 Browse database 22 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Index tt Calc 48 send data 381 session 382 waveforms 381 Calculation user defined 288 Calibration Selection 295 Capture 58 CD Dose Profiler 327 332 Cell background 165 color 165 edit value 69 font 165 formula 185 multiple selection 153 show in analysis 201 use arrow keys 69 use in formula 185 Cell to cell 374 Central 54 Change detector 158 meter settings 160 numeric fomrat 157 order of analysis 180 site information 111 unit 157 workbook 388 Charging Barracuda 58 Checklist add analysis 220 add row 219 analysis 352 copy 105 create 211 delete analysis 220 delete row 219 heading 217 hide 230 number 21 7 template 135 text 217 user defined 218 Checklist item type 211 Checklist item types definition 215 Close 45 Code of Practtice 347 Ocean Reference Manual Coefficient of variation 308 Collimation 298 332 Column 135 add 170 change order 139 delete 1 0 exclude 388 heading 139 use in formual 185 waveform data 167 width 139 Column heading 69 Columns exclude
157. 53 258 0 49 57 260 26 0 50 i 1 2 265 0 51 Jl 260 0 57 273 0 53 iy 2H 0 54 A 20 0 55 284 0 56 288 0 57 Par 0 55 206 0 54 3400 0160 34041 bd bi hi Fl bd 2 E bd bd pd pI pJ AE E La ch Adapted fram Wa X Gingold EL Barnes GT Tucker DOM Normalized average glandular dese in MoEband Rhy Rh target filter mammoermphy Raanatagy 1994 193 83 BD Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AGD ACR analysis Exposure norm The AGD ACR analysis is always using the normalized exposure th column Measured Exposure norm Measured However it is not required to normalize to any distance and in this case is normalized exposure measured exposure Calibration Set value It is required to have calibration column The value is used when getting the g factor for the corresponding target filter HVL measured This column is required if QuickHVL is used instead of a traditional HVL measurement HVL AGD Measured In this column is the HVL for the AGD calculation specified The value must be entered manually or linked automtatically from the HVL analysis AGD Calculated This is the calculated average glandular dose This value is compared against the pass fail criteria you have specified Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 343 3 2 6 10 AGD EUREF The AGD EUREF analysis is used to evaluate the average glandular dose according to the
158. 55etKV Set value for kV for the lowest m s value or from general settings 5Focal5pot Focal spot for lowest m s value or from general settings 5MaxExpPerm s Maximum value 5MinExpPerm s Minimum value 5AverageExpPerm s Average value MaxDevFromAverage Maximum deviation from average 96 LimitMaxDevFromAverage Limit for maximum deviation from average 5DiffHighLow Difference between the highest and lowest Exp m s value 56 SLimitDiffHighLow Limit for difference between the highest and lowest Exp mAs value 5MaxDiffAd Steps Maximum difference between adjacent steps SLimitMaxDiffAd Steps Limit for maximum difference between adjacent steps 5LimitMinExpPerm s Limit for min value 5LimitMaxExpPerm s Limit for max value 5TargetFilter Calibration for first exposure used in analysis Calculations e The exposure mAs differences between adjacent stations are calculated as Diff between adjacent steps 100 ValueA ValueB ValueA ValueB The macro MaxDiffAdjSteps is set to the maximum of these values and compared against the limit you specify for Maximum difference between adjacent stations e The exposure mAs difference between highest and lowest is calculated as diff between high and low 100 Highest Highest Higest Lowest The macro DiffHighLow is set to the maximum of these values and compared against the limit you specify for Maximum difference between highest
159. 6 Set mAs frame Set value 268 Set pulse width Set value 272 Set time Set value 258 Set up displayes 247 Settings 95 295 Setup Ocean Central 411 printer 396 Signature 109 create 406 remove 406 required 406 Site 237 edit 237 Site information 111 237 2012 10 01 2 3A Index 447 Site information 111 237 user defined fields 46 Slice Thickness Set value 297 Smoothing 116 161 SSD Set value 296 Standard columns 255 Standard deviation 308 Standard templates 419 Start a new RID 73 Status 78 Status bar 21 Submit session 413 Summar page 78 Support 420 Support file 417 Supporting information 233 ST Temperature Set value 296 Template 128 135 checklist 135 real time display 135 session 135 test 135 Templates download 414 Test copy 105 hide 230 template 135 Test template analysis 139 design 139 modify 139 pass Fail 139 Testing 299 Text Measured 304 Text Set text 304 Time diff Calculated 258 Time diff from mean 258 Time diff A Calculated 258 Timed 111 Timed mode 95 296 To do list 58 109 237 Total filtr Measured 280 Total filtr diff Calculated 280 Total filtr diff from mean Calculated 280 Total filtr diff A Calculated 280 2012 10 01 2 3A Total filtration measure 279 TP factor 296 Translate report 406 Trend 58 105 Trend analysis embeded 183 instant 102 Trial 417 424 Trigger threshold 95 Tube 237 Tube current me
160. 6 7 CTDI helical scan in phantom The CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis is used to evaluate the CT dose index on computed tomography systems using the RTI CT Dose Profiler detector It uses one exposure in the center hole of a 5 hole phantom and calculates the CTDIw CTDIvol and DLP You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test The separate documentation CT Dose Profiler User Manual comes with the CT Dose Profiler detector describes the probe and the theory Since a measurement is only done in the center hole of the phantom a know relationship between the measured CTDI in the center hole and the peripheral holes is used This relationship is unique for each CT scanner and is in Ocean defined as the k factor A list with the k factors Ocean uses is available in the Appendix This analysis picks the correct k factor depending on the CT scanner name you specify Use the binocular and pick a scanner from the list The list will show different CT scanners for the specified manufacturer Next to each model name the kV values supported are listed Equipment Aras E D E E Select equipment 3 3 a Generator Manufacturer Siemens T Generator name Siemens Somatom Plus 4 Pao T Model z Serial 78978978 a n Waveform type HFJDC 3 Note 1 Click to compress If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analys
161. 72 Main functions This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame exposure rate relative 3 2 5 10 5 Frame exp diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for Frame exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frame exp diff A Frame exp rate Measured Set frame exp rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame exposure rate absolute 3 2 5 10 6 Frame exp diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of Frame exposure rate The mean value is calculated based on the measured Frame exposure rate of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Frame exp rate mean Frame exp rate Frame exp rate Frame exp rate n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Frame exp rate diff from mean 100 Frame exp rate Measured Frame exp rate mean Frame exp rate mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Frame exposure rate 3 2 5 11 Pulse Width This group of columns is related to the measurement of pulse width Set pulse width Set value Pulse width Measured value Pulse width diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Pulse width d
162. 78 14 115 i 0 1 1 115 98 78 15 120 0 4 1 195 98 77 Waveform data Show hide Cursor 1 Cursor2 Diff Tube voltage 49 30 ky Exposure rate 4 240 0 000 4 240 mGy s Time 23 89 95 56 71 67 ms Between cursors Exposure 0 3048 mGy SY Piranha 5 Session Log mode Rad test Waveform a 55 Tube voltage Exposure rate 50 50 45 454 404 ee 40 Sast Z 235 a Ban S 257 954 22018 2207 32 ES MERO ql Mz e O5 55 ooa 04 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Time ms Anel Summary a Tube voltage accuracy Pass Tube voltage accuracy Result Pass E 32 gt SDi as Si a a eee ee wo E 2 2 O4 be be gt es amp Eb amp op Ta To Te o Analysis Comment EYUP 181814 quawdinb3 Click to compress If you save now the new screen layout is saved and will be the default screen layout the next time you open Ocean NOTE If your templates are going to be used by different people using computers with different screen sizes it is recommended that you always save your templates with one of Ocean s predefined screen layouts 3 5 Reporting The functions for creating and editing reports as well as print the reports are found on the Reporting tab a report or print out are found on the Ribbon Reporting tab The report control functions are divided into Report functions and Setup functions and each group is described below of the Ribbon
163. 8 10 102 108 108 108 tio Time 3 4 A E Resume deplay Ej Log mode ura amy aaa E Anasi Veavetom cate Comment Click to enlarge 8 If you are measuring on mammography or CT you may want to select another calibration The calibration shown is in the lower left corner of the display Click on it if you want to change it 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual NT Welcome to Ocean 1 4 4 Tube voltage Exposur O kV Mo 30 pm Me Exposur Y Mo 30 um Mo Mo 25 um Rh Rh 25 pm Rh Rh 1 mm Al W 50 um Rh Mo 2 mm Al W 0 5 mm Al Mo 1 mm Al W 55 pm Ag W 75 ym Ag W S0uMm Rh Gto Mo 30 um W Exposur Mo 30 pm M Click to enlarge 9 You are now ready to make an exposure 10 When the exposure is finished the results will be shown in the displays and a waveform will be shown in the waveform window on the bottom left of your screen 11 You can continue making exposures one after another until your task is complete 12 Click on the save button when you are done on the Quick Access Toolbar or on the Application menu to save your work You will be asked to specify a name for the measurements you have just completed 13 Your work is now saved in the database If you want to see it again later you can look for it under the Measurements tab to the right of the displays i Ready gt af Real time display Tube voltage z O kV D AE m in View
164. 87 3 4 3 4 3 4 374 Database browse 22 location 417 Date time Calculated Delay 995 Delete analysis 181 Attached information Checklist 228 column 1 0 Favorite 89 Hint 162 row 155 Test 224 Delete row checklist 303 233 219 Department 65 237 Description Favorite 89 Design 2012 10 01 2 3A 286 247 222 real time display session template test template 139 Design test 139 Detector change 158 Detector label show 388 Detector selection 86 Deviation from mean 308 Diff from ref val Calculated Disconnect 58 Display 18 Color 388 Detector label Size 388 Dock 392 Document Attahced Dose TF 95 Down 383 Download templates 300 388 233 414 Dublicate row 128 Duty cycle 2 74 Duty cycle Measured 274 Duty cycle diff from mean Calculated Duty cycle diff A Calculated 274 Edit site information 128 214 237 Edit questions Embed 378 Embedd 374 Error message European protocol Examples RTI Excel 48 copy and paste send data 381 session 382 waveforms 381 122 122 343 25 379 Exception error Exclude column Exit 55 confirm Export 54 multi select 41 388 46 Ocean Reference Manual 442 Index Export 54 waveform 116 Export data Excel or Calc 381 Exposure measure window 259 259 Exposure Measured 259 Font 388 Footer 398 Forced position check Formula user defined 167 288
165. 9 5 75 LEF You can also toggle this on and off by clicking on the waveform icon in the grid NOTE If you want waveforms in the report the Collect waveform s option must also be checked This option is always checked by default as waveforms are always collected when available Change the width of columns The width you give columns on the screen will be saved in the template and used when the test is printed in the report Just click on any vertical line and drag the line over to the new width desired then release the mouse button and the new width is now set Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RE 3 2 2 1 23 Hide windows When you have created a test template the normal layout of your screen looks like this if ATC Meme Deg Datalrk Appearance Reporting Cenealdatabare Hep tl A J E by A gt 7 Gear r _ cal Gel waveforms ah 2 O dl a lt AE Spa Al Ceenect Resel Stet Capire Pause Position Meter Detects Faregribes cir Bing al Hairy Trend Tod pela be apa Firg Close it Peo Ose eter Eda Merit Bia Campai ee t g i Keyboard Tube voltage E o kv a WI mad 1 i Exposure E z 0 m y L 3 T Word mma E 4 Fa wel L 5 a Lar mm Al E o Wil meal 3 3 a IL ES 5 3 E La Wavetoon F Araba ok Le l J 7 z W suma ei Ho analysis TE un ae f p f w p gt oo U H lt a E wae kahi Wir deta Comment s
166. A SURYEY 10 Approved warning sign on doorfsi 11 EQUIPMENT 12 Collimation Functioning properly 13 Audible exposure signal l4 Ray warning sign on unit 15 All controls meters lights and indicators working Column with Answers In case of a failing answer a questions rcommendation may be shown Click to compress The tasks questions may be divided into sections separated by headings The checklist is completely user defined Each question can have a predefined answer up to six choices a numeric answer or a text answer You can defined what is acceptable to create pass and fail criteria You can specify optional recommendations that should be shown in case of failing answers Read more on how to design a checklist template Session templates A session template describes a complete job and is a collection of several test templates and or checklist templates 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 138 Main functions Tabs to select the different test or checklists Title for the session Summary HYL kvp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site ll Rad test Oe o ts Performed Resat Oe Not started kwp Reproducibility Not started kwp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Not started l Double click in Tests or Status Date when Shows pass or this column to checklists
167. A mean Frame mA Frame mA Frame mA n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Frame mA diff from mean 100 Frame mA Measured Frame mA mean Frame mA mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Frame mA Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EN 3 2 5 10 Frame exposure rate This group of columns is related to the measurement of Frame exposure rate Set frame exp rate Set value Frame exp rate norm Normalized measured value Frame exp rate Measured value Frame exp rate diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Frame exp rate diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Frame exp rate diff Relative difference between measured value and the mean value from mean Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 10 1 Set frame exp rate Set value This is the exposure Frame exposure rate set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of Frame exposure rate You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame exposure rate 3 2 5 10 2 Frame exp rate norm Measured This is the normalized normalized to a certain distance m
168. Analysis Definitions describes each analysis and what they can do with the available acceptance limits In the following example we will cover how to expand a default analysis to perform calculations not present in the default analysis Let s assume that we added a kV Accuracy analysis to a test template The default analysis calculates the relative difference between your measured values and the set values reference values but this is not all you have available to you 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETE Main functions Mie Set ki Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure i se a ms imay 2 60 61 2 mn 3 80 78 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 The picture below is what a default analysis looks like Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy FAIL Tube voltage accuracy Result FAIL Maximum inaccuracy is OU at 400 k Limit 5 0 to 5 0 Diff from set value F J Pu Sa m no 0 io Op o o Selwalue k Click to compress The following steps will show you how expand the above criteria and verify that the measure kV is within 5 or 4 kV from the set value you specified This is a fairly simple example commonly used in X ray compliance testing all over the world 1 The first thing we need to do is add a new column that will show shows the difference between the measured values and the set values This is the Diff A column How to add a c
169. Appearance Reporting Help g Oya 04 Show keyboard indication LL Show detector label me al Y Show detector name incolummhesdng N Laym Pont Pastion Color Sire Sya Font Lina E pe Screen Displays Wawelem y Keyboard E Summary Hiv off kip Reproduchdty kip Accuracy Radiographic questions Site Rad test lie lio remedo frene 010 0917 Es amosir Pes Fished 2010 09 17 Pass Radiographic questions Fad it i z or CI1B8 A Ey x Doo cacon aa Font a ade Foie o Comment Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE Test Checklist Real time display comment lr Cal Rad fest 2010 00 17 Ocean Professional X Meacue Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help 17 S co eS i Clear row z de l Get wavehomres UE Cher al Exposure assistant Connect Reset Start Capture Position Meter Detector ma check iwo Gf Close Meter i Edt Measure y Keyboard E Summary Ha of Ip Reproduchaty ip Accuracy Radiogrephic questions Ste l 5DD Set m s Sek tins E 7 be a E PE ae i kY 0 may e ms mesn oo Piranha R 1 1 os825 2 e0 60 o0 0S 0 3 28 77 E Sl 3 60 20 74 0 1 as 0 5 en 77 Si 3 a 4 50 60 69 00 0559 0 1 24 78 D 1 i lt sa E0 77 SB 0 0 an2a ae 0 4 ra a 60 62 OL 0 5904 0 7 98 78 0 1 7 a ENTRA 0 2 98 77 OL
170. Bar Report These are the functions you will use to generate a gt 2 Printer Preview setup Print Report Sign printed report Printer setup Opens the printer setup dialogue Click here to open the printer set up dialogue Preview Preview the report on the screen This is a print preview function that allows you to see what is in your report and how it will appear on the pages when tt is printed Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETS Ocean Report GAMA Qo QE 4 gt gt i RTI Ekctrovics X ray Lab 4 Session Radtest RTI Ekctrovics X ray Lab 4 Session Radtest kVp Reproducibility Analysis Test date 2010 00 17 Half Value Layer Resut Pass HVLis 3 190 mm Al Tested equipment HYL limit minimum 2 300 mm Al Estimated total filtration mm Al Model SHF 151 PSU Manufacturer Sedcal BL 15000562R Serial number 566005 Summary Tube w plage reproduci ibility Pas Exposure reproducibility Pass Exposure time reproducibility Pas Measurements SDD Set mAs Set time om mAs ms os so oso a ose 310 Prinidale 2010 11 07 410 Page 4 of 10 Click to compress There is a menu available at the top of the window picture below Close back Primt to Ocean 4 Zoom aA Qo QE M4 4 gt gt A Create Search PDF file Click to compress If you want to create a PDF file to send to
171. C column da DistNorm Measurement OldDistance NewDistance tent i HasValue cellname a If Condition TrueValue FalseValue ME InRange Value MinValue MaxValue into MA Max x1 xm Max column mint xn J minc column rf Paly x Cn C1 CO i Power base exp tf Sar x A sqrRoot x 1 sum x1 xn Ed Abs x This function gives the absolute value of a parameter Avg x1 xn This function returns the average of the values x1 x2 xn AvgC column This function is returns the average of all values in a column Dist Norm Measurement OldDistance NewDistance This function is used to normalize a value normally an exposure or an exposure rate value to a different distance as Normalized value Measurement OldDistance New Distance Exp x This is the exponential function e If Condition TrueValue FalseValue This conditional function that makes it possible to evaluate the value depending on the Condition The Condition statement can contain cell names column names and logical operators The TrueValue and FalseValue can be another function a calculation or a value in all cases must the type be numerical Example Assume that you have the following measurement Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETT View Calibration sat ie Exposure ect mGy Ir Mo 30 um Mo 0 7393 Ir 2 Mo 30 pm Mo 26 0 3635 In 3 Mo
172. Click on Finish and then OK The result should now look like this Half Value Layer Result Pass HVL is 3 190 mm Al WVL limit minimum 2 300 mm Al Estimated total filtration 3 219 mm Al uu 20 60 of O mm measurement 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 40 Filtration mm Al Measured exposure with 0 mm Al was 0 3006 mGy Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 204 Main functions 3 2 2 1 24 3 Show a value from analysis in the grid In some situation it is convenient to be able to automatically put values from the analysis into a cell in the grid One example is the AGD analysis Set kv Compr paddle a e ps mGy mm In Mo 30 um Mo In 2 Mo 30 um Mo 2 820 0 10 In 3 Mo 30 um Mo 2 290 0 20 In 4 Mo 30 um Mo 1 640 0 30 In 5 Mo 30 pm Mo 1 340 0 40 In 6 Mo 30 um Mo 0 50 Ll 7 Mo 30 um Mo 5 300 0 9948 Click to compress When measuring AGD you start with an HVL measurement This is row 1 to 6 the calculated HVL value is shown in the HVL analysis Row 7 is the measurement of ESAK To calculate the AGD the HVL value is required in the marked cell in the picture above Analysis Summary Half Value Layer AGD ACR Pass Half Value Layer HVL id 0 323 him Al Result Pass AGO for Mo 30 pm Mo at 26 0 kV is 0 9946 mGy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 323 mm Al Entrance surface air kerma ESAK 5 300 mGy Click to compress You can enter the calculated
173. Click to compress Choose the Select an existing Test template option and click Next to continue with the wizard Note If you want to design a completely new test template this wizard terminates and a new wizard starts that will guide your through the process You can find the instructions on creating a test template from scratch here 4 Your screen should look like this now showing the available test templates to choose from Select one from the list then click Finish to end the wizard 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions ES template Select type Select template i Select template E ic Test templates E Demo Emanuel AECFieldBalance CTO1_ fest cetdod dosepermas HyLtest1 HvLtest2 kvp accuracy m sTime accuracy mgd iaes QuickHWLtestl reprotestl reproteste rbd jews stabustestl stabustest2 eL M D D D ae B D D D p M M D Click to compress 5 You will see your chosen test template added as the last item of the session End Use the right click menu to modify session Add delete or change order of tests checklists A more flexible way do what we did in the above example is to use the right click menu available for sessions 1 To access the right click menu go to the session summary page see picture below and right click anywhere outside the session content list the white background and the menu will pop up 2 Select the Modify session opti
174. Conditions Testing User defined E m m E Parameter No data to display gt Click to compress 6 For set values we will add Set time and Set mAs To do this we ll click the Time group first and select Set time from the choices then click the mAs group and choose Set mAs from the choices Our screen should look like the picture below now and we can click Next to continue with the wizard Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 149 Measurement Setup Information General settings Sous Collapse Expand Parameter General settings ki Set time Set value Time A Set m s Set value Exposure Exposure rate m m s Roms 1 Be Be HL Total Filtration Settings Conditions Testing User defined Click to compress 7 The final step in creating the grid is to choose how many rows we want For our example we will test 40 60 80 100 120 and 140 kV stations so we ll need six rows in all We ll enter 6 then click Finish to end the wizard It is a good idea to save our work at this stage If you look at the main title bar you can see that our work was not yet saved It has no name yet The square brackets around the name indicates that this is a template To save our work so far we can either click the Save button on the Quick Access Toolbar or go to the Application menu and select the Save option We are asked to choose a name to be used in
175. Direction A Auto send Send Waveform data Show linked cells size Data link 3 A dialogue will appear giving you two choices You will be asked to choose between opening a blank spreadsheet this opens a new workbook or open a specific spreadsheet file this will allow you to browse your way to the correct file on your computer and open it You must select one to continue Select Office spreadsheet file No Office file has been associated with or embedded in this document Open a blank Office spreadsheet file Select an Office spreadsheet file Cancel Click to compress For our example we will select in Open a blank Office spreadsheet file 4 A new spreadsheet is opened and the data is dumped into it Your spreadsheet should look like the picture below after the dump The data is dumped in the order it appears in the Ocean grid Column 1 in your spreadsheet will be what is column 1 in the Ocean grid 2 will be 2 etc and row 1 in your spreadsheet will be the column headings and the data will begin at row 2 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 382 Main functions 3 3 5 2 A B C D E F G H l J K L 1 Measurements 2 3 E Set Addec Exposure 1 0 0 3006 5 2 1 0 234062 6 3 2 1 0 184704 T 4 3 0 1602 8 5 4 0 1322 9 10 Waveforms 11 Exposure 1 Daam e Exposure 3 rete Click to compress Waveforms i measured are placed after the measured data Each waveform is tag
176. European protocol European Protocol for the Quality Control of the Physical and Technical Aspects of Mammography Screening Appendices 2005 Supported target filter combinations are Mo 30 um Mo Mo 25 um Rh Rh 25 um Rh Rh 1 mm Al W 50 um Rh and W 0 5 mm Al This analysis is only using one row in your test You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AGD EUREF test using traditional HVL measurement This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated with a traditional HVL measurement by adding filters until the measured dose is reduced to half Sek k Compr paddle Phantom Mo 30 ym Mo Motan pm Mo Motan pm Mo Mor30 um Mo Mora0 um Mo Mora um Mo Mo 30 pm Mo 5 300 Half Value Layer HL is 0 343 mm Al AGD EUREF Result Pass AGD for Movs pm Mo at 4b 0 kv is 0 Sbo9 mGy Max allowed is 4 500 moy Half value layer 0 33 mm Al Entrance surface alr kerma ESAR 5 3500 misy Calculated for a 53 mm standard breast and a glandularity of 24 Typical AGD EUREF test using Quick HVL This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated by using the Quick HVL Quick HVL is the HVL value measured with each exposure the 1 shot HVL All measured data are acquired with one exposure Phantom Set kV Compr paddle mm kv 30 m
177. Exposure frame relative 3 2 5 7 5 Exposure frame diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for Exposure frame Exposure pulse or Dose pulse The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure frame diff A Exposure frame Measured Set Exposure frame This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure frame absolute 3 2 5 7 6 Exposure frame diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of Exposure frame Exposure pulse or Dose pulse The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Exposure frame mean Exp frame Exp frame Exp frame n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Exposure frame diff from mean 100 Exposure frame Measured Exp frame mean Exp frame mean 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 268 Main functions This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Exposure frame 3 2 5 8 mAs Frame This group of columns is related to the measurement of mAs frame mAs pulse Set mAs frame Set value mAs frame Measured value mAs frame diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value mAs frame diff A Abso
178. FOS mfg before June 10 2006 FO4 mfg onfafter June 10 2006 FOS Dental mfg after Dec 1 1980 FO4 Dental mfg onfbefore Dec 1 1980 Mam Rad Fluoro Mammo Mo Mo Mammo Mo Rh Mammo RAJA Mammo we Rh Mone You can also select None and create your own pass fail criteria Default result Half Value Layer Result Pass HL is 3 190 mm Al HL limit minimum 2 S00 mm Al Estimated total filtration 3 219 mm Al TU 20 BO 40 20 E a m b iT a 5 a 15 z 0 2 5 Filtration mm Al Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text HVL analysis looks like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ESOS Title Result Result HL is CalcHVL mm Al HL limit minimum fhlinH L mim Al Estimated total filtration BEstimTF mm Al Graph This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the HVL analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result HCalcHwL Calculated HL EstimTF Estima
179. Gy 0 3424 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 344 Main functions Half Value Layer HVL is 0 341 mm Al Average glandular dose Result Pass AGD for Mo 30 pm Mo at 30 0 kV is 0 8424 mGy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 341 mm Al Entrance surface air kerma ESAK 4 820 mGy Calculated for a 60 mm standard breast and a glandularity of 20 Default pass fail criteria When you add the AGD EUREP analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Enter a maximum 3 000 may Auto maximum based on the phantom thickness de Mo maximum You can specify your own value or use a value from the table given by the European protocol PMMA mm thickness mm equivalent breast may lu 0 23 lt 10 lt 0 6 30 32 L S lt 10 40 45 z 2 0 lt i6 45 53 225 lt 20 50 60 30 24 60 75 45 36 70 50 lt 6 5 lt 51 When Auto is used the value Accepted level is used Default result AGD EUREF Result Pass AGD for Mofo pm Mo at 2 0 kY is 0 416 moy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 33 mim Al Entrance surface alr kerma ESAR 2 500 moy Calculated for a 6 000 cm standard breast and a glandularity of 20 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 345 Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the an
180. If you chose another room you will be asked to select a facility department and room Make your selection and click Next to continue 4 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 5 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish 6 The session is now loaded and the session summary is displayed The summary shows all the tests and checklists included in the session you chose You are now ready to begin making measurements Summary af HYL kVp Reproducibility kVp Accuracy Radiographic que Rad test kVp Reproducibility Not started kVp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Not started Double click in the first column for the test or checklist you want to start The test or checklist is opened and the first row is activated You can also select a test or checklist by clicking on a tab 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 82 Main functions summary of HVL kVp Reproducibility kVp Accuracy Radiographic que Rad test gt HYL kvp Reproducibility Not ae kVp Accuracy Not started e Radiographic questions Not started e When the test or checklist is shown you can click on the row you want to start with and that row will be activ
181. L Towaco NJ 07082 Sveden USA Phone Int 46 31 7463600 Phone 800 222 7537 Toll free Int 1 973 439 0242 E mail Fax Int 1 973 439 0248 Sales sales rti se Support support rti se Service service rti se Web site http wwrti se Ocean Reference Manual E mail Sales sales rtielectronics com Support support rtielectronics com Service service rtielectronics com Web site htto wwurtielectronics com 2012 10 01 2 3A Intended Use of the Ocean Software Together with instruments from RTI Electronics AB it is to be used for independent service and quality control as well as measurements of kerma kerma rate kVp tube current exposure time luminance and illuminance within limitations stated below lf installed according to accompanying documents the product is intended to be used together with all diagnostic X ray equipment except for therapeutical X ray sources X ray equipment with tube potential below 20 kV X ray equipment on which the instrument cannot be mounted properly e g equipment where the beam field size is narrower than the active part of the detector specific types of X ray equipment listed in the instructions for use or in additional information from the manufacturer With the X ray installation in stand by conditions without patients present the product is intended to be used to provide the operator with information on radiation beam parameters that might influence further ste
182. Lal La La La La L L La La Lal Lal L L C Click to compress Note Any template you add to a session will always be listed as the last item in the session If you wish to change the order of the templates in your session you can use drag and drop to change the order 4 When you have finished modifying your template click Finish to end the wizard End 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 228 Main functions 3 2 2 3 2 Add delete checklist to session You can add to or delete checklists from a session at any time There are several ways to do this You can do this in Data mode and in Design mode Use the button on the ribbon bar add a checklist The following example will show how to add a checklist to a session Before you can add a checklist you must have a session template loaded Design mode or an active session assigned to a room Data mode Follow the steps below to add a checklist 1 Select the Design page on the ribbon bar 2 Click the Add checklist button 3 The checklist wizard will appear giving you the option to select an existing checklist template or create a new one see picture below For our example we will choose to add an existing checklist template Add Checklist template Select type Select type Select template j Select an existing Checklist template O Create a new Checklist template Click to compress Choose the Select an exi
183. Light diff A Light Measured Set Light This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Light absolute 3 2 5 17 6 Light diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of light measurement The mean value is calculated based on the measured light value of all rows included in the light analysis The mean value is calculated as Light mean Light Light Light n based on all rows included in the light analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the light analysis Light diff from mean 100 Light Measured Light mean Light mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Light 3 2 5 18 CT exposure This group of columns is related to the measurement of CT exposure CT dose Set CT exposure Set value CT exposure Measured value CT exposure diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value CT exposure diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value CT exposure diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 18 1 Set CT exposure Set value This is the CT exposure CT dose set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of CT exposure You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure Ocean
184. O D Meas O D Meas O D n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Diff from mean O D Meas O D Measured O D mean This column is required for the following AEC analysis if optical density is used AEC kV compensation O D AEC mA compensation O D AEC reproducibility O D AEC reciprocity O D AEC field balance O D AEC density correction O D 3 2 5 27 7 Diff fromref val O D Calculated This column is used for the AEC density correction analysis It is the calculated difference from a reference optical density value The reference value is the optical density measured when the density correction is set to 0 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EN Main functions The reference value O D ref is measured optical density when density correction is set to 0 The column used is Set density Set value The following calculation is done on each row included in the AEC density correction analysis Diff from ref val O D Meas O D Measured O D ref This column is required for the following AEC analysis if optical density is used AEC density correction O D 3 2 5 27 8 Charge This is the measured charge from a detector 3 2 5 27 9 Current This is the measured current from a detector 3 2 5 27 10 Beam Quality Index Beam quality index ratio is a va
185. Ocean QA Software for Barracuda and Piranha Ocean Reference Manual English Version 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean Ocean is a is a powerful tool for everybody working with Quality Assurance of X ray systems Ocean can be used with the X ray meters Pirahna and Barracuda from RTI Electronics WY RT NOTICE RTI Electronics AB reserves all rights to make changes in the Ocean software and the information in this document without prior notice RTI Electronics AB assumes no responsibility for any errors or consequential damages that may result from the use or misinterpretation of any information contained in this document Copyright 2010 2012 by RTI Electronics AB All rights reserved Content of this document may not be reproduced for any other purpose than supporting the use of the product without prior permission from RTI Electronics AB Microsoft Microsoft Excel Microsoft Access Windows Win32 Windows 95 98 ME NT 2000 XP 2003 and Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries OpenOffice org and OpenOffice org Calc are registred trademarks of OpenOffice org BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc USA Contact Information Contact Information World Wide United States RTI Electronics AB RTI Electronics Inc Fl jelbergsgatan 8 C 33 Jacksonville Road Building 1 SE 431 37 MOLNDA
186. Ocean display This means we did not give it a name yet and have not saved it Let s save this display before going further by clicking the Save button on the Quick Access Toolbar or go to the Application menu and select Save 11 We are now asked to give the display a name This name is used to identify the real time display in the Measurements tab For this example we will name this display RTD1 and save it The name is now indicated on the main title bar 12 If you followed along with us your screen should looks like this 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions m srm z Tube voltage Exposure time Exposure m om E 2 O kV Oms O mGy 3 Y 5 VW 3 mm Al VW 3 mm Al VW 3 mm Al E 2 Exposure rate Total filtr z a E O mGy s O mm Al E W 3 mm Al VW 3 mm Al W 3 mm Al y View Tube voltage Exposure time Exposure Exposure rate Total filtr HVL 3 aj Select kv ms mGy mGy s mmAl mm 8 Al gt ie Waveform Y Comment Y 160 a E ammnl E B88088 4aa s 140 Font X Font Size v 1304 120 110 100 w A gt P 20 70 y f t t i 3 0 92 34 95 93 10 0 102 10 4 106 103 10 Time ms Waveform Waveform data Click to compress 13 We are ready to start making exposures now and the data from each exposure will be shown in the displays and in the g
187. Parameters RTM kVpdisplay levi 0 mGy miy mGy Ja Shows that this Favorite will auto start when Ocean starts Click to minimize 3 1 11 Meter adjust General All meter settings are found on the tabs to the right The contents of these tabs are shown when you move the mouse pointer above the tab and pull it out rl 7 pa aan A m O ie o meinen a Sga basa e Pa EA al lami ier The tab stays open as long as the mouse pointer is kept above the tab content If you click on the tab t opens and remains open until you click on some other object in Ocean s main window If you want a tab to stay out permanently you can do this by clicking the Pin 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 96 Main functions Meter a tl Waveform recording time 320 ms 2 k5a s Pin Delay ms E Window ms p More Click to compress There is a tab called Meter and it contains all of the general meter settings Additionally there is a tab for each detector used Each tab is divided into two parts one showing the most common meter settings and an extended part showing the not so frequently used meter settings The picture below shows the settings for the internal Piranha detector equivalent to the MPD if you are using a Barracuda Meter Bl Waveform recording time 1024 ms 2 k5afs Jua ud mb3 Start storing a
188. Settings Conditions gt Testing Other gt User defined text Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE To add a column Use drag and drop to select a column from the left side and drop it to the right side You can also double click on columns on the left side to select them The columns on the right side will be the ones in your template To delete a column Right click on a column on the right side and select Delete from the drop down menu or select a column on the right side and then use the Delete key on your keyboard 3 When you are finished click Next to continue with the wizard 4 Now you can change the General settings Set time Set mAs SDD mAs cm ms 5 70 100 ky kv imi bo 50 60 62 The next page of the wizard will look very much like the one above but it will contain general setting items instead of columns Lis Measurement Setup Columns General settings ES Collapse Expand Parameter gt ky A Set mAs Set value Time SDD Set value gt Exposure A Set time Set value gt Exposure rate gt m gt MAS gt Total Filtration gt User defined calculation gt User defined numeric value gt Settings gt Conditions gt Testing gt User defined text Click to compress The add and remove general setting items procedure is the same as the one we described above to add and delete columns
189. The exposure assistant looks it the measured values and captures the data when they are stable When data are acquired Ocean asks you to stop the exposure It is very convenient to use it since you don t need to click on any buttons to capture the measured values You can enable and disable the exposure assistant from the ribbon bar fo Ee Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting ME pe T ON Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter E check info Meter Exposure OFF assistant The exposure assistant looks at the following measured values kVp Exposure rate mA Pulse rate e Light cd m or lux Measured values are considered to be stable when there consecutive values differ less than mA 5 5 Pulse rate 0 3 pulses Light 5 The CT Dose Profiler Probe The CT Dose Profiler is fully supported in Ocean and the old software CT Dose Profiler Analyzer is phased out October 2012 and will not be developed any further There is a separate new manual CT Dose Profiler User s Manual that describes how to use the CT Dose Profiler probe with Ocean The manual comes with all new CTDP probes and can also be found on the Product CD or downloaded from http www rti se downloads manuals You will also find the most importnat part of the manual as a tutorial directly accessible in Ocean Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 427 Measure Design Datalink Appearance Rep
190. This is the measured HVL value QuickHVL This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy and reproducibility of HVL This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy HVL Reproducibillity HVL QuickHVL 3 2 5 15 3 HVL diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for HVL The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis HVL diff 100 HVL Measured Set HVL Set HVL This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy HVL relative Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 279 3 2 5 15 4 HVL diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for HVL The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis HVL diff A HVL Measured Set HVL This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy HVL absolute 3 2 5 15 5 HVL diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of HVL The mean value is calculated based on the measured HVL of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as HVL mean HVL HVL HVL n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis HVL diff from mean 100 HVL Measured HVL mean HVL mean This column is required for the following analysis
191. Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test MaxDewPromMean Maximum deviation From mean value LimitForMaxDeyFromMean Allowed deviation From mean 0nitPorDewiation 9 or 0 0 depending on method used SetkvpForMaxDey Set ko where maximum deviation occurred Meant alue Mean value StandardDeviation Standard deviation Coefhoryariation Coefficient of variation LimitPorCoerorFyariation Limit For Coefficient of variation Graph Graphical representation of results 0nit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 2 6 17 364 Main functions Calculations The mean MeanValue is calculated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the AEC reproducibility analysis for each row included in the analysis the following is calculated If Exposure is used Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure value Mean value Mean value If optical density O D is used Diff from mean O D 100 Meas O D Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanValue MeanValue 2 n Required column
192. Ulf Toll RT Electronics AB Click to compress End 3 1 8 Detector selection Each test and real time display template has detector information stored in it When a test or a real time display is activated with a meter connected this detector information is compared against what is available in the connected meter e Pirahna As long as the required external detector if used is connected to the Piranha the detector selection dialogue is not shown The following dialogue is displayed if the detector connected is not suitable for the measurement you want to make Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 87 Detector selection Parameter Detector Exposure Piranha Piranha Dose Probe Keyboard Do not use Piranha otatus OK x Cancel Click to minimize When a Suitable detector is recognized the dialogue closes You have the following two choices if there is no suitable detector found Keyboard If you select this option you will be prompted to manually enter data for each exposure instead of getting it directly from the meter Do not use If you select this option the parameter is ignored and no data will be recorded for this parameter If you move the cursor over the parameter texts to the left the column title belonging to this parameter is displayed 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Main functions Skin dose Set Added filtr Waveform Click to minimize
193. YOS NOGQUCS TOMS cesecc ey leed 216 S2222 2 VESININA UE A parece a a e A kee 216 92202 2 07 WACACING es a etal 217 S22 2 248 TOK A ee 217 IL 2 0 MANU A iS 217 SATA AA alia a ena tne 218 LLL Mody aquestis ena ieee tied nt dedo 218 32224 AA DOES TOWS a 219 SL MS o da e a E 219 322220 Add delete COUMANS anaa SR A A 219 3222 Addaclete analys iSro a atin 5 a anaes Seed 220 O A ae E E a E E N 222 3 2 2 9 DESIGN a Session template urrera ea e A a ada 222 3 2 2 3 1 Add delete test to a SOSSION ococococoncccoconononononononconononononananonnnnnnnnnnanananannnnons 224 3 2 2 3 2 Add delete checklist to SESSION ococococococococoncocononononanononnonononnnanananannnnons 228 3 2 2 9 9 Mde tests OF Checks Si iio 230 822 34 Select Trepolt lay oUt nres A AAA ate 232 3 2 2 4 Supporting documentation aia oa 233 32229 e sorier a a a a aletdalens 236 O NEWN o We aaa E A A es ade ak ae eee at 128 3 2 4 Design a real time display ooo ee ce cceccccceeccecceeceeceececeeececaeceeeceueeesaeeerseneeesaneeeens 128 O22 SSCL MIDI CISDIAY S eean on A a e A Se ee 247 A PONE caren er a aa aa ee ee eee er ee 254 3 2 5 Standard columns Definitions oooooccccoooonncccnnonnooononnnnan acc n cnc nc conc cnn nn non nn ono nnnnnnnann 128 SS AA o A E 256 SOc lal DELAY LOGE VAIS a o is 256 3 2 5 1 2 Tube voltage Measured ocococcccocococococococonconononononononnnnononononanannnnnnnnenenananano 256 B20 leo KV pal yo Galcllale dl a t
194. You can either add atest or checklist template from the library or create a new one How to create a new one is described in the topics New Test template and New Checklist template 7 When you have added at least one test or checklist template to your session you can start making measurements 8 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts letting you choose the equipment to test In some cases you may be asked to choose a detector s to use Detector selection End Finish a session Summary page and signing Go to the Summary page when all tests are completed You can now see the status and result for each test and checklist in the session 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 84 Main functions summary AVL kVp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site Radiography test fie Status Performed Result JHL Finished 2010 11 27 Pass kVp Reproducibility Finished 2010 09 17 Pass kVp Accuracy Finished 2010 09 17 Pass m s Linearity Finished 2010 11 22 Pass Radiographic questions Finished 2010 11 22 Pass Status is normally auto generated but you can select status manually by right clicking on the status text The result column shows the result if all analysis passed Pass is shown otherwise Fail Signing It is now time to sign the session if you are using the signing function Normally if you use the signing function you have already specified a signature
195. You can use the Analysis comment field if you want to see this in the grid Here are the steps to follow to modify the analysis 1 Right click on the analysis window select modify from the menu and click the analysis you want to modify 2 The analysis window shows the acceptance limits Click the More button and a wizard will start to show you the Define analysis result text choice We will enter our new text in the text field 3 At the bottom of the window you have the following line showing the default Analysis comment field text and two radio buttons One is Failing rows the other is Always show The default is Failing rows Enter the Analysis comment 2 Failing rows O always show The template will now look like the picture below increase the width for the Analysis comment column Notice the new text is now shown in the Analysis comment field In addition we will click the Always show radio button Enter the Analysis comment Limit LoLimitRelDiff to HiLimitRelDifF o Failing rows 2 Always show Now the radio button Always show is selected and the Analysis comment text will appear for all rows not just the failing ones 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETE Main functions The test template now looks like this View Set ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Analysis comment Select ky EN ris imay 1 0 o U ie Limit 10 0 to 10 0 amp gt
196. a Priem iF p I E E a a Pepene 0 7916 mGy Treis 148 2 ms SAS 0060750000 Parr Lew i i Madina mm pare ere O 7916 mor i hh F at Lh i tur mis r oo F pa 4 140 un 148 2 ms i hH Exvi AAA T dd ren al i E i i fa H al E Li ina p il E a a pis ra i Color Select color for the displays A Es dl La ji de de dl Lal ih ih ri A ey eli a Ppa Peper ey ernie Ti Ep mjra amy drij Top Left Right You can change background and font color of the displays by clicking on this button Any changes you make here will affect all of displays However if you want each of your displays to have a different font color you can do that by right clicking on each display and choose the change color option Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET Exposure TE imay ims 7 3 742 3 742 mGy e WS mm AI Clone this ay 7 139 311 1 Exposure time Remove this display 6 516 374 4 163 1 m Mame this value E 779 0 Waits mm 4 Size Select size for the displays You can change the font size of the displays by clicking on this button Any changes you make here will affect all of displays However if you want each of your displays to have a font size you can do that by right clicking on each display and choose the change display font size option Ll
197. a ln de fabes AAA Click to compress You can edit the site information by double clicking on an item 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 246 Main functions huir Edit site data E z O i oS ee ee E oom A g E Edit Room ss Room name Room A CT est Gold 2010 Note 1 Note 2 Great Western Hospital Jain X Ray Department Room 5 Main x Ra Note 3 Note 4 Great Western Hospital in X Ray Department oom 5 Main X F est bay Click to compress If you are using ID to identify your site information this function is useful when looking for missing ID numbers If use of ID is enabled in the Program Options or if you use Ocean Central fields showing the ID strings are shown as well du Edit site data tonsville Family Dentis 1 Great Western Hospital Room 5 Main X Ray Great Western Hospital Room 5 Main X Ray eat Western Hospital Mai Lay il Room 5 Main X Ray RTI Electronics Click to compress Fields with red background indicates that required ID are missing You can double click and edit the ID field End Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 247 3 2 4 3 2 4 1 Design a real time display The procedure to design a real time display is slightly different depending on each license level of Ocean has We have listed the real time display design abilities of each license level below Display e Set up displays with measured data e Data log showing measured
198. acy The Accuracy analysis is used to evaluate the inaccuracy for a parameter This analysis can calculate the relative and absolute difference between the reference value set value and the measured value The differences are compared to the acceptance limits you have specified The accuracy analysis can be used with all measured parameters all measured parameters that have diff and diff A columns You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test The analysis can calculate and evaluate Relative difference diff Absolute difference diff A By default only the relative difference is evaluated If you want to include absolute difference you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical accuracy test set m s SDD m s cm 5 FO 100 Select Ex E rita ims 1 Sl 49 69 0 6 0 200 100 5 an ll 0 2 0 260 112 9 60 60 62 1 0 0 3330 08 27 65 64 33 1 0 0 3776 08 27 70 69 77 0 3 0 4390 98 77 fo Poy te 0 6 0 5179 ee o 50 50 Ll 0 5605 96 7 as 84 61 0 5 0 6444 09 28 90 30 37 0 4 0 7168 08 77 as 95 053 0 3 0 5055 96 7 100 100 89 0 3 0 0035 96 76 105 MS 0 6 0 9305 96 7 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 08 78 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 08 78 120 120 45 0 4 1193 96 7 Set time ms OD 0O 5h tf E QQ Pi Rh e e A RAR MN E tw Pi oe D Tube voltage accura Result Pass de ae e e i on e er er OM
199. add new items to Ocean will start now and ask you if you want to use an existing real time display or create a new one see picture below Select type Select an existing Real time display template Create a new Real time display e Select an existing Real time display template choice 3 For this example we will choose Select an existing Real time display template and click Next to continue 4 The wizard will display the Real time display part of the Library and ask you to select a template The real time display part of the Library looks like the picture below Select template a D Real time display templates E DemoRTD1 E DemoRTD2_Excel vee kVpdisplay L E leyi If you already have real time display templates in your Ocean just select a template from this part of the Library and click Finish to end the wizard and open the selected template When a template is opened your screen should look similar to the one below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual MZ Main functions D 7 a a p Tm a 5 TOGOG IO km Comet ispi Peer hrir Pee Cotter eran r a ot aa L a snm rar in Tot haii i Prue iA Library EF ra Tabe OH Expowurs Ha Exponur O kv O ms 0 may An Te liana A wali eo AAA aa dara eean Ma may 10 143 im 1 di F h E E we ml ah Tea pa uE E La maja A a id A M You can start making exposures now if your meter is already connected and the left part of the status bar indicates READY If no
200. ady be filled out re Mew session Select a room Performed by Performed by Inspector My name Inspector company My company Session name Click to enlarge 11 Click Next to continue 12 You need to specify a name for your session the default name is a date and time stamp For this example just leave the name at the default setting Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 31 re Hew session Session name Select a room Performed by a Session name 2010 11 09 21 29 07 Session name Click to enlarge 13 Click Finish 14 You have now opened the session When you open a session Ocean will automatically start you off with the first test in the session Before you can start making measurements you will need to select the equipment you will be testing To learn more about how to add new equipment to a site read the Add more departments and rooms topic of this manual AN Select equipment E Rad room El Equipment Rad generator ef Rad tube gt Image receptor Select a piece of equipment Use selected equipment For all tests in session a OK x Cancel Click to enlarge 15 For this example choose the Rad tube and click OK 16 The first test in the session in this case the HVL test is activated and your cursor is positioned on the first row in the grid You are now ready to make exposures according to the conditions specified in the test 17 As you make yo
201. ain functions Accuracy mA relative 3 2 5 13 5 mA diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for tube current mA The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mA diff A Tube mA Measured Set mA This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mA absolute 3 2 5 13 6 mA diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of mA The mean value is calculated based on the measured mA of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as mA mean mA mA mA n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis mA diff from mean 100 Tube mA Measured mA mean mA mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility mA 3 2 5 14 mAs This group of columns is related to the measurement of mAs Set mAs Set value Tube mAs Measured value Tube mAs win Measured value during the window time mAs diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value mAs diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value mAs diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value 3 2 5 14 1 Set mAs Set value This is the mAs set value This value is the reference value when calcul
202. ake support file Create a support file to report a problem or suggest an improvement For further reading see topic Create support file Activate meter Use this button to install a new license into your meter For further reading see topic Activate meter Check update This function will check if you are running the latest Ocean software and meter firmware Note that the meter firmware is only checked when your meter is connected to Ocean To use this feature your computer must be able to use the internet Trial Click this button if you are using Display or Connect and want to try a higher license level with your meter You then get a 45 day trial period Please note that you can only do this once Note You can click on this button at any time if you want to try another license level without a meter connected For further reading see topic Trial About Clicking this button shows the program version and contact information Database E We have added these features to manage your database Backup Database Import You can import site information from e Facilities rooms generators and tubes from oRTIgo or the Canadian version XR e Facilities departments rooms generators tubes and user defined equipment from Excel or Calc ORT Igo is not using Departments as Ocean does All departments for imported facilities in Ocean will be named Department Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 419 3 7 1
203. al time display For this example we will select Create a new real time display and click the Finish button kar Add Real time display E Select type Select type Select an existing Real time display template O Create a new Real time display Click to compress 3 The new template wizard will start and will guide you through the real time display creation process You can now see at the bottom that Status bar 2 is indicating that you are designing a real time display and that it is in log mode Log mode means that you can do measurements as soon as you created the real time display and your measured data will be saved when you save the real time display 4 Click Next to continue with the wizard 5 You are now asked to select a modality For this example we will select Radiography The modality information is used by Ocean to suggest the most suitable options to you during the design process Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REN hs Measurement Setup M Modality Modality Displays Modality Radiography Fluoroscopy O Mammography 3 Dental Panormaic dental C Light Dose rea product Click to compress 6 Click Next to continue with the wizard 7 The wizard now displays the parameter selection window where you can select which parameters you wish to measure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions kale Measurement Setup lo amp Ez Modality D
204. alculated exposure mAs value This column is optional however or it is recommended to include this column since the indication of failing values is Exposure mAs done in this column Measured HVL The HVL analysis is used to evaluate the half value layer based on a number of exposures where filtration is added in steps to decrease the exposure or exposure rate to 50 or less The HVL analysis can be used with exposure or exposure rate measurements You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical HVL test Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EST Half Value Layer Result Pass WWL is 3 190 mm Al HVL limit minimum 2 300 mm Al Estimated total filtration 3 219 mm Al TUU of O mm measurement 1 5 20 Filtration mm Al Default pass fail criteria When you add the HVL analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Select a different HL limit Mam Rad Fluoro e Min AVL tron Al Max HYL Crom Al blank ne lirit 0 200 0 400 0 500 1 20 1 30 1 50 2 10 Minimum HL Maximum HL Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESE Main functions There are a number of pre defined HVL pass fail criteria to chose from ACRICAR Mammo Momo ACRICAR Mammo Mor ACRICAR Mammo RARA ACRICAR Mammo ye RE
205. ally A template with an associated workbook will have the X Excel symbol appear at the bottom of the grid as shown in the picture below as NOTE When you use the association method of linking your workbook to Ocean templates you must make sure that you don t move the Excel or Calc files Ocean is using because Ocean saves the location of these files inside your template and expects them to be found at the location you originally specified Also if you want to share your templates you must not forget to send along the associated Excel or Calc workbook as well If you for some reason move the associated file and Ocean doesn t find it you will get an option to browse for a new Excel or Calc file All links you may have will be kept and linked to the new file When you remove an association to a workbook the workbook will remain unchanged since it is only the link to a specific location you are removing from Ocean You are not removing your workbook from your computer Embed If you choose this option your workbook will be embedded into your Ocean template and the whole Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 379 3 3 3 3 3 4 workbook will become part of your template A copy of the workbook will be left on your computer but Ocean will use it s own embedded copy and the other copy on your computer will not be updated with new data When you open your Ocean template the embedded workbook will be opened as well
206. alue and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions 3 2 6 3 mA linearity The mA linearity analysis is used to evaluate the linearity of an X ray system The analysis can check the exposure mAs between adjacent stations difference between highest lowest and the deviation from average You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default only the difference between adjacent stations are evaluated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical mA linearity test Set kv SDD 55D kV cm cm 80 0 50 00 100 0 0 5500 0 0 4750 0 0 4875 160 0 83 00 20 75 0 5158 5 320 0 164 0 41 00 0 5125 6 640 0 300 0 75 00 0 4668 m linearity Result Maximum difference in mGy mAs between adjacent stations 7 3 limit 10 0 05 a 0 4 Epa n 0 2 0 1 0 0 Lo Za SQ So Lo Eo y y Oy Oy y Station Default pass fail criteria When you add the mA linearity analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Maximum difference for mGy mAs between adjacent ste
207. alysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AGD EUREP analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult AGO for STargetFilter at Hp kY is 460 460Unit Max allowed is LimitwMaxAGD 460 Unit Half value layer FAL mm Al Entrance surface air kerma ESAK PESAK ESAK Unit Calculated for a bEqBreast Thickness 4PhantomUnit standard breast and a glandularity of fGlandularity 1 This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AGD EUREF analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result A4GDUNit 46D unit 460 Average glandular dose LimitMax AGD Max allowed AGD RowHo Row number used for the analysis kwp Set kip HYL Used HYL TargetFilter Calibration 550 Distance to which the AGD is normalized FESARUNiE ESAK unit ESAK Measured exposure 9P6 Used q PEY cPactor Used c Factor sPactor Used s Factor Refm s Reference m s to which AGD is normalized Setm s Set m s PhantomThickness Phantom thickness Phantombnit Unit For phantom thickness and breast thickness EqBreastThickness Equivalent breast thickness olandularity Glandilarity of equivalent breast Calculations
208. alysis the following is calculated If Exposure is used Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure value Mean value Mean value If optical density O D is used Diff from mean O D 100 Meas O D Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanValue MeanValue 2 n Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC reciprocity analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured or value and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional diff from mean O D however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions 3 2 6 18 AEC field balance The AEC field balance analysis is used to test the performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis can calculate the devia
209. alysis window you may have to scroll down to see it Analysis Maximum inaccuracy 1s 6 2 at 65 00 kV Limit 5 0 to 5 0 Tube voltage accuracy trend En Max relative diff 5 Lu Sa ha 2010 10 21 2011 01 26 2011 03 03 2011 05 12 2011 08 01 Current Analysis Click to compress 6 The trend analysis will also be shown in the printed report Note Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM The trend analysis is done based on the data that exists in the database This means that the trend analysis may look different if you export your data and sends it to someone that opens it on another computer 3 2 2 1 21 Add a user calculation To add your own calculation you must have the user defined column User calc Calculated in your test This column shows the results of a user defined formula belonging to this If you have this column in your test you can use any values present in the grid and your own formula to calculate a value You can add a user formula to the entire column by clicking on the column heading You can also add a formula to an individual cell in the User Calculation column A formula in a cell has higher overrides a formula that has been assigned to the entire column Add a user defined calculation All columns has predefined names which you can use in the formulas You can also give columns cells your own names The first example here shows how to calculate the relative output wh
210. amp dates C remsever Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions re 3 7 Help The help system contains topic by topic detailed information on Ocean s many features and functions to help you get the most out of Ocean You can easily access the help system by clicking on the Help tab on the Ribbon bar if you are not sure how to use a certain function or feature Help These two buttons give you i Mi quick access to the help system table of contents and Table of F amp Q the FAQ section contents Help Tutorials y _ We have added these tutorials to help you get started with Ocean quickly and efficiently Getting Measure Design Misc started Tutorials 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual MEN Main functions Support Trial This section is for you to use if you NW lo P ey ee need to report an error or get some example templates Import Contact Activate Check Trial About ewamples RTL meter update Support Import examples Click on this button and you can import new example templates into Ocean to help you get started This function is useful after an update if new examples are available For further reading see topic Import Examples Contact RTI Use this button if you want to contact RTI or report a problem or suggest an improvement There are two choices e Review Send comments suggest improvements and new functions e M
211. an 257 E E ER UT AA a E E 257 3 2 5 1 5 kVp diff from mean Calculated o ooooocococcccccococononononoccococonononanannnnnnons 257 A e O e on E E 207 32 021 Seme Ser valle AA AE 258 3 2 5 2 2 Exposure time Measured o ooccccccocococococococconononononononnnnononononanannnnnnnnonenananono 258 32 92 92 TIME alll Jo Gal lculated si irate dunce eral aerate eee 258 A A o AO A A O A uses 258 3 2 5 2 5 Time diff from mean Calculated ooocococcococonenonococoncononononananacannnnons 258 AS EXPOS eani heise ee aa das ae token etd a tate Aeon ns Sees 259 3 2 5 3 1 Set exposure Set ValUe o oooococococcccoconononoconoccncocononononanonnnnononnnnanananannnnons 259 SA AS q Measured AAA ck atone 259 3 2 0 9 9 gt Exposure WIN Measured isis erences 259 LO Exposure norm NiGaS UNCC o idol 260 3 250 5 0 EXPOSure dif Yo Calculator ini tegmental 260 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Contents 3 2 5 3 6 Exposure diff from mean Calculated ooooococococonononoccococononononananononos 261 3 2 5 3 7 Exposure diff A Calculated oooooccococonococococoncoconononononononnonononononanannnnnnons 261 LOA EEX DOS UNS Tale aan lod lana 261 3 2 5 4 1 Set exposure rate Set Value ooocococococococococoncocononononanononnononononanananannanons 261 3 2 5 4 2 Exposure rate Measured ooocococococcccocococononononcnnonononononananonnnnonnnnnananannn
212. anal 158 3 2 2 1 8 Modify meter SettiNQS ccocococococcccocononononononcnnonononononanannnnnnnnnnnanananannanons 160 ssa ae aed ec NACIO a a e ads cad 161 ILLA MNS A eke eee 162 J22 lel le GRange Cell Col ai a toda 165 322 112 Foead POSO CMOCK noto 167 3 2 2 1 13 Waveform data in a COMM Micro lt eee eds 167 3 2 2 1 14 Add delete column or general SettingS o ococococcccccococononononononcocononnnonananannnos 170 ez O AU ANAIS SS AS A AAA Gena A ida 172 22 VO MON MANS es 177 3 2 2 117 Change order OF analy SIS is A A 180 SL Lo Delle analy SS A ea 181 Velo EV PARALYSIS SUIM Ati ito db de OI 182 9222120 AGA rend an a SIS risinn 183 9322121 AAA USE CaICUI LION otto sida saetas ina 185 S22 A RA a a EA 187 LL NL MS NOS e dos 189 Liza 24 Advanced anal SIS ia dos 191 IL 2AT ACCEDAN MMS e de o 197 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Contents 9 3 2 2 1 24 2 Reference a value from the grid ooococococcccococcnononononcnconononononanonnnnononnnos 201 3 2 2 1 24 3 Show a value from analysis in the Qrid ooocococcconoccccccococononononaconcnnononos 204 3 2 2 1 24 4 Use TORAMALY SIS orita tc e IU t 206 LN LAO Analysis COM di A a a ca 207 3 221 20 Userdein d COMAS a lps 210 eze DESIGN a check lIstiemplale ica 211 A NS A at inetontaneaulaimn O E 211 3 2 2 2 2 Different type of Checklist tems o oooococococoncncoconononononononcononononanananannnnons 215 3222 21
213. ance Central datab i Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure x check info assistant it Close Meter I Edi w Connected GD Measurements Library E Sites 2 gt RTI Electronics MO Florian E New Department aw Update session site information e 5288 bo Y BiasTest on E r Fyn Tart Click to enlarge If you click in an item belonging to the site facility department room generator tube or user defined equipment the corresponding details are shown to the right 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 24 Welcome to Ocean Mm ID Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help A i ESN E j EE A G e we Ta STE Clear row Y Get waveforms A gt om UY i w 7 Oo en X ann AAN Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure Favorites History Trend Bias off Detector check info assistant Close Edit Measure Compare Bias Meter J Connected ED Measurements Q Library No measurement loaded E Sites gt RTI Electronics AB 4 iy Sites RTI Electronics 4 RTI Electronics Facility name RTI Electronics AB 4 2 DMR abb s New Room 4 Equipment Address 2 City M lndal v State province X Address 1 Fidjelbergsgatan 8 C E 2011 09 19 15 06 07 X ray generator Mam tube iE 2012 07 23 14 28 43
214. ance of this column This column is required for the following analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Accuracy Frame count 3 2 5 5 2 Frames Measured This is the measured frame pulse count There are several detectors that can measure frame pulse count You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of frame count This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame count Reproducibility Frame count 3 2 5 5 3 Frames diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for frame pulse count The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frames diff 100 Frames Measure Set frames Set value Set frames This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame count relative 3 2 5 5 4 Frames diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for frame pulse count The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frames diff A Frames Measured Set frames This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame count absolute 3 2 5 5 5 Frames diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of frame pulse count The mean value is calculated b
215. ance work Use Ocean with the Piranha or Barracuda to significantly increase the quality and efficiency of your X ray QA process You can set up templates to automate X ray equipment testing analyse the test data and store the data waveforms and analysis results for future reference or re use There are three different levels for Ocean Display Connect and Professional Display This mode is used as a display for your meter You can choose the measurements you want customize your display appearance and save your choices as a template When you use a template you will see the measurements data analysis along with available waveforms on the screen You can easily recall any template you made when you need t Connect This mode offers everything that Display does plus the convenience of exporting your data directly into Excel or OpenOffice Calc You can design your own spreadsheet and Ocean in this mode automatically fills out your spreadsheet with the measured values from the meter Professional This mode offers everything that Display and Connect does plus the possibility to set up templates that perform a complete job for you including measuring data with the meter checklists and analyse the data according to the pass fail criteria you have set up The data is stored and a report is generated General information Your meter must have an Ocean license key installed before you can use the software and the Piranha or Bar
216. as an e mail attachment You can also add an optional message to your file for the user or regulatory authority to whom you are sending the data This message will be shown when the user imports the data Click Finish when you are ready and the export file will be generated with an ome extension and you will be asked to choose a file name and location to store the file If you chose the option to send the file via e mail your e mail program will be opened and a blank e mail started with the ome file added as an attachment All you have to do now is to complete the e mail and then send it 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 2 6 44 Application menu Import We added the Import function to give you the opportunity to share your work with other Ocean users This is especially helpful in large organizations where more than one person is working on equipment at a site To begin the import process click on the Application button then select the import function from the drop down menu see picture below Recent documents New 0 RTD Real time display template 1 2010 11 15 17 16 34 Session Save 2 Rad test session Session template 3 2010 11 15 20 02 45 Session Save as 4 kVp accuracy 1 Test template 5 AGD ACR_1 Test template Print d 6 xx Test template 7 mALinset_mA_time Session Export EE AccTesti Session template KVpReproAccl Test template u SA Close Options Clos
217. ased on the measured exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as Frames mean Frames Frames Frames n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Frames diff from mean 100 Frames Measured Frames mean Frames mean This column is required for the following analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 265 Reproducibility Frame pulse count 3 2 5 6 Frame rate This group of columns is related to the measurement of frame or pulse rate Set frame rate Set value Frames s Measured value Frames s diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Frames s diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Frames s diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 6 1 Set frames s Set value This is the frame pulse rate set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of frame pulse rate You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame rate 3 2 5 6 2 Frames s Measured This is the measured frame pulse rate There are several detectors that
218. asure 2 75 Tube mA window 2 75 Tube mA Measured 275 Tube mAs window 277 Tube mAs Measured 277 Tube rotation time 298 Tube voltage measure 256 Tube voltage Measured 256 Tutorials 417 U Uncompensated 122 Undock 392 Unit change 157 Update 417 423 inspection dates 110 Update session site information 111 Upload session 413 Use defult lables 128 Use for analysis 206 User calculation add 185 inacell 185 specify 185 User calculation diff 292 User calculation diff A 293 Usererror 122 User defiend equipment 237 User defined calculation 288 formula 288 labels 46 text 304 Ocean Reference Manual 448 Index User defined value 293 Y User defined calculation diff from mean 293 User defined fields Yes No question 216 site infromation 46 Yes No N A question 216 User defined value 210 Value user defined 210 Value Average Calculated 300 Vista 417 W Warning 46 122 Waveform column 167 export 116 grid 167 include exclude 161 Waveform recording time 95 Waveform type 95 Waveforms link to spreadsheet 383 report 18 7 Web link 233 Webpage Attached 233 Weighted CTDI 298 323 Window 95 exposure 259 exposure rate 262 tubemA 275 tube mAs 277 Windows hide 189 restore 189 Workbook Add 374 Associate 374 associated 378 change 388 Embedd 3 74 embedded 3 78 free 376 378 Remove 3 4 XX XP 417 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A
219. ated 7 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts that allows you to specify the equipment to test In some cases you may be asked to specify the detector s to use Detector selection End Select a room to test Start by selecting the room to test The steps are Select a room gt Select a session gt activate a test or checklist gt start to work 1 Go to the Measurements tab and select New session 2 The session wizard is now activated and it will ask you if you want to use an existing session template form the Library or design a new one on the fly e Select an existing session template 3 Choose Select an existing Session template and click Next The Library will be displayed showing the available templates 4 Select a session template and click Next 5 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 6 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish 7 The session is loaded and ready for measurements immediately if the checkbox Auto start session is checked in the Program options If not the summary tab is displayed showing all the tests and checklists that are part of the session template You can now start a test or checklist summary F Rad test Finished os Reproducibility Not started kVp Accuracy Not started Radiographic questions Not started Double click in the first column f
220. ated as Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured SDD Set value SDD Set value 2 Ref mAs Set mAs Or Exposure rate norm Measured Exposure rate Measured SDD Set value SSD Set value Ref mAs Set mAs If any of the values SDD SDD Ref mAs or Set mAs are missing the following formula is used Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured or Exposure norm Measured Exposure rate Measured Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 297 3 2 5 25 4 SDD Set value This is the Source Detector Distance It is used when calculating the normalized exposure or exposure rate The normalized exposure is calculated as Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured SDD Set value SDD Set value Ref mAs Set mAs or Exposure rate norm Measured Exposure rate Measured SDD Set value SSD Set value Ref mAs Set mAs If any of the values SDD SDD Ref mAs or Set m s are missing the following formula is used Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured or Exposure norm Measured Exposure rate Measured 3 2 5 25 5 Focal spot Set value This is the focal spot size The parameter can have three different values Small Medium or Large It is not required for any analysis but the mA linearity analysis takes the focal spot into account if this parameter is present 3 2 5 25 6 Density Set value This
221. ated total filtration SEstimTF mm Al Graph Measured exposure with 0 mm Al was Sawe as default ell CTT Maxima Exposure_0_mm_Al Title Specified title SResult Analysis result STestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test 5Unit The current unit SLimitGraph Graphical presentation of the limits 5MaxHVL High limit for HVL SMinHVL Low limit for HVL SetkVpForHVL Set kVp for HVL measurement SMeaskVpForHVL Meas kVp for HVL measurement CalcHVL Calculated HVL SEstimTF Estimated TF Graph Graphical representation of the result TargetFilter Calibration for first exposure used in analysis SetMAS SetkV Click to compress 8 Type the new text below the graph macro To insert the exposure value type The list with all macros will automatically pop up Your cell name will be shown and you can select it 9 Type a space followed by mGy 10 Your analysis text should now look like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 203 dw Analysis Setup Half Value Layer a Define analysis result text Define analysis result M oe i Ela BE E F SS Font Font Size 10 Title Result SResult HVL is CalcHVL mm Al HVL limit minimum MinHVL mm Al Estimated total filtration SEstimTF mm Al Graph Measured exposure with 0 mm Al was SExposure_0 mm_Al mGy a cs Click to compress 11
222. ating the inaccuracy of mAs You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs mA linearity if evaluated based on Set mAs Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 277 3 2 5 14 2 Tube mAs Measured This is the measured tube mAs This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy reproducibility of mAs It may also be used when analyzing the mA linearity This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs Reproducibility mAs mA linearity optional 3 2 5 14 3 Tube mAs win Measured This is the measured tube mAs during the window time This column can be used in the following analysis Accuracy mAs Reproducibility mAs mA linearity optional Warning Make sure you understand how this parameter works before using it to avoid incorrect results 3 2 5 14 4 mAs diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for tube mAs The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mAs diff 100 Tube mAs Measured Set mAs Set mAs This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs relative 3 2 5 14 5 mAs diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for tube mAs The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mAs diff A Tube mAs Measured Set mAs This column is required for the following analysi
223. ation Wizard A ape cae Submission complete Preparing Facili Dept Room Session name Result Submission complete ty gt RTI Electronics May Roo Radiography test Received Click to compress 3 6 3 Download session templates Click here to download session or x real time templates from the central database Download templates Download Click here to download templates from the central database Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 415 3 6 4 2012 10 01 2 3A bujes Ocean Server Communication Wizard M Templates toimport Templates to import Preparing Submission lete Template name Type Last modifed Version Session template 2010 11 23 E QA Dental E Max Doserate E HvL E Mam repro E Dent repro E kVpTimeDose Dent E kVpTimeDose PDent E CT exp repro E kvpHvL CT E AmbientLight E mAs Linearity mA ms E mAs Linearity mAs Fluoro mA E DoseRate Flu Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template Template 2010 11 22 2010 11 19 2010 11 19 2010 11 19 2011 06 16 2011 06 30 2010 11 24 2011 06 30 2010 11 19 2010 11 19 2010 11 19 2010 11 19 2011 06 30 Click to compress You will see a list with all session templates that the administrator of the central database has made available for you All templates you select will go to the session template inbox
224. available for the AEC field balance analysis Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test MaxDewPFromMean Maximum deviation From mean value LimitForMaxDeyFromMean Allowed deviation From mean UnitForDeviation or 0 0 depending on method used SetkvpForMaxDey Set kyo where maximum deviation occurred Meant alue Mean value StandardDeviation Standard deviation CoefFOryariation Coefficient of variation LimitForCoetFOryariation Limit For Coefficient of variation Graph Graphical representation of results 0nit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ESO 3 2 6 19 Calculations The mean MeanValue is calculated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the AEC field balance analysis for each row included in the analysis the following is calculated If Exposure is used Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure value Mean value Mean value If optical density O D is used Diff from mean O D 100 Meas O D Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanVal
225. ave several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units To get the Frame exposure rate normalized the columns SDD and SSD are required If both the SDD and SSD columns are not present this column gives the same value as the Frame exposure rate Measured column This column or Exposure frame Measured is required for the following anal Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 267 Accuracy Exposure frame Reproducibility Exposure Frame 3 2 5 7 3 Exposure frame Measured This is the measured Exposure frame Exposure pulse or Dose pulse There are several detectors that can measure Exposure frame You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of Exposure frame This column or Exposure frame norm Measured is required for the following anal Accuracy Exposure frame Reproducibility Exposure frame 3 2 5 7 4 Exposure frame diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for Exposure frame Exposure pulse or dose pulse The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure frame diff 100 Exposure frame Measure Set Exposure frame Set Exposure frame This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy
226. ayouts Ocean always tries to fit the contents the best way possible on your computer s screen size If you select None Ocean loads the template exactly as it is saved without taking the actual screen size into account Standard this is the standard default layout selected when you design something from scratch Netbook this is a layout suitable for the smaller screen size of netbooks Pages this is a layout suitable for very small screen sizes Layout 1 and Layout 2 these are two screen layouts suitable for larger screen sizes None select this if you don t want Ocean to auto adjust the layout according to the screen size Define your own screen appearance We have added the ability to create your own custom screen appearance Each of the windows can be undocked and then docked in a different place to create a customized screen layout You can also change the size of each window to make the ones you don t view often smaller and create more room for the windows you use more frequently In the following example we will show you how to create your own new screen appearance Before we begin select the layout None so that when we are finished with the example the new screen appearance is preserved when you save and reload your test or real time display The picture below shows the Standard layout The features of this layout are one large window at the top showing the measurement grid with two smaller ones below it showing the wav
227. be entered as Ref mAs Setk Compr paddle SetmAs mAs mAs i Mo 30 um Mo 164 0 Half Value Layer HVL is 0 367 mm Al Result Pass AGD for Mo 30 pm Mo at 26 0 kV is 1 100 mGy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 36 mm Al Incident air kerma Ki 5 258 mGy Default pass fail criteria When you add the AGD IAEA analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Maximum average glandular dose AGD may The IAEA Code of Practice doesn t specify any pass fail criteria you have to specify them yourself Default result Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET AGD IAEA Result Pass AGD for Mos um Mo at 27 0 kV is 0 440 moy Max allowed ts 000 miiy Half value layer 0 33 mm 4 Incident alr kerma Ki 2 500 mGy Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AGD IAEA analysis looks like this 4 Title Result FTestResult AGD for STargetFilter at kp kis HAGO 460Unit Max allowed is SLimithaxA4GD A DU nit Half value layer FHL mm Al Incident air kerma Ki Ki fKilnit This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for examp
228. be is located under the Equipment tab Save The Save function is located on the Application button drop down menu You can use this to save your current work What is saved depends on what you are working on at the time you press Save Recent documents New Rad test session Session template I 2010 11 15 20 02 45 Session Iba RTD Real time display template lb kVp accuracy 1 Test template AGD_ACR_1 Test template xx Test template 2010 11 15 17 16 34 Session Save as P ds ar ald gt 3 ty lt i in la Print i 1 mALinset_mA_time Session Export AccTest1 Session template ae KVpReproAccl Test template Import Close Click to compress Working with an opened session Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu 37 2 3 When you press Save you the session is saved with the measured data to the same location and name It is not possible to change the location of the session using this function If you want to change the location you must first close the session and then move it by using the drag and drop feature of the database tree If you want to save the session as a template no measured data use Save as function Working with a real time display When you press Save the real time display is saved to the same location and name under the Measurements tab You will be asked to choose a name and location if this is the first t
229. be more suitable for the type of work you do A session template consists of one ore several test templates and checklist templates A session template defines a complete job To design a session template involves the following steps 1 Go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and select Session from the Template button 2 The new session wizard will start and guide you through the process You can now see at the bottom that Status bar 2 is indicating that you are designing a session template The first thing you should enter is the title for the session The title will be used to identify this session and it will be the title of the report you generate when you use this session It will also be used in various places in Ocean when you use this session template The remaining fields are not used by Ocean they are provided for optional use None of these fields appear in the report Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 223 New Session template ENE E Information Information Contents Title Acceptance test Description Free 1 Free 7 Free 3 Free 4 Click to compress 3 Choose a name for the session template then click Next to continue with the wizard 4 The next window will look like the picture below showing the possible test checklist choices on the left side that you can include in your session template You can use drag and drop or double click to move templates from the left to the right si
230. bedded in this document Open a blank Office spreadsheet file Select an Office spreadsheet file Cancel Click to compress For our example we will select in Open a blank Office spreadsheet file 4 A new workbook is opened and the data is dumped into it The first spreadsheet will show the site information and the second one all tests and checklists The data including waveforms are dumped in the order it appears in the Ocean 5 Once the dump is complete you can save your new workbook Link a session to Excel or Calc This topic will describe how you can connect a workbook to a session or real time display and how you can link certain cells in the Ocean grid to certain cells in Excel or OpenOffice Calc You can also link a waveform to a certain cell in the workbook Connect a workbook to a session or real time display You can connect a spreadsheet two different ways associate or embed 1 Select the session or real time display to which you wish to connect a workbook and open tt 2 Go to the Data link page on the ribbon bar and click the Add function 3 Choose either Embed or Associate link depending on what you want You can read about the difference here 4 A browse window will open so you can browse your way to the file you want to link Select the file you want 5 The workbook is not connected until you save the session or real time display Here is a brief description of what the difference is bet
231. below asking you to choose a detector calibration type before your selection appears on the right side of the screen Ocean will create a virtual meter containing all available detector calibration types capable of measuring the value you chose if you are building a template without a meter connected but make sure you only choose a detector calibration type you actually have Note If you have a Piranha the detector you intend to use must be connected to your meter when you choose a measured display 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 76 Main functions Piranha MP2 06100199 WHS mm Al B Piranha Dose Probe 9999 Ws 20 mm Al Wits mm Click to compress 7 Repeat step 6 until you have selected all the displays all the parameters you want to measure you want 8 The Real time display now created and loaded y io a fer fee Ca ra rs Gria iibe h del ji I Pi a a 2 Qr urri t ni D Es O a Tyri immi Peter Bate Eonar Cei Fpi r si ma mmiri bii hirm sar Baz Cra te ir o Piramis it Library ad A Tabs ob Exporura Hima Exponur p O kv O ms 0 mGy h et iF liana alt sear 3 hs a JAMAS 3 ac ie o E Ha r a 164 143 im Ha ki b ha a be 155 E HL mh mu Tisa a i i eer q biara iia diy D ug mait q Sagra You can start making exposures now if your meter is already connected and the left part of the status bar indicates READY If not connect the meter and click the Con
232. but harness it s true potential by purchasing a Piranha or Barracuda as well To skip the rest of the information and get started right away go to the Getting started topic now Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 19 TZ Important definitions The follwoing definitions are important to understand when you use this help text Acceptance limits The pass and fail criteria set up in a test by the user Analysis A calculation done on a selected number of exposures to evaluate the performance of an x ray generator or other equipment Checklist A checklist is a list containing questions or tasks that is part of the x ray equipment quality assurance process and done as part of regular preventative maintenance Acceptable answers are pre determined and set up by the user Equipment The equipment in a room that is to be tested General settings Set values that are common for the entire test Grid The grid is where all measured data and set values are stored It consists of a number of columns and rows Meter settings Settings for the Piranha or Barracuda that control meter functions Real time display RTD The real time display is a feature used to make quick measurements when data needs to be collected quickly The data is presented in a series of displays chosen by the user and stored in a log Session A session is specifying a complete job a preventative maintenance schedule for example It normally
233. c text or a file If you right click in a cell a menu is shown with a choice of cell functions you can choose from Exposure mGy la d mi 2 1 0 A 0 2 0 A lr 4 3 0 Don t show value s In 5 4 0 Link selected cell s to spreadsheet Edit cell name Collect waveform s Include waweform s in report Delete selected row s Force position check Hint b The functions above are explained in more detail in the Design topic Rows Each row contains all data collected from one exposure Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions n Active row Active row is the row where data will go after the next exposure The meter is connected to this row and set according to the stored meter settings for this row Column heading The columns heading is used to identify a column and show what it is used for All columns have a Column title it may also show a unit and a detector name The detector name is optional and can be hidden by un checking Show detector name in column heading on the Appearance tab of the Ribbon bar A menu is shown with a choice of available column functions when you right click on the column heading If you hold the mouse pointer over a column a hint will display which detector the column is related to View r Set Add a Exposure Select ir Frei srl Show display Edit column title Include column in report Include column in spreadsheet exports Name this
234. ccococononononononconononnnonananannnnons 266 3 2 5 7 3 Exposure frame Measures 267 3 2 5 7 4 Exposure frame diff Calculated o oocococococcccococonononononoconcocononenananananonos 267 3 2 5 7 5 Exposure frame diff A Calculated ooooococococcccocococononononoconcorononononnnanannnos 267 3 2 5 7 6 Exposure frame diff from mean Calculated ococooocococcccoconononononononnnos 267 3290 MMPNS EVANS eit sala lo 268 3 2 5 9 1 Set mAs frame Set Valle i Ne ee 268 B 2 9 0 2 MAS Mame Mea SWE nrn ucla cides it 268 3 2 5 8 3 MAS Mrame diff Calcula sii 268 3 2 5 8 4 mAs frame diff A Calculated oooocococococococococcococononononanononcoconononanananannnos 269 3 2 5 8 5 mAs frame diff from mean Calculated ooocococcconocococcococonononanananonos 269 LO Frane MA ATA enna a Sascha ws A 269 3 2 5 9 1 Set frame mA Set valle iii ii 269 32092 Fame MA Measures al O A 270 LO Frame MA diff CalCulaled rrrainis ia aai 270 3 2 5 9 4 Frame mA diff A CalCulated lisas oi 270 3 2 5 9 5 Frame mA diff from mean Calculated ooococococononocococcocononononanannnnnos 270 3 2 5 10 Frame exposure Talfe ocoococcccocnccconcocccnococcnnnononnononnonnonannonnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnannanannnnnss 271 3 2 5 10 1 Set frame exp rate Set Value ococococococococcncoconononononanonnononononanananannnnons 271 3 2 5 10 2 Frame exp rate norm Measured
235. cean Connect or Professional license you can associate or embed any Excel or OpenOffice Calc workbook with a session or a real time display The spreadsheet can be empty or one that already has pre defined calculations and other information in it so all you really want to do is fill in the measurement values In times past you would need to create a template first to make your measurements and then export those measurements to Excel or Calc Now Ocean allows you to automate the process and create a link or association between the Ocean template and your Excel or Calc spreadsheet It enables you to send all your measurement data to one spreadsheet or if you prefer send some of the data to one spreadsheet and other data from the same template to another spreadsheet The Ocean template and your specified spreadsheet s will become a single unit complementing each other to make data transfer from Ocean to spreadsheet smooth and fast Ocean offers two ways to link spreadsheets Associate If you choose this option your workbook is stored somewhere on your computer but the workbook location is stored as part of your Ocean template Once you created this association Ocean will take care of the file for you When you open your Ocean template Ocean also opens the associated Excel or Calc workbook automatically When you close your Ocean template any new work you did will be saved and the Excel or Calc workbook will also be closed automatic
236. cel Click to enlarge 5 Select a session suitable for the work you want to do and that is available to your meter You will see the available choices on the left side of the screen under the Templates heading see picture above 6 Click OK 7 Ocean will now connect to your meter and load the chosen session 8 The first thing you will be asked to do is to specify a site a hospital or medical clinic where this session will be used If this is the first time you use Ocean there will be no available sites so you will need to create a site department room and equipment To learn how to create a new site read the topic New site We have added a test site for you to try out the different features Ocean has to offer and for this example click on the Test facility There is only one department so select Department 1 Finally select a suitable room for this example choose the Rad room 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 30 Welcome to Ocean re Mew session Selectaragn Select aroom Select type E Sites Select a session template Hospital Sweden RTI Electronics RTI Electronics 1 gt RTI Electronics AB gt Test Facility Department A i Mam room 8 lad room Performed by Session name Click to enlarge 9 Click Next to continue 10 You are now asked to provide your name and the organization name you work for company If you ran the start up wizard previously this information would alre
237. ch row included in the analysis Numeric value diff A Numeric value Measured Numeric set value This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Numeric value absolute 3 2 5 23 5 Numeric value diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of user defined numeric values The mean value is calculated based on the measured value of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis This value is calculated according to the following formula The mean value is calculated as user calc mean value value value n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis User calculation diff from mean 100 Numeric value user calc mean user calc mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility for numeric values Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 295 3 2 5 24 Settings This group of columns is related to different settings Added filtration compression paddle beam correction factor and calibration Set Added filtr Added filtration used for example for HVL Compr paddle Compression paddle status Beam corr factor Beam correction factor optional correction factor for exposure and exposure rate Calibration Shows selected calibration for a detector 3 2 5 24 1 Set Added filtr Set value
238. cibility analysis The mean value is calculated as CT exp rate mean CT exp rate CT exp rate CT exp rate n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis CT exposure rate diff from mean 100 CT exposure rate Measured CT exp rate mean CT exp rate mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility CT exposure rate 3 2 5 20 DAP exposure This group of columns is related to the measurement of DAP exposure Set DAP exposure Set value DAP exposure Measured value DAP exposure diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value DAP exposure diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value DAP exposure diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 20 1 Set DAP exposure Set value This is the DAP exposure set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of DAP exposure You can have only one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure 3 2 5 20 2 DAP exposure Measured This is the measured DAP exposure You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or several instances for the same detector and just to show the measured values in different units This value is used when calculati
239. ck on the real time display you want 2 The detector selection is shown and you can chose detector s Note If you have a Piranha there will be instances when the detector selection screen will not be shown For example if you measure kVp there is really only one choice 3 The Realtime display is now loaded 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 78 Main functions bo Serr ieee Da eee loreto Criada Ap dl prar a yp gah i ae i 2 Qr arri O Es O a Er Pu o Beier Peer eee Perey ri my meiri l m mran Hn Corpa Tini i Prue iA Library EF ra Tabe vohsga Exporura tima Exspouur m OkV O ms O mGy ies iF te a eae ma cca a nr dra ima eean 10 143 im 1 Ki h se e T T Tsa a am ee ee a D Pimak La ii ra ir to Pd l Parr AAA You can start making exposures now if your meter is already connected and the left part of the status bar indicates READY If not connect the meter and click the Connect button 4 Once you have finished with making exposures click the Save button and give it a name to save your work End 3 1 7 Start a new session You can start a new session in four different ways e Select New session on the Application button select a session template and room to test e Select a session template from the Library and select a room to test e Select an old session and use it as a session template for a new measurement in the same or in another room e Select a room to test
240. column on row 5 This will select all of the rows between 2 and 5 inclusively View Set ky Sek time Tube voltage kip diff From a kA ms EN mean o Piranha 100 0 EXE Ea gt HEN 6 T a0 a0 3 To add the last row hold down the Ctrl key and click on row 7 View Set ky Set time Tube voltage kwp diff From Et iks ms ATA mean o Piranha 100 0 Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual eo o i 100 T 100 0 Click to compress 100 0 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RES To finish our example we ll change the time to 200 ms for the selected rows We do this by 1 right clicking on the column heading for Set time and choose the Set value for cells option 2 Enter 200 in the dialogue box then click OK and you are done View j Set ky Set time Tube voltage ka p diff From ee kW ms kw mean o Piranha Click to compress As you can see in the picture above all of our selected rows now show 200 ms instead of 100 ms Right click menu You can also select multiple rows and right click on the selection View Set ky Tube voltage kyo diff Exposure Exposure time n tara imay ms 49 62 0 6 0 200 100 5 E 55 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 Pe Link selected cells to spreadsheet 6 fo fo e 0 6 0 5179 qe E ag a0 gg 1 1 0 5005 90 7 Click to compress A menu is shown with operations you can perform on selected rows 3 2
241. column on the right side select Delete from the menu You can also select a column from the right side by clicking on it and then press the Delete on the keyboard to achieve the same result Note The Question and Answer columns cannot be removed 3 When the checklist template is to your liking click the Finish button to close the wizard As soon as the wizard finishes the changes you made are now visible in the checklist template 3 2 2 2 7 Add delete analysis A checklist analysis is available to you It basically reports if the checklist passed or failed If you choose to use this analysis you can see how many questions passed as well as how many warnings there were The default layout for the checklist analysis is described in the topic Checklist We will show you how to use a checklist analysis to create a certain result Let s assume that you have a checklist divided into several different sections see the picture below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EN Select 1 OPERATOR PROTECTION WA 2_ Exposure switch mounted properly ls _ _ Ss a Gloves and aprons available Gloves and aprons in good condition PATIENT PROTECTION Gonadal protection provided Filter permanently installed AREA SURYEY 10 Approved warning sign on doors 11 EQUIPMENT 12 Collimation Functioning properly 4 5 6 Technique charts available a 3 13 Audible exposure signal 14 Ray
242. cros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC reciprocity analysis looks like this Title Result FTestResult Graph Largest deviation from mean UnitForDeviation MaxDevFromMean Wlean value dMeanalue Unit standard deviation StandardDewation Unit Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 367 This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AEC reciprocity analysis Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test MaxDewPromMean Maximum deviation From mean value LimitForMaxDeyFromMean Allowed deviation From mean 0nitPorDewiation gt or 0 0 depending on method used SetkvpForMaxDey Set ko where maximum deviation occurred Meant alue Mean value StandardDeviation Standard deviation CoefhOrVariation Coefficient of variation LimitForCoetOryariation Limit For Coefficient of variation Graph Graphical representation of results Unit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity Calculations The mean MeanValue is calculated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the AEC reciprocity analysis for each row included in the an
243. culated acier o e a r a 282 3 2 5 17 6 Light diff from mean Calculated o oooooococcccccocococonononononcoconononanananannnos 282 J20 18 EMO A E oe eee aieteel ga eerie deeealam a 282 3 2 5 18 1 Set CT exposure Set Value ooocococcccccoconococonononcononononononannnnononnnnonananannnnons 282 3 2 0 16 2 CT exposurre Meas red viii a esis 283 3 2 9 19 3 Cl exposure dif Yo CalCulated eiers dane venue boas ised geet Sines 283 3 2 5 18 4 CT exposure diff A Calculated ocooococococococcocononononocononnonononononananannnnons 283 3 2 5 18 5 CT exposure diff from mean Calculated oooocococococccocococococononcncncnnannnos 283 329 BS Jaen ra 0 8 1c US att ali diia ri trad eee 284 3 2 5 19 1 Set CT exposure rate Set Value ocococccocococococcoconononononononnonononononananannanons 284 3 2 5 19 2 CT exposure rate Measured ococococcccococononononononcononononononanonnnnonnnnanananannnnons 284 3 2 5 19 3 CT exposure rate diff Calculated ui id 284 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 12 Contents 3 2 5 19 4 CT exposure rate diff A Calculated ococococcocococonenononoconconononononananannnnons 284 3 2 5 19 5 CT exposure rate diff from mean Calculated oooooocococcccocococononononononos 285 Oi 209220 DAT SOKO Ulead dalla tiende 285 3 2 5 20 1 Set DAP exposure Set Value ooooccocococococococcncoconononononononnonononononanana
244. curacy Reproducibility mA linearity HVL QuickHVL CTDI CTDI helical scan in phantom CTDI helical scan free in air AGD ACR AGD EUREF AGD IAEA Min Max Checklist AEC kV compensation AEC mA compensation AEC reproducibility AEC reciprocity AEC field balance AEC density correction 2012 10 01 2 3A Evaluates the accuracy for all measured parameters It calculates the deviation between a measured value and a set value reference value and compares against specified pass fail criteria Evaluates the reproducibility for all measured parameters It calculates difference from mean value coefficient of variation and standard deviation Evaluates the mA linearity It compares the mA expsure value for the different mA stations It can be used both with mA time and mAs generators Calculates half value layer based on a number of exposures with increasing added filtration Calculated half value layer is compared to specified pass fail criteria Compares the direct measured half value layer with specified pass fail criteria Calculates CTDI based on five CT dose values measured in different positions in a CT phantom It calculates CTDI weighted CTDI and normalized CT DI Calculates CTDIw CTDIvol and DLP from a helical scan and a measurement in the center hole of the phantom using the RTI CT Dose Profiler detector Calculates Geometric efficiency from a helical scan free in air using the RTI CT Dos
245. d 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 232 Main functions fr Modify Session template Hi Contents Contents Search 4 Test templates o p Inbox gt 4 Examples RTT CTDP_Energy_Corr_Test_1 CTOP _Test_1 CTDP_Test_2 CTTest _ Repro_1 Checklist templates i LI Lo LI s 4 Examples RTT Session contents preview Reproducibility HWL kVp Accuracy gt M s Linearity Click to compress 4 Uncheck the checked item to restore it You can also use this function to hide items 3 2 2 3 4 Select report layout Test Test Test Test Checklist 2010 11 22 21 08 17 Rad re 2010 11 22 21 08 17 Rad Hi 2010 11 22 21 08 17 Rad kV 2010 11 22 21 08 17 mAs Lin 2010 11 22 21 08 17 Questio Beskriv hur man v ljer H nvisa framm t till avsnitet som beskiver hur man g r en egen Reprot template You select a layout for the report print out and store it in the session template 1 Go to the Reporting page on the ribbon bar i 2 B 6 Printer Preview Print setup Report 2 Click on the Report layout A dialogue is shown Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 233 Report template Select report template RTI Demo Edit header amp E Create header and footer for the printed report Content Configure haw content should be organized Print optons Configure printer options paper size orientation etc ETA Click to compress 3 The de
246. d 275 3 20 PA IMAL Gil Calcula o coa 275 320 130 MAAMA Calculated ear lc illa 276 3 2 5 13 6 mA diff from mean Calculated oooooocococcccocococononononononcocononononananannnos 276 A A ee a AONE EEEN 276 3 2 0 14 1 OCUCIMAS oer VaIUG saana a R eee 276 322 9 142 T be MAS IMG AS Ur Mt A A A RiR 217 3 20 14 3 Tube MAS WIA Measured ita a A s N A 217 i250 IA MASA A e di 217 392 03 1407 MAS CITA Calculated erg to idol ibs 217 3 2 5 14 6 mAs diff from mean Calculated o oooocococcccccococononononononcocononenanananannnos 277 A A 278 SS SA a E tetas aeeeds 278 B2220 1072 IVE MC as ULGA tee A that ot 278 LD OS FAVL GIl 7o GalGUlaleG Lasso 278 3225 154 AVE Gill A Calculated sust a ln 279 3 2 5 15 5 HVL diff from mean Calculated o ooooocococcccocococonononococcococonononanananannnos 279 SA SA n S a a date alah lat pce la Ge eevnwed 279 3 20 10 1 SEU TF Seva lc 279 3 2 5 16 2 Total filtr Meas red 200 A A A A eee 280 220109 TOlal flr di so Calcula e od 280 3 2 0 10 4 Total filtr diff 0 4 Cal UlAlGG natos 280 3 2 5 16 5 Total filtr diff from mean Calculated o ooooocococococcnonococoococononononanannnnnos 280 SLD A eeies EEA 281 3 2 0217 1 OC LIGM oel Vale id E AR E 281 LIZ EIGN Wie aS WNC iw tesa tee a elie areca see eeee 281 B 2 0 a CUGAT WIN Mesas ll 281 22O E pe A o 90 Calculated AAA a a a a ae e 281 322017 9 Eight dA Cal
247. d idea to save your data often so you don t lose any of your work To save your template go to the Application button and select Save from the drop down menu or click the Save button on the Quick Access toolbar and enter a name when prompted 3 2 2 1 2 Select multiple row s When you have a template containing a lot of rows or when you want to make the same changes to several rows in your template the multiple row selection function is a way to speed up your work The multiple row selection function is illustrated with the following example Let s assume we have the following template and we want to change the Set time to 200 ms for rows 2 3 4 5 and 7 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 152 Main functions ab ab ag ab oj ab 1 E 3 4 z 6 E Views Set ky Set time Tube voltage ka p diff From ae Ent ms kw mean o Piranha 100 T 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 Click to compress We could do these changes one row at a time but the multiple row selection is a much more efficient way to do the same thing faster To select multiple rows do the following 1 Activate row 2 by clicking in the left column gt EN aga a0 ll ll ab om ANA View j Set ky Set time Tube voltage kwp diff From ey EA ms kW mean Hy Piranha 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 Click to compress 2 Now hold down the Shift key and click in the left
248. d in the database in the Sites folder The Sites folder contains the sites that consist of facilities departments and rooms The measured sessions are stored in the Measurements folder that is available for each room This is a fixed folder and it is not 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 64 Main functions possible to create sub folders here A search function is available to quickly locate items in the database tree The measured sessions are shown in the Measurements folder in each room a Room B CT gt Equipment di MD Measurements gt MA Room C CT Each session is identified by the name you have given the it and succeeded by Generator name Tube Name You can individually turn on and off Generator name and Tube name in Program options Show Generator information with Session name in tree 4 Show Tube information with Session name in tree You can also click on a folder and its content is then shown to the right E Measurements tO Sites RTI Electronics Department 1 Room 2 Mam Measurements Name Equipment E Mammography test Senograph DMA DMA Mez de of Sites al RTI Electronics 4 Department 1 it Room 1 Rad 3 Equipment gt Ul Measurements 4 4 Room 2 Mam gt a Equipment gt 17 Measurements RTI Electronics AB RTI Hospital FE Real time displays gt Inbox gt 2 Demo gt E Various MM 2011 12 22 10 51 22 e 2012 01 03
249. d into the facilty department room they belong to If the site doesn t exist on our computer Ocean will give the choice to create the site or skip the item from the import list Close Click on this button if you want close what you currently are working with NOTE The Close button will only close the current job you are working on but it will not exit Ocean Recent documents Hew b am _ RTD2 Real time display template a 2010 11 15 17 16 34 Session Save Iba Rad test session Session template 2010 11 15 20 02 45 Session Save as F IP kVp accuracy 1 Test template AGD ACR_1 Test template xx Test template lun Primt b i 1 mALinset_mA_time Session Export 60 AccTestl Session template pal EVpReproAccl Test template de hh Yu 5 J Import Click to compress If you have unsaved work while trying to close the current task you will be given the choice to save and then close 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual NT Application menu 2 8 Program options The program options menu contains settings that control how Ocean works This menu is available as a button called Options located on the bottom right of the Application menu Recent documents Hew l jo RTD2 Real time display template li 2010 11 15 17 16 34 Session Rad test session Session template 2010 11 15 20 02 45 Session kVp accuracy 1 Test template Save Iba
250. da charging is turned on and off from this screen dye Barracuda Meter DLL version info File C Program Files RTI Electronics Ocean RTICmLib dll Version 2 4 0 8430 Date 2011 04 1 Ocean version info 1 0 2 9456 Ocean 1 y Barracuda serial 4 BC1 04040078 Barracuda cabinet firmware 3 38 Barracuda product 1 3 Barracuda license Professional Agreement expires 2012 08 31 MODULES AND DETECTORS Module EBW Serial EBW 06120176 Node 5 ProductVer 1 1 Firmware 3 2N Supported features frLSWaveform firQuickHVLAndTF MAS 2B 600914 Units Normal Bias None DetectorClass mA BO name s mA mAs M MAS 2B 03010001 Units Normal Bias None DetectorClass mA BQ name s mA m s M 10x5 6M 7456 Units Normal Bias Negative DetectorClass Radiation BQ name s W 3 mm Al B 10x5 6M 4397 Units Normal Bias Positive DetectorClass Radiation BQ name s W 3 mm Al B Radis80cc 06362 Units Normal Bias Negative DetectorClass Radiation BQ name s W 3 mm Al B Litte Boy 003 Units Normal Bias Negative DetectorClass Radiation BQ name s W 3 mm Al B Mo 30 um Mo D BcT10 051 Units DLP Bias Negative DetectorClass CT Radiation BQ name s W 2 5 mm Al ROR H R1006 9999 Units Normal Bias None DetectorClass Radiation BOQ name s W 3 20 mm Al A W 3 mm Al B M lonCh 0 2 3cc banana 6666 Units Normal Bias Positive DetectorClass Radiation BQ name s W 2 5 mm Al ROI MAS 18 5555 Units Normal Bias None Detec
251. date Questionnaire Esas Tamer Result Recommendation LA JOPERATOR PROTECTION HA A Click to compress Follow the easy steps below to create your own checklist grid 1 The first step is to go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and select Checklist from the Template button 2 This will start the new checklist template wizard to help guide you through the process You will see that Status bar 2 is indicating that you are designing a checklist template in Design mode You need to enter a title for the checklist and a type for our example we will create a set of radiographic questions so we will call the type Radiographic questions for easy reference The checklist we are making will be referred to by its title throughout Ocean whenever we use this particular checklist template kr Measurement Setup an Information Columns ae Title Radiographic questions estions ID Ref Version Description Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Click to compress As you can see on the picture above there are other fields on this page not used by Ocean but sometimes you as the user would want to put more than just a title and a type to identify your checklists For instance a description would be very handy to have in a checklist when you pass Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EEN templates along to other Ocean users to make your checklists different from the ones they created for themselves When yo
252. dd department from the menu 4 A new department is created in the database It is called New department iT Measurement Sites RTI Hospital New Department gt DY RTI Electronics gt RTI Electronics AB 4 4 RTI Hospital f Department name New Department gt A Department 1 New Department 3 Note 1 gt 2 X ray department Mote 2 a D Real time displays Note 3 gt 88 Inbox gt D Demo Note 4 gt 0 Various Le BY 2011 12 27 10 51 22 Department is active be 2012 01 03 16 35 25 Click to compress 5 You can edit directly and complete the information in the right part of the Measurement tab 6 Enter the information you want The information is saved as you type it so no save is needed To add a room 1 Right click on the department you want to add a room to 2 Select Add room from the menu 3 A new room is created in the database It is called New room i Measurements Sites RTI Hospital Department 1 New Room gt RTI Electronics gt RTI Electronics AB a pie Room name New Room 7 oe Department 1 Note 1 Note 2 i Note 3 AB Room 2 Mam i gt 2 Xray department Note 4 4 D Real time displays Inspection Inbox Interval 12 Months gt Demo 9 Various Next inspection Not scheduled ow MP 2011 12 22 10 51 22 E 2012 01 03 16 35 25 h E 2012 01 03 16 53 47 Fj Room is active Click to co
253. de The right side of the screen shows what will be included in your session template If you want to remove something from the right side select it and hit the Delete key on your keyboard You can also change order of the included items by using drag and drop on the right side If you want to preview a template before adding it select the Preview tab on the right side and then move the cursor above the items on the left side to view the content Double click when you want to select something 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 224 Main functions New Session template Information Contents B Contents g am Test templates Session contents Preview Demo Emanuel E gt sea CEN mee Type Last modified Exposure Exposure Test 2010 11 01 21 31 21 Exposure kvaect kvp Accuracy Test 2010 11 01 21 32 05 kWAcc1 m sTimedccl m s and time Ac Test 2010 11 01 21 32 35 mAsTimeAccl AECFieldBalance Checklist Checklist 2010 11 01 21 33 33 CheckListRad ASD IAEA 1 CTBI testi cedod dosepermas Equipln HWLtesti HWLtest2 kwp accuracy 1 kypacc m sTime accuracy 1 mgd iaea GuickHyLtest1 reprotestl reprotest2 rbd leyv3 statustest LE Ly LA LI Ly Ly i Ly mm L L E L L L i E Click to compress 5 Make your template selections then click the Finish button to end the wizard and create the session template 6 Once the session template is created it looks like the pictu
254. dicates that measures data are saved when you click on the save button Meter A ie dh a eL The settings are also available on Connect Reset Start apture Pause Position Meter the Meter adjust tabs on the check info right of the Ocean Main screen These are functions related to o controlling your instrument NOTE If you do not own a Piranha or a Barracuda just ignore the meter adjust tabs Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 59 Connect This function establishes communication between your instrument and Ocean Make sure that the meter is connected to the computer via USB cable or Bluetooth You can toggle between Keyboard and Connected by clicking on the upper part of the button With Keyboard active you must enter all measured data by hand via the keyboard When the meter is connected the measured data is transferred automatically from the meter to the Main screen grid If you click on the lower part of the button a third option Disconnect is available Use this option only in the event you need to e Turn your meter off and then back on again e If you need to restart meter communication for example if you want to switch from one meter to another one See also Auto start and auto connect e If you want to stop meter communication for example if another program should use the meter while Ocean still is running Note It is recommended that you turn off power save mode or sleep mode o
255. didn t use the default one when you added the analysis You can also right click on the Analysis window and select modify from the menu When we Clicked on the analysis setup function you will notice two things happen The first is that the grid is grayed out and a new column is to the left of the View Select column with checkboxes in front of each row all checked The rows that have a checkbox checked are included in the analysis As you can see they are all checked as the default is to include all rows in the analysis To exclude a row just uncheck the corresponding checkbox Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETON View 3 Tube voltage kVp diff Select kv Exposure mGy cal cal 2 cal 3 Ll 4 Ll 3 Ll 6 The second is that at the bottom right of your screen the analysis window is now showing the acceptance limits window This is where we can modify the acceptance limits for individual rows or for all rows It is possible to have a different acceptance limit for each row in a template Tube voltage accuracy CE Limits for the active row 5 0 to 5 0 my Diff A kv to ky Note The corresponding column must be present in the template Update all rows wf OK Click to compress The button Update all rows will set the same value for all of the rows in the template In the example below we ll change the acceptance limit of several rows in the template be
256. e 4 Central database Click to minimize First select object type and then edit the free texts General settings Select object type for free text Preferences Facility Department Meter preferences Room User defined equip Defaults Tube Checklist template Default units Test template Real time display template ar Session template contents Reports Note 4 Central database Click to minimize The free texts are labels for the user defined fields that are available for all site objects 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 52 Application menu g test_mam_95XX Y TestinpDig m o om a ba oma Room 1 Rad Note 3 Note 4 Inspection Interval 12 Months Next inspection 2013 01 10 Room ID 1 El Room is active Click to minimize These fields are also shown in the report and can be used to specify user defined data If you change the labels here it only affects the default labels that are used when you create new templates If you want to use the new labels in already existing templates do the following 1 Go to the design page 2 Click on Use default labels len La E a Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Centra ql Y Modify AO Insert row st e Add Test Fal Duplicate row 7 ESTO estions Template New site A se y Add Checklist Delete row s Modify Mew Session Test checklist Click to minimize Reports Define different
257. e value You can also set this parameter on the Meter adjust tabs It is found on tabs corresponding to all type of exposure detectors This value is specific for each detector used in a test or real time display This column is required for the following analysis not required for any analysis 3 2 5 24 4 Calibration Selection This is column is specifying the calibration used for corresponding detector You can set this value on the Meter adjust tabs in situations where it is not important to see what calibration is used For example when doing radiography fluoroscopy and dental measurements only one calibration is available However when doing mammography measurements there are several different calibrations available and it may be useful to easily see the calibration being used for the measurement This setting is also found on the meter adjust tabs for the RTI kVp and dose detectors This value is specific for each detector used in a test or real time display This column is required for the following analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 296 Main functions AGD ACR AGD EUREF AGD IAEA 3 2 5 24 5 Measuring time 3 2 5 25 This column is specifying if the measuring time for Timed Mode You can also set this parameter on the Meter adjust tabs It is found on the Meter tab when Timed Mode is activated This value is specific for each row in the test or real time display This column is required for the follo
258. e Ocean Click to minimize Import from the Application menu After you selected Import a dialogue box will appear to help you select the files you want to import If you wish to exclude certain files from the import just uncheck the item by clicking on the checkbox in front of the item There are two types of Ocean files you can import ome files these are the measurements Measurements ote files these are the templates L Templates Once you made your selection click Open A new dialogue box is now shown with the number of items selected for import the file type such as session or real time display and the destination path When you finished making the choices for import click the Finish button to complete the process Import directly from Windows You can now import a file directly from Windows by double clicking on the file For this example let s assume that we have a file with measurements or templates on the desktop Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu 45 2 7 de Measurements Templates When we double click on the file icon Ocean will start up and will automatically begin the import process Destination e The templates are imported into the templates inbox and real time displays are imported into the real time display inbox 4 09 Test templates Inbox ama Inbox l 3 Examples RTI gt Demo AGD_ACR_1 AGD_ACR_12 e Sessions are importe
259. e Profiler detector Calculates average glandular dose according to the rules specified by ACR Mammography Quality Manual 1999 ISBN 1 55903 142 5 Required input is an HVL value a entrance kerma dose value and the target filter used Calculates average glandular dose according to the rules specified by European Protocol for the Quality Control of the Physical and Technical Aspects of Mammography Screening Appendices page 110 2005 Required input is an HVL value a entrance kerma dose value the target filter used and phantom thickness Calculates average glandular dose according to the rules specified by IAEA Technical Reports Series no 457 Dosimetry in Diagnostic Radiology An International code of Practice page 155 163 2007 ISSN 0074 1914 no 457 Required input is an HVL value a entrance kerma dose value and the target filter used Compares specified parameter with a high and or low accepted limit It can be used with all measured parameters and the user calculation column Presents the result for a checklist if it passed or failed how many fails and how many warnings there were Evaluates the automatic exposure control Evaluates the automatic exposure control Evaluates the automatic exposure control Evaluates the automatic exposure control Evaluates the automatic exposure control Evaluates the automatic exposure control Ocean Reference Manual 3 2 6 1 Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions Accur
260. e SDD and SSD columns are not present this column gives the same value as the Exposure rate Measured column The exposure value can also be normalized to a certain mAs value This is done by using the values Set mAs Set value and Ref mAs Set value The normalized exposure is calculated as Exposure rate norm Measured Exposure rate Measured SDD Set value SSD Set value 2 Ref mAs Set mAs If the values SDD SSD and Ref mAs Set mAs are missing the following formula is used Exposure norm Measured Exposure rate Measured This column or Exposure rate Measured is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure rate Reproducibility Exposure rate 3 2 5 4 5 Exposure rate diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure rate diff 100 Exposure rate Measure Set exposure rate Set exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET Accuracy Exposure rate relative 3 2 5 4 6 Exposure rate diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure rate diff A Exposure rate Measured Set exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Accu
261. e at least one generator with one or several tubes Testing is then performed on the tube Ocean needs to have access to the equipment information to choose what measurements are available for a given generator and tube configuration and analyze the results optimally You can also define user defined equipment which can be Image intensifiers Image receptors Tables Monitors or any other equipment in a room you want to do testing on and generate a report for The example below is what an Equipment would look like after you created equipment for a given room The equipment is stored in a tree structure for easy look up ae In this example we created a room with one generator and one tube with an 4 Room 4 image intensifier We used the user defined equipment option to create the 1 Se stand image intensifier 4 E GE 4 Mam tube Image intensier Any equipment in a room that will be tested with a meter belongs to a tube in the room This ownership allows your meter to have access to all of the relevant information about the tube and the generator for an optimal testing situation There are some rules to follow when building the equipment tree e A generator can only be located in the root first level e A tube can only be attached to a generator e A user defined equipment can be located on any level in the tree For the purposes of testing a test checklist or session is assigned or owned by an equipment item The equipment it
262. e below and we want to change the unit from mGy to R To do this follow the steps below Tube voltage kv 3 70 4 90 5 110 1 Right click on the heading of the column whose unit you want to change and a drop down list will appear like the one below with a variety of options Show display Mame this value Edit column title Set value for selected cells Include this in reports Alignment Y Use for analysis Decimals d Units Hl y mGy 2 Under the units there is another drop down list from which you can select the unit you want and your new column unit will be changed to your selection In our example we will choose R and as you can see in the Exposure column below the mGy has been replaced by R as we wanted 3 2 2 1 6 Change numeric format This topic deals with changing the numeric format of a column Let s assume we have a template like the one below and we want remove the decimals of the kV set values To do this we ll do the following 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 158 Main functions Tube voltage kVp diff 1 Right click on the heading of the column whose numeric format you want to change and a drop down menu is displayed with a number of available choices To change the numeric format choose the Decimals option Set kV Tube voltage kv NEP kVp diff Show display 70 0 Marne this value 70 Edit column title En set value for selected cells
263. e clicking on the title bar and then grabbing undocked window and dragging it to a new position Another way to undock a window is by simple drag and drop Lt 113 u l 1 115 30 0 15 120 0 4 1 195 98 77 Title bar Analysis Tube voltage Exposure rate Summary Tube voltage accurac PLA i i a A AA A ALO 4 4 L 50 ON ia aia biis rd a e A aes fs eS YY yoy yi Tube voltage accurac ae 404 Result Pass gt Et E ea de de e 27 S30 m ae 2 o gt 32 272 20 a D O 2 gt uy E 1 10 4 2 2 E O14 i 4 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Pm Time ms b Y k Waveform Waveform data Analysis Comment Piranha E Session Log mode Rad test Click to compress Double click For this example let s undock the Waveform window using the double click method of undocking 1 Make sure the Waveform window is on the top by clicking on it s name 2 To undock the Waveform window position your cursor anywhere on the title bar of the window then double click your mouse As you see on the picture below the Waveform window is now moved to the center of the screen undocked 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions Ww Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help 17 4 Auto send ae Seni Add Remove data Y Show linked cells X Data link workbook Keyboard Summar
264. e limits limits For individual rows VI DIFF 50 to 5 0 Oy Note The corresponding column must be present in the template lt Back Emis Cancel Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETON Main functions As you can see the wizard already comes with default limits most commonly used for this parameter but this can be changed if you prefer a different pass fail criteria These default acceptance limits Ocean suggests are assigned to all rows included in the analysis so if you want something different for some of the rows in your template you ll have to modify those rows This is described in more detail in the Modify analysis topic 6 For our example we ll choose to leave the default acceptance limits suggested by Ocean and click Finish to end the wizard Once the wizard ended we ll be able to see the new analysis in the analysis window It will look like the following picture Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy Tube voltage accuracy Result Maximum inaccuracy ls at k Limit So to o E PA Diff tram set value P al fs Set walue K Click to compress If columns are missing to do the analysis this is shown in the analysis window in the following way Analysis Summar CTDI spiral scan in phantom Calculation problem CTDI spiral scan in phantom Column s are missing Pitch CT phantom type Click to compress
265. e macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the CTDI analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EST Title Specified title Result Analysis result 5TestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test SetkVForC TOI Set kV at which CTDI was evaluated if a column take value for Pos AJ SetNumOfSlices Set value for number of slices SetSlice Thickness Set value for slice thickness SSetPitch Set pitch 5MinCTDhwn Minimum value SMaxCTDIwn Maximum value SMinCTDIw Minimum value SMaxCTDIw Maximum value CTDIwn Measured value CTDI normalized 5Unitwn Unit for CTDI normalized 5CTDlw Measured value CTDI weighted Unitw Unit for CTDI weighted SMinCTDIvol Minimum value SMaxCTDIvol Maximum value SCTDIvol Measured value CTDI volume 5Unitvol Unit for CTDI volume SDLP Measured value for DLP SUnitDLP Unit for DLP SMinDLP Minimum value SMaxDLP Maximum value 55etm s Set m s Calculations 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 326 Main functions CTDI for an individual position is calculated as CTDI 100 A 0r B C D E CT Exposure Measured Num of Slices x Slice Thickness where The central CTDI is calculated as CTDI 100 c CTDI 100 A The peripheral CTDI is calculated as CTDI 100 p CTDI 100 B CTDI 100 C CTDI 100 D CTDI 100 E 4
266. e meas mAs Calculated 301 G Exposure pulse measure 266 l General settings 69 135 Exposure Set mAs Calculated 301 add 170 F delete 1 0 modify 170 Generator 237 Facility 65 237 Geometric efficiency 332 Favorite Getting started 24 create 89 Connect 26 delete 89 Display 26 description 89 Professional 28 Favorites 58 89 real time display 26 Firmware 417 423 session 28 Fluoroscopy Grid 69 135 measure 111 create 139 Focal spot Set value 297 modify 139 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Index 443 Grid 69 135 waveform data 167 H Half value layer 316 Header 374 398 Heading 211 checklist 217 Helical scan 327 332 Help 417 Hide checklists in a session 230 tests in a session 230 windows 189 Hint 128 add 162 checklist 162 edit 162 remove 162 row 162 session 162 test 162 History 58 105 Hold 58 HVL 320 AGD 302 analysis 316 measure 278 HVL Measured 278 HVL diff Calculated 278 HVL diff from mean 279 HVL diff A Calculated 279 HVL AGD Measured 299 ID duplicated 54 IF 288 luminance 115 Import 44 54 sites from Ortigo 417 427 Import examples 419 Input dialogue 210 InRange 288 Insert row 128 155 Inspection 237 Inspection dates update 110 Inspection scheduler 46 2012 10 01 2 3A Installation 25 Integrated values 116 Interval 237 K Keyboard 86 Keyboard indicator 388 k factor 298 k factors 434 kVp dif 257 kVp diff from
267. e you can set up individual header footer for the cover page and the following pages 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Edit report header footer Cover page header Left blank Right blank Cover page footer Left blank Right blank Test page header Left blank Center blank Right blank Test page footer Left blank Center blank Right blank Click to minimize By default are both header and footer blank You can now for each header and footer select content for left center and right position You select a text or a picture 4 Click on the Cover page header button Assume that you in the header just want to have your logo to the right due Cover page header RE Left Left Content type CET Click to minimize Just click Next here since you want to leave it blank click also Next for the center position text 5 Now are you asked to specify the right part of the header Select Picture from the drop down list Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 401 k Cover page header Left Right Content type i blank Document name Print date User text Click to minimize 6 A frame appears click on it and locate your logo picture fa Cover page header Left Right Content type Click image to choose a new image Uy RTI H Right Height Click to minimize 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual
268. ean starts Click to minimize To do this right click on a template and click on Auto start Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EFTE How to set a favorite 1 Look up the template you want to use as a favorite 2 Right click on t Es 4 CTDI_1 penas Wi Demosession2 AET E y Rad 3 D I Rad t Open po Sessi Mew Session 2 ie Y Test Ni E Test temp da Delete ES Checklist View report PDF Export Favorite Preview Click to minimize 3 Select Favorite from the menu 4 A dialogue is shown 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 92 Main functions day Favorite description Show in Favorites screen Picture Auto Specify text Click to minimize You can here create a description of your Favorite This description is shown as Preview in the favorite list You can chose between e An auto generated picture showing the content e A user defined text fully formated text Create the type of description you want 5 Click on OK to finish The template will now be shown in the favorite list You can also see in the Library templates that are set as favorites These templates are indicated with a small black circle Demosession2 y Rad session j Rad test session 7 Session Mam hed TestOfExcel E Test templates How to remove an item from the favorite list 1 Click on the Favorite button on the ribbon bar
269. eanValue Mean value 55tandardDeviation Standard deviation SLimitForStandardDeviation Maximum allowed standard deviation CoeffOfVariation Coefficient of variation SLimitForCoeffOfVariation Maximum allowed coefficient of variation 5TargetFilter Calibration for first exposure used in analysis SAbsMeanValueDeviationFromSetValue Mean deviation from Set value 5RelMeanValueDeviationFromsetValue Mean deviation from Set value 95 Calculations The mean MeanValue is calculated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the reproducibility analysis for each row included in the reproducibility is the following a column is available for this for each parameter diff from mean 100 Measured value Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanValue X MeanValue n Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the Reproducibility analysis Measured value The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured v
270. easured Frame exposure rate There are several detectors that can measure Frame exposure rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units To get the Frame exposure rate normalized the columns SDD and SSD are required If both the SDD and SSD columns are not present this column gives the same value as the Frame exposure rate Measured column This column or Frame exposure rate Measured is required for the following anal Accuracy Frame exposure rate Reproducibility Frame exposure rate 3 2 5 10 3 Frame exp rate Measured This is the measured Frame exposure rate There are several detectors that can measure Frame exposure rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of Frame exposure rate This column or Exposure rate Measured is required for the following analysis Accuracy Frame exposure rate Reproducibility Frame exposure rate 3 2 5 10 4 Frame exp diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for Frame exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Frame exp diff 100 Frame exp rate Measure Set frame exp rate Set frame exp rate 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 2
271. ection factor End Description Senstivity setting for the dose and total filtration measurement internal detector Senstivity setting for the kVp detector internal detector Available calibrations for the internal detector and current application can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here kV range normally set to Auto In this case kVp range is selected depending on the kVp set value specified in Ocean Normally unchecked In this case the total filtration is measured automatically by the meter If the meter is not capable of measuring the total filtration very low signals the information can be taken from the equipment information This field is disabled if meter measures the total filtration Any added filtration will be included in the total filtration value the meter measures If the meter is set to not measure the total filtration any added filtration must be specified here can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here An optional factor that is used for the internal dose and dose rate value Any measured value is multiplied with this factor This can be used to specify the scatter factor can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here Pirahna Dose Probe or R100B Settings for external solid state detectors These settings are valid for the Piranha Dose Probe R100B or any other solid state dose detector
272. ed Click to compress When you clicked the button a dialogue window like the one you see below will appear and you can type a detailed report of the error you encountered or any suggestion you may have in the Comments window Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 421 cean exe Support file for Ocean exe A support file for Ocean exe has been generated Please send this information to us Thank you ATI Electronics AB Comments Information here r 4 p To see what this report contains click here Save report ATI Electronics 46 Data Collection Policy Send report Continue application Click to compress In addition to the problem description or improvement suggestion several files are collected and appended to the report If you would like to see what files are being collected and sent you can click on the hyperlink next to To see what this report contains text You have the option to send the report right away or to save it on your desktop and send it later The e mail address to send your report to is Ocean AUrti se When you are finished making the report click the Continue application button to continue working with Ocean Read our error report collection policy here RTI Electronics AB Data Collection Policy 3 7 3 Data Collection Policy RTI Electronics AB Data Collection Policy Users are encouraged to send all error report data no matter how minor it may appea
273. ed as the last item in the session If you wish to change the order of the templates in your session you can use drag and drop to change the order 4 When you have finished modifying your template click Finish to end the wizard End 3 2 2 3 3 Hide tests or checklists Sometimes you may not want to do all tests or checklists that is in a session You don t want to delete them from your session template since you use them at other occasions you just want to hide them This is possible to do in the following way 1 Assume that the summary page looks like this You have four tests and a checklist Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 231 QA Rad room ite Status Performed Result Reproducibility P kvp Accuracy m s Linearity Click to compress 2 Assume that you want to skip the Questionnaire 3 Right click on the last row in the summary and select Hide from the menu 4 The checklist is now hidden QA Rad room IO ET Performed Result HVL P kvp Accuracy mAs Linearity Click to compress Hidden tests or checklist are still in the session but not available and they will not appear anywhere To restore a hidden test or checklist 1 Right click outside the grid QA Rad FOO m Tte Stats performed Resuit HL K P kVp Accuracy ES m s Linearity Click to compress 2 Select Modify session from the menu 3 The Modify session template wizard is starte
274. ed calculated parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Default pass fail criteria When you add the Min Max analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Check min value kV Check max value ky There are no defaults you must always specify the limits you want to have when you add a Min Max analysis Default result Result Pass Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text Min Max analysis looks like this Title Result 3TestResult This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EM Main functions the relative difference The following macros are available for the Min Max analysis Title Specified title STestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test 5Result Analysis result 5GraphAbs Graphical representation of the results 5MinLimit Min value limit 5MaxLimit Max value limit 5MinValue Min value SMaxValue Max value SUnit The
275. eform and the analysis and comments Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 393 Ww Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help 17 a Clear row AX Get waveforms A Measured pressure kPa M4 Clear all Exposure assistant a Connect Reset Start Capture Position Meter Detector Favorites Bias off n check nfo L Close Meter Edit Measure Bias s Keyboard Summary HYL y kvp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site SDD Set mAs Set time cm mas ms PUUP II 193914 quawdinb3 Aeg E squsuenseal E pS Waveform a Analysis S a 5 Summary 4 16 Tube voltage Erposure rate Tube voltage reproducibility Pass 804 Exposure reproducibility Pass 14 Exposure time reproducibility Pass 704 w124 Tube voltage reproducibility amp 260 Enf Result Pass a 30 el E 240 3 6 2 8 gt 30 2 E s 20 E qi 0 07 j 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Time ms v Waveform Waveform data S Piranha E Session E Log mode Rad test Click to compress In the standard view you have four tabs at the bottom of the screen with the window names Waveform and Waveform data on the left and Analysis and Comment on the right bottom of the screen You can organize these windows any way you like by undocking it from its current position and docking it to a new position You can undock a window by doubl
276. either add atest or checklist template from the library or create a new one How to create a new one is described in the topics New Test template and New Checklist template 8 When you have added at least one test or checklist template to your session you can start making measurements 9 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts letting you choose the equipment to test In some cases you may be asked to choose a detector s to use Detector selection End Template Start from a template in the Library The steps are Select a session template gt Select a room gt activate a test or checklist gt start to work 1 Go to the Library tab and locate the Session template folder 2 Look up the session you want to use and double click on it 3 The session wizard is now activated and it will ask you to select a room Look up the facility and click on it look up the department and click on it then select the room you want 4 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 5 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish 6 The session is now loaded and the session summary is displayed The summary shows all the tests and checklists included in the session you chose You are now ready to begin making measurements summary af AVL kvp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic que Rad test kVp Reproducibility Not started
277. em and it s parents are listed together as the tested equipment when you perform any testing Using our example above if we start a test for our image intensifier attached to the tube the report will list the generator tube and the image intensifier as the tested equipment not just the image intensifier alone even though the actual test was on the image intensifier You may not wish to include all equipment in a room in your report so you can exclude equipment by unchecking the Include in report checkbox The following equipment types are available Generator In order for a generator to be created you need to provide the following information Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 67 Generator name GE Model Serial Manufacturer Waveform type HEEE Mote 1 Note 2 Mote 3 Note 4 v Include in reports 4 Generator is active Click to compress The Generator name field is a mandatory field It is used to identify the generator in the Equipment folder You can edit the generator name field later if you want by clicking on it in the equipment tree The Waveform type field is set to HF DC by default suitable for most modern generators There are two special waveform types AMX 4 use this for GE mobile units Pulsed use this for accurate kVp measurements on pulsed fluoroscopy systems There are two checkboxes Include in reports If unchecked the generator is not listed
278. emoSessionl fte tats Performed Result Exposure kvp Accuracy suela nstay E m s and time Accuracy Checklist AJEIOM El Click here to add a hint to the session Click to compress 2 An edit window is shown where you can add the text you want You can format the text and add pictures if as you like You can also resize the window to the size you want it to have when it is shown to users in the template Once you are done click OK to close the edit window The Hint icon now shows that a hint is present in a row see the picture H You can right click on the hint and select Show to see what it looks like when it is displayed to the user End Add a test or checklist hint 1 Activate a test or checklist 2 Click on the Add hint icon located in the lower left part of the screen NOTE This icon is grayed out when there is no hint present but you can still click on it and add a hint 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 164 Main functions Summary af Exposure kvp Accuracy m s and time Accuracy Checklist 55D Focal spot finches 30 00 View Exposure norm Exposure time Exposure rate morc Sek ky Select mF ms Amin kit gt E gt Of E 0 Pi E Click to compress 2 An edit window is shown where you can add the text you want You can format the text and add pictures if as you like You can also resize the window to the size you want it to have w
279. en doing an HVL measurement Set mAs Setky mAs kv 2 5 80 Set Added filtr mm Al View Select Exposure mGy Ir p In 2 1 0 0 2341 Ir 3 2 1 0 1847 le 4 3 0 0 1588 Ir 5 4 0 0 1276 We want now to add a column that shows the relative output when we add filtration 1 Add the column User calc Calculated 2 You will need to reference the first exposure value for 0 mm Al to do the calculation and you must give this cell a name Right click in this cell Set m s Set kv mAs kv 2 5 80 Set Added filtr View Exposure User calculation Select mm Al mGy In It 3 1 0 0 23 Don t show value s In 3 2 1 0 18 Edit cell name lo 4 3 0 0 15 fan 5 aa Pe Collect waveform s i Y 0 12 Include waveform s in report Delete selected row s Force position check Hint Click to compress Select Edit cell name and name the cell to ExposureO0mmaAl 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 186 Main functions 3 You have now named the cell you want to use and the exposure column has a predefined name you can use The next step is to enter your formula The calculation you want to do is 100 Exposure0mmAI Exposure Exposure0mmAlI 4 Right click on the User calculation column heading and select Edit formula if you want to add a formula to a cell instead click on a cell and select Edit formula 5 A dialogue is shown
280. ends Show summary Click to compress 3 2 2 1 24 4 Use for analysis Each type of analysis in Ocean can be used on only one column in a test The example below will illustrate this and how you define which column to use Let s assume you are measuring exposure and you have one column with measured and one with normalized exposure values You are going to evaluate the mA linearity and you want to use the normalized exposure values to do this Your template looks like this SSD SDD Set kv cm cm ky 100 0 50 00 80 0 hal nas oe RGVME 20 77580 20 00 0 5500 2 19 00 4 750 40 00 0 4750 3 30 00 39 00 9 750 30 00 Small 0 4875 4 160 0 83 00 20 75 160 0 Small 0 5188 5 320 0 164 0 41 00 320 0 Small 0 5125 6 640 0 300 0 75 00 640 0 Small 0 4588 Click to minimize 1 The mA linearity analysis is calculating the linearity on the Exposure mAs column using the measured values and not on the normalized values as you want To get the results you want you need to change which column is used for the linearity analysis To do this right click on the Exposure norm column Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETT posure Exposure norm Tube mAs Focal spot Exposure set mAs mGy mi Show displ 11 00 En i i 19 00 4 Edit colurnn title 39 00 3 Include column in report 83 00 20 Lai Use for analysis 300 0 Alignment d Decimals Units Click
281. eo Aa 410 3 6 3 Download session templates oooooccocononicicccccnoccccnncnononcnonnnononancnnnnonnnncrnnnnnnnnacinnnnns 410 3 6 4 Inspection dates and intervals ooooooooccooocccccccccnncnnnnnnnanccnnnnnn nono non rn nn nn cnn nn nnnnnaccnnnos 410 A A a CE ON RETR ce 417 3 7 1 Import examples ee 417 3 7 2 Create support file ooooooooococononoccnococococononona conocio no nononnnnnnn nn cnn nn nnnnnnn nr nn nn rr nnnnnnnnnann 417 9 Dala Colection FONG Ma adas 417 hA ACW MEIT ida 417 3 7 5 Check for update A e Oe ee eeea e 417 SO E e a a a cede eaten eke 417 3 7 7 Import site information soisissa a aeaa 417 of AMADOR rom Excel alisar EEr EE erd hEei 425 Sll IPON TOM OR TGO e o tn 427 4 Frequently asked questions ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenne 430 A nn IA 430 A2 MASUNOG EPR yq tavsaisadeadseecdabenacanmezaatesaeaieaguntiates 431 4 3 Data export to Excel Or Cale ooo icc ceeescceeeseceeeesneeeeenneeeesseeeeessneeeesnneeeeeneeess 431 Aa TSUN e e OE 5 431 A laa alee seat on teas ta mts ett eal oe lela redhead 432 9 APPENA CRRPeee Rn RR DRE an Cen nr RESET a Berea EES 434 STE 07 0 gt en re rove Te ree OTe eee meee ee ree ener 434 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Contents BETE 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Chapter 1 Welcome to Ocean RES Welcome to Ocean 1 1 1 Welcome to Ocean Ocean is a powerful software for X ray Quality Assur
282. eport date Checklists Tester Tester Edit texts Company Company Site information Facility name Address City State province Postal code Country Facility ID Contact person E mail Phone Fax Mobile phone Department Room Facility name Address City State province Postal code Country Facility ID Contact person E mail Phone Fax Mobile phone Department Room Session summary Title Status Click to minimize Edit the texts and click Finish 6 You have now defined how the content will appear in the report when you use this Report termplate Signature define signature 1 Here you define if the report should have a signature or not Signature options Ez Require signature Require signature You will be warned if a session is not signed when you print or export it Za 2 Click OK to finish Print options setup the printer 1 Now set the Print options 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 5 2 3 5 3 ETT Main functions Print Setup Es Printer Name NRTIDCO1 Olivetti PCL Color Properties Status Ready Type Generic 25C 1 25C 1P VAL ee 5 202 Orientation a 9 Portrait Auto Landscape OK Cancel Click to minimize 2 Click OK to finish 3 You have now defined everything that is included in the report layout template RTI Demo You can also modify an existing report layout te
283. eps below 1 Use multi select to select the rows you want the meter settings to apply to Use Shift click and Ctri click to select multiple rows a To select a range of rows click on the first row you want to have in your selection b Hold down Shift and click on the last row you want to include in your selection kVp diff Exposure Exposure time Setkv Tube voltage kv Le 7 888 ni 0 5885 9877 a a ss as i 0 5444 99 28 9 9 90 37 04 0 7168 9877 w s ssas o9 08055 98 77 11 w0 100 89 O9 0 8833 98 78 12 105 10437 o6 0 383 98 77 13 110 10957 0 4 1022 98 78 u us 11514 or nus 98 7 451 120 mw 04 119 98 77 You can add more non consecutive rows to the selection 2 Hold down Ctrl and click on the rows you want to add Tube voltage kv tobi kvp diff Exposure Exposure time li Cs se on Toa 0 3776 E E 0 5179 100 100 89 12 105 104 37
284. er adjust tabs for exposure detectors or in the grid if specified as column or general setting 45 Reporting Why don t I get any waveforms in the report There are no waveforms included in the report by default You must select waveforms you want to appear in the report manually To include a waveform in the report right click on a row in the grid and select Include waveform s in report Can I exclude columns from the report Yes It is possible to exclude columns and other items from the report To exclude a column from the report right click on the column heading Uncheck Include in report to remove the column from the report Can I design my own report No The report template is fixed at this time Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Chapter 5 Appendix 434 Appendix 5 Appendix 5 1 k factors The table below shows the k factors Ocean uses There bis one factor for head and body respectively The k factors are based on data from impactctscan org Manufacturer Name kVp Head Body Elscint Exel 2400 Elect 1480 1430 GE GE Hight 80 1047 1600 GE_______ HiSpeedCT inoSmartBeam_____ 80 1047 1600 GE________ HiSpeed CT no SmartBeam GE_______ HiSpeedCT withSmariBeam____ 80 1047 2093 GE______ Pace 80 1162 2164 GE fee ____ 80 1162 2164 6 1 eo 1145 2213 1 GE p S ego 1145 2213 GE QA go 1032 1927 GE_______ llightspeed___________ 80 1032
285. esenaceeessesaeesesstnneeeeensanes 19 A o A Po A 20 A A OS RP POCO E O cds rect tepipnea mt eisnde 20 EEES ere ee ee eer ae 20 130 Database DIOWS Ora 20 AE MA AO o ee eee 24 e O A baste Aetend niet ack aee eaaa 24 1 4 2 Licence for your Meter ooo eceeeccceeeececcccccccceeeceseeeeeeececeeeeeeeeceececcceaeseseeeeeseeeeeseeeeess 24 14 3 Display ANd Connect ooo cececcceccceeeeeeeeeeseeeecececeeeseeeeeeauaaaaaaaeaseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 24 1 4 4 Professional evo cueveatoruepes decrone sedoso dele e dee eso debe ta La dee od iodinated 24 Application Men ls ici 34 SN A A E E 39 O 2 lt e e o e al 36 VARS E OOOO IMM operetta eee seeteteteedupevsnnteetiee Beeneteten 37 2A ol 1 9 ee a A A O eee eee eee 40 A 6 Sane CEE TEAR an CER NE EEE Re Tae Tener eT ae eae ner ree 41 PO DO ee ey ee een O O TNO eee eg 44 A O 45 29 io o S See meneame Ree amy ee en O II A 46 2 9 Locate data during import ANd EXPOFt 2 0 2 cece eeecccccccceeeesecceccecccececeeeceeetteeeeeeeeettnsees 54 LAME A a e el e e el de 55 Mall TUACUION Siria tido 58 AR An 58 Sk IVR eS UIC IST See ahr an te Greet Ate ct aa arte aie iene ree a tainty oases as 58 6 i SS gt ae Nae reer On Cee STeT ORE Nae A E 58 Iko EQUIPMENT S 58 3 1 4 Grid and General settings cccccccccccccccceeeceeesssceccseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeecesessseeeurseseeeeeees 58 SA PPC O EII 58 3 1 6 Start a new real time display oooooococccccccnccnccccccccnccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnn
286. esign mode is enabled You can go back to working mode again by clicking the Modify button again or by clicking the Close button Real time display These functions are used when you want to edit a real time Auto new row display template cl Add display Real time display Add display Modify current real time display Use this button if you want to add or delete displays in your real time display template Auto new row Select if you want to add new rows automatically If you have Display license level this checkbox is always checked If you have Connect or Professional license level you have the ability to create real time display templates with a specific number of rows pre defined When you use a realtime display template just make your measurements and when you wish to stop uncheck this box and no further rows will be created Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM Micelleneous gt These functions are used Ej when editing a Session or Test template Detector Protection Check IDs Miscellaneous Detector Select or change the detectors to be used When you click the Detector button the detector selection dialogue will be shown and you may select any detector you have in the list to be used with your template Read more about this in the topic Detector selection Protection Add protection to templates A session or real time template template can be protected from modification
287. essage and follow the instructions Lower status bar The lower status bar Status bar 2 is divided into five sections Piranha Real time display Ej Log mode a Battery 90 Test_Vaweform_Values_1 Available Pressure kPa Click to enlarge Section 1 left shows which meter currently is used Section 2 shows what you are working on currently Section 3 shows which working mode you are in currently Log mode is shown when you are recording data and Design mode is shown when you are creating modifying a template Section 4 shows the battery status for the connected meter Section 5 shows the title of the object you are working with currently Section 6 shows if you are connected to Ocean Central Section 7 shows air pressure only Barracuda with EMM Bias W delivered before March 1 2012 EMM Bias W modules delivered after this date doesn t have any sensor and will not report the air pressure IMPORTANT Design mode If you are working in Design mode no measured data is saved when you click the save button Only the empty template is saved in this mode Log mode If you are in Log mode everything is saved including the measured data Database browser All your data measured sessions measured real time displays and templates are stored in the database The database is divided into two main parts Measurements and Library In Measurements are measured sessions and real time displays stored and in the Library a
288. estore the default screen layout Screen layout Font Select main font size Font size selection is not available in this version of Ocean Show keyboard indicator Indicates that a column needs manual keyboard input es Tube voltage Exposure norm ky nay gt 1 2 t Keyboard indicator When you use Ocean without a Piranha or Barracuda or if you don t have a certain detector for the job you have the option to use this function to mark columns that will need to have values entered into them manually The special columns requiring input from you via the keyboard are marked with a green outline as you see on the above picture Show detector name in column heading Show the detector name in the column heading This checkbox is used to show or hide the detector name in the column heading diff e Sa mAs diff Ht Piranha MM A4A5 1 Probe Set m s 25 00 50 00 50 00 60 00 Displays zE chow detectar lba These are the functions you will use to connect or disconnect a ETR workbook to a session or to a real Position Color Size time display Displays Position Select position for the displays Ocean provides three options Left Right or Center for display positioning 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESTE Main functions ia Expone Erpa bee 0 7916 may 146 2 Me A al be ee bom EA 2 eo TE eee eo Iei la Pes Pi
289. etk Tube voltane Select kV ki Show display In d cdit column title T ee gt a e pee Include column in report In 4 70 69 Include column in spreadsheet exports Ic 3 fa LET Mame this value A 6 80 Usefor analysis i 5 Set walue for selected rows ln g 95 95 Alignment Ir 10 100 100 Decimals b i ii 105 104 Units eL i2 110 109 T 2 Uncheck the Include column in report option and that column will be excluded from the report 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Main functions Include waveforms No waveforms are included in the report by default You can include waveforms using the following steps 1 Select a row or use multi row select to select multiple rows 2 Right click on the selected row s and a drop down menu will appear as in the picture below Exposure Exposure time mGy ms In ci E A E ZO a cc a 3 lr 4 70 69 77 Don t show value s lr 5 75 7542 Edit cell name EL 5 80 80 88 ln a5 3451 Y Collect waweform s le 8 30 0 37 Include waveform s in report lr 3 35 95 83 Delete selected row s A ai E ae Force position check lr 11 105 104 37 a d lr iz 110 109 57 E lr 13 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 98 78 3 To include waveforms in the report check Include waveform s in report the waveforms in the report Included waveforms are indicated directly in the grid 2 60 60 i a 5 4 4 70 6
290. ettings Appearance Show hints automatically Luna 14 Session V Real time display lt a E Show inactive records W Test E Checklist Meter preferences Favorites screen wi o Defaults Manual ER ippo Use inspection scheduler i 1 At startup a Default units gt Al Show Generator information with Session name in tee Always a Show Tube information with Session name in tee Free texts oe ee Office suite F Auto scroll analysis Reports Microsoft Excel E Confirm exit F Show warnings for uncompensated values Locate records during import using Name Language American English V Backup database at startup F Show warning dialog if document license becoming more restrictive Rows each test uses W Auto Office document waveform size small Click to compress Appearance Select the color scheme for Ocean Luna is recommended Show inactive records The default is checked If unchecked items set to inactive in the database are not shown Favorites screen Defines when the user wants to see the Favorites list Three choices are available always only at start up or only when the Favorites button is clicked Office suite User selection to use Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc with the Connect and Professional license levels Locate records during User selection to locate items by Name or by ID Default is that import usin
291. ext here 3 2 2 2 2 4 Text This window is shown when you want to add a question with a pass fail text value Checklist tem type Text Question Click to compress Question type the question text here 3 2 2 2 2 5 Number This window is shown when you want to add a question with a pass fail numerical value Checklist item type Number m Question Must be greater than 0 00 Must be less than 0 00 Click to compress Question type the question text here Must be greater than Lowest allowed value optional Must be less than Highest allowed value optional 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 2 2 2 2 6 User defined MEN Main functions Checklist item type User defined x Cuestion Fail type Default Recommendation oK OK OK OK OK OK Click to compress This checklist item type enables you to cerate your own question with up to six possible answers Radio buttons will be used to offer a simple and quick way to answer the user defined questions You can choose Fail OK or Warning definition for each answer Question type the question text here Answer type the answer text here Fail type this is a pull down menu you can select between OK Fail Warning Default you can chose one to be the default answer Recommendation the text you type here is shown automatically if Fail or Warning is indicated 3 2 2 2 3 Modify a question In this example we will show
292. ext measurement The cursor is moved to the next row in the grid Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETEN It is possible to capture the data by clicking the capture button during a long exposure F PON gl gt gt Rad test 21 i l Ww Measure Data link Appearance Reporting Help A Clear row Ey E Get waveforms i a i Clear all Exposure assistant Connect Reset Detector Favorites E e L Close Edit Measure Click to minimize When you click the Capture button the data in the grid and the displays freeze and a waveform is acquired Once you captured the data you can either turn off the exposure or you can resume measuring by clicking the Start button located to the left of the Capture button If you turn off the exposure the meter recognizes this and moves on to the next row 3 1 18 2 Free run The free run mode has no trigger level so it is ideally suited for measuring very low signals In this mode the meter will start measuring even if there is no signal Use the Start button to begin the measurement As soon as you pressed the Start button Ocean will start to display measured data and you can use the Capture button to save it at any time Free run gives you access to an additional sensitivity range caled Very high sensitivity see Meter Adjust for more information A Moving average function is also available to further stabilize the readings Note No waveform is ava
293. fault layout is already selected automatically you can now change to another layout from the drop down list make local changes to this session template by clicking on the Edit header amp Footer Content or Print options button If you do local changes these changes are only affecting the current session 3 2 2 4 Supporting documentation You can attach supporting documentation to a session template to a test checklist template and to an real time display template We define supporting documentation as e Attached PDF files MS Word files or any other file that can be opened on the computer or e Links to web pages Attached documents are embedded into the object template it is attached to Be careful if you attach large documents since many copies may occur in the Ocean database if you use the template frequently You can attach information to your session two ways e To the session Summary page e TO individual tests checklists When you attach something to the session on the summary page the information is accessible from all tests checklists in the session If you attach information to one of the tests checklists this information is only accessible when using the test checklist to which the information was attached To add a supporting document to a session or a test checklist follow the instructions below 1 If you are in design mode click on the paper clip 2 A dialogue such as the picture below will appear
294. ference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions E Result Pass Set kV 120 kV Geometric efficiency 66 7 Beam width FWHM 27 7 mm CTDI 100 83 21 mGy E E S am Gi Z E F Ex Click to compress Default pass fail criteria When you add the CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Min Max Geometric efficiency k Beam width FWHM mm No default limits are specified you must fill out limit If you leave a limit blank not test for that criteria is done Default result 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 334 Main functions Result Pass Set kV 120 kV Geometric efficiency 66 7 Beam width FWHM 2 mm CTDI 100 83 21 mGy Click to compress Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text CTDI helical scan free in air analysis looks like this Title Result TestResult Set kV boetkWV kV Geometric efficiency GeometricEficiency o Beam width FWHM BeamWidthF WHM mm CTDI 100 0 710 1100 SUnitCTDI100 DoseProfileGraph This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference
295. fessional Display and Connect The example below shows how to start a real time display from the Favorites screen You can load any real time display template from the Library tab at any time Read the topic Start a new real time display for a complete description of how this is done To start a real time display from the Favorites screen follow the instructions below 1 Connect the meter to your computer or make sure that you have a Bluetooth connection 2 Power on your meter 3 Start Ocean If it is the very first time you start Ocean a Start up wizard will be shown Provide the information required by the wizard 4 When the wizard is done the Favorites window see below is shown Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 27 due Select favorite Templates kVp amp Exp Rad kVp Exprate Pulsed flu Tube voltage O kW Horal pm Wo Exposure Oo moy Mo 30 ym Ho Detectors Piranha Exposure time O ms Moi pm Mo Exposure rabe O mey s MEG ym Mo Click to enlarge 5 Select a real time display suitable for the work you want to do and that is available to your meter You will see the available choices on the left side of the screen under the Templates heading see picture above 6 Click OK 7 Ocean will now connect to your meter and load the chosen real time display a FEBE Messe Dep Duik Apermoe Reporting Hep T seeazegeaa ao o2 of 98 9
296. figure Ocean to use Ocean Central before you can use Ocean Central Normally you get instructions for how to do this from the Administrator of Ocean Central To setup Ocean to use the Central 1 Go to the Program options Recent documents Hew jo Test Vaweform Values 1 Real time display Ee CTOP_Test_ Test template Rad test March 2011 Session Save Ir 3 Test Real time display Save as Hb lF UserCalcExamples Session 5 Mammography test Session Print b jon UserCalcExample Real time display ProfTestinDisplay_1 Real time display template VerifyCTOPCalc_1 Session _ OA Rad room Session template Export b WO Go Import Close E Ye a ly ll a Click to minimize 2 Select Central database and follow the instructions you have got from the Administrator 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 412 Main functions fae Options General settings Ocean Data Management System used Preferences Connection Ocean server name or IP Port Meter preferences ATIWSOAO 7000 Defaults Login Password Default units ulf HEBE Reports A Indude PDF when submitting a session to the Central Database Room inspection interval amp dates Central database Click to minimize 3 When you have entered settings click on Test connection to see that you are connected 4 If all works the following message should be shown Information I Co
297. fter delay z a L Delay ms B q 3 E Window ms Click to compress The most frequently used settings are the sensitivity adjustments and these are shown first If you want to see more settings for the internal detector click on More Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 97 Meter HE Waveform recording time 1024 ms 2 kSa s Start storing after delay Pl Delay ms E Window ms Fost delay 250 ms Measuring mode Use set value Frames Frames s Waveform type From equipment info Trigger source E individually Trig level time Click to compress The meter settings you see on the meter tabs to the right are valid for the active row in the grid only Each row can have its own settings that may be different from the rows above or below t Piranha fel 3 View Set Added filtr Exposure Serial E Select Piranha mi Piranha Dose TF sensitivity 1 0 0 0 3006 2 1 0 0 234 Low High 3 2 0 0 1847 4 ott 0 1388 amd kVp sensitivity a ae 0 E Low High Meter settings are p More valid for the active Click to compress The meter settings are saved in the template and will be remembered the next time you repeat the same measurement using the same template 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 98 Main functions If you want to apply the same meter settings to several rows you can do it by following the st
298. functions Adjust corresponding detector by opening its Meter tab in this case was the Piranha Dose Probe used Piranha Dose Probe lt 15 Serial 9999 sensitivity 3 Low High Calibration Beam correction factor ll A LINA IN p More Change the Sensitivity from High to Low and repeat the exposure End Warnings for uncompensated values Normally measured values are automatically compensated e Measured kVp is compensated for the amount of filtration in the beam e Measured dose values are compensated based on kVp and total filtration If a value can t be compensated a warning is shown for the corresponding row e eree om A Al Tees 80 0 0 00 16 56 J A A 80 0 0 00 16 36 Piranha Dose Probe 5555 Filtration is out of range Best possible energy compensation selected In In 4 80 0 5 00 If you are using a real time display the warning is also shown in the display Exposure 16 36 mGy WIS mm Al End lb User or system errors A dialogue box such as you see below is displayed when a system error occurs It explains what the problem is Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE Error es 3 l The connection with your meter seems to be lost Please ensure that your meter has power check the cable and restart You can just click OK and continue measuring in many cases and the problem will probably not recur If you see
299. g column must be present in the template Update all rows 4 Now we want to modify the layout to show the results of the new calculation Click on the More button to start the analysis setup wizard then click the Next button twice to come to the Define analysis result text selection You will see a window like the one below showing what is in the blue band which is the default text but we now need to modify it to talk about the new calculation we just added The paragraph above the default text is an example text you may want to use to describe your modified analysis results What we did was change one word absolute to relative in the paragraph and all of a sudden we are now talking about something else When we are done we ll just click Finish to end the setup wizard and save our changes re Analysis Setup KV accuracy Seen ene aie Define analysis result text Define analysis result E K 0 01 BES B Define analysis result text mash cate 10 a Title Result FTestResult Maximum felatna inaccuracy is SMaxRelDiff AbsDifAtMaxRelDiff fnit at boetyalueAthlaxRelDitt fnit Limit bLoLimithlaxRelDift to HiLimithlaxRelDrt to bisraphRel aximum absolute inaccuracy is SMaxAbsDiff at d5et ValueAtMaxAbsDiff Unit Limit LoLimitMaxAbs Diff Unit to SHiLimitMaxAbsDitf Unit TGraph bs Two blank rows Enter the Analysis comment 2 Failing rows Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Ma
300. g items are located by Name Language Select language only American English is presently available Backup of database at If this box is checked a back up of the databse will be performed start up every time you start Ocean Show warning dialog if A message is shown when saving a document if the required license document license level to open it again is raised becoming more restrictive Rows each test uses Space allocated for each test when a complete session is dumped to Excel or Calc Office document waveformSelect size for waveform pictures that are exported to Excel or Calc size Show hints automatically If this is checked hints are shown automatically Auto start session If checked the session starts automatically when it is opened Use inspection scheduler Enable the option to set inspection dates You will also be reminded to set the next date when you start an inspection Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NT Show Generator name Show the generator name with the session name in the room s with session name in the Measurements folder tree Show Tube information Show tube information with the session name in the room s with Session names in the Measurements folder tree Auto scroll analysis When a one row analysis AGD CTDP helical scan in phantom CT DP helical scan free in air and QuickKHVL the analysis automatically scrolls to show the analysis Confirm exit Show a dialque before
301. ge numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 Other Print mode Primt E pages i l gt Default Order Direct 1 9 Duplex Default ll Print on sheet Default Click to compress You can select the following e the printer you want to use and set its properties e which pages to print e number of copies Preview The preview function can be found by hovering your mouse cursor over the print function in the drop down menu on the Application button Choose the preview option if you want to check your work before printing You are able to print directly from the preview window or you do have the option to store your work in a PDF file If you choose to create a PDF file a file save dialogue is shown allowing you to give a name to your work and to specify a destination anywhere on your computer network or mobile media 2 5 Export This function is used export items sessions real time displays and templates to an external file or via e mail as an attachment The export and import functions enable you to easily share your work with your colleagues and regulatory authorities 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual N gt E Export measurements LJ di Export session and Real time display measurements Save Export templates C gt Export templates From the library Save as Su Special m Export sites i Print p gt Export only sites ao Export lt gt Import
302. ged with the exposure 5 Once the dump is complete you can save your new workbook Every time you click on Send data all data from the Ocean grid will be dumped into Excel or Calc beginning at the selected cell In the example above we started with a new workbook so the data will be dumped beginning at cell Al Send a session The Send Session function is used when you want to do a data dump from a session to a workbook without any special need to control where the data goes For this example let s assume that you have an active session Summary HL kVp Reproducibility Radiographic questions Rad test ap O E HL 2011 03 23 Pass KVp Reproducibility 2011 03 23 Pass J kvp Accuracy Finished 2011 03 21 Fail Radiographic questions Finished Fai Click to compress 1 Go to the Data link page on the ribbon bar 2 Click the Send Session button Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 383 3 3 6 Send Add Remove Session ki Workbook 3 A dialogue will appear giving you two choices You will be asked to choose between opening a blank spreadsheet this opens a new workbook or open a specific spreadsheet file this will allow you to browse your way to the correct file on your computer and open it You must select one to continue Select Office spreadsheet file y No Office file has been associated with or em
303. gn process It may be a little bit slower to make measurements during design time as Ocean must talk to the meter frequently and this slows Ocean down a bit Using keyboard mode you will see a virtual meter during the design process This virtual meter has access to all detectors and probes we have for the Piranha and Barracuda but the down side is that you may not have all the detectors yourself When you design a real time display using keyboard mode make sure you only select detectors and probes that your own meter has The big bonus in using keyboard mode is that template design goes much faster as Ocean doesn t have to communicate with the meter all the time You should also make sure that Ocean uses the correct virtual meter when you are in keyboard mode The meter type is shown on the left side of the status bar 2 The following example will show you how to set up a real time display with the meter connected we used a Piranha but the process is exactly the same for the Barracuda In this example we want to measure kVp time HVL TF exposure and exposure rate and will design a real time display showing all the values we want to measure Feel free to follow along and create the real time display with us by using the following steps 1 Go to the application button and select New real time display 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 248 Main functions 2 You can now select an existing template or create a new re
304. h your work quickly To design a test template involves the following steps 1 Create the grid with the columns and general settings you need 2 Enter set values in your test template 3 Change order of columns 4 Format numbers and change units for different parameters 5 Modify meter settings according to measurement requirements 6 Add supporting information documents and web links 7 Add analysis with pass fail criteria 3 2 2 1 1 Create grid and general settings The general description of the grid is found in the Grid and general settings topic The first step when designing any template is to create the grid rows and columns and the general settings optional You can design a template while you have your meter connected or while you are in Keyboard mode with the meter not connected There are advantages and disadvantages to both options but the final result and the function of your template will be the same in both cases Meter connected If you have your meter connected you will see exactly which modules detectors and calibrations your meter has and you can build the template to suit your meter specifically Also you can if you happen to be in an X ray room start making measurements while you design the template to make sure the template functions exactly the way you intended it to function The draw back to creating templates while Ocean is connected is that template creating is somewhat slower as Ocean will
305. hat you are measuring HVL using the following test Summary aff HVL kVp Reproducibility Radiog Set mAs Set kV mAs kv 2 5 60 View Set Added filtr Exposure Select mm Al mGy i Pro 0 0 EL 2 1 0 0 2341 lr 3 2 0 0 1847 EL 4 3 0 0 1588 EL 5 4 0 0 1276 The analysis text looks like this Half Value Layer Result Pass WVL ts 3 190 mm Al WVL limit minimum 2 300 mm Al Estimated total filtration 3 219 mm Al THU E z 30 m a 60 E 40 E i o 20 a a 0 0 0 5 1 0 15 20 25 3 0 35 40 Filtration mm Al Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 202 Main functions Assume that we want to add the following text to the analysis It should be placed below the graph Measured exposure with 0 mm Al was X XXX mGy Do the following 1 Right click on the first cell in the Exposure column 2 Select Edit cell name from the menu 3 Give the cell the name Exposure_0_mm_Al and click OK 4 Now right click on the analysis 5 From the menu select Modify analysis or trend and select the Half Value Layer analysis 6 Click on the More button 7 A wizard starts click on next until you come to the Define analysis result text page ha vo Ea Half Value Layer So A ie Define analysis result text Define analysis result z 4 T T B c Title E Result Result AVL is CalcHVL mm Al AVL limit minimum MinHVL mm Al Estim
306. he detector gets radiation or trigger for some other reason You can use it for example when you use fluoro and the monitor to position a detector on the image intensifier Position check Verify that your kVp detector is positioned correctly You can use this to verify that the kVp detector is correctly positioned in the X ray field It is always recommended to use this function but it is especially important in the situations described below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 60 Main functions e Whenever you measure on mammography after every change of target filter e For all small X ray fields or when there is a risk that the entire detector may not be irradiated for example CT and dental e If the detector is positioned very close to the focus point The position check results are not stored with the measured data If you wish to store this value you can add a special column to your test and the position check results will be saved with the test in a column of its own Position check is always initiated automatically for mammography This function can be turned of in the Program options Meter infromation Get meter information Click on this button if you want to know more about the connected meter and Ocean The following information is provided e Meter DLL location and version e Ocean version Meter serial number Hardware versions Model Calibrations Charging of Barracuda If you are using Barracu
307. he ribbon bar Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE DE Measure 4l Design Data link Appearance Reporting Ce Show keyboard indication Show detector name in column heading Positi Screen Click to com press 3 2 2 1 24 Advanced analysis To further customize your analysis you can change the title the result text defaults are Pass and FAIL and the result text layout We ll show you how to do these customizations in this page Let s assume we have a template like the picture below This is a pretty standard kV measurement template with an accuracy analysis that you would use in your field of work Mew Set ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select kY kY ms imay b E 2 60 61 2 2 0 3 80 78 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 NOTE The above is a template that has already been used as it contains measurements and analysis calculations A test template is normally empty contains no measurements or analysis calculations The picture below shows the details of what the accuracy analysis looks like with the default settings We are going to use Ocean s advanced analysis customization ability to make this analysis look more like what we want Analysis Summary Tube voltage accuracy FAIL Tube voltage accuracy Result FAIL Maximum
308. he upper left corner of the block you want to create links for 2 Switch to Ocean Click select the upper left cell in the block you want to create links for Kv UY J 50 49 69 0 6 55 55 13 0 2 65 64 33 1 0 70 69 77 2 3 3 Hold down the left mouse button and move the mouse pointer to the lower right corner The selected cells are marked You can also hold down the Shift key and click on the cell in the lower right corner of the block 4 The selected cells are now highlighted dark blue see picture below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions View f SetkY Tube voltage kvpdiff Exposure Exposure time Select kV kv mGy ms Poio 50 0 6 49 69 0 2070 100 8 2 55 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 3 0 60 60 62 1 0 0 3330 98 27 4 65 64 33 1 0 0 3776 98 27 5 70 69 77 0 3 0 4390 98 77 6 75 75 42 0 6 0 5179 99 27 7 80 80 88 1 1 0 5885 08 77 8 85 34 61 0 5 0 644 99 28 g 90 90 37 0 4 0 7168 98 77 10 95 95 83 0 9 0 8055 98 77 11 100 100 89 0 9 0 8833 98 78 12 105 104 37 0 6 0 9383 98 77 13 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 98 78 14 115 115 14 0 1 1 115 98 78 15 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 Click to minimize 5 Make sure that Direction Down or Across is set in the way you want 6 Right click anywhere on the selected block to get a menu From the menu select the Link selected cell s to Office spreadsheet option 7 All the cells are now linked to the spreadsheet i so 49 69 0 6 0 2070
309. hen t is shown to users in the template Once you are done click OK to close the edit window The Hint icon now shows that a hint is present in a row see the picture H You can right click on the hint and select Show to see what it looks like when it is displayed to the user End Add a row hint 1 Right click on a row and select Hint then Add 2 An edit window is shown where you can add the text you want You can format the text and add pictures if as you like You can also resize the window to the size you want it to have when t is shown to users in the template Once you are done click OK to close the edit window The Hint icon now shows that a hint is present in a row see the picture 55D Focal spot inches 30 00 hal view Exposure norm Exposure time Exposure rate norm Set ky Select mF ms Amin kY gt i Jom Of E Ww Pi Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE You can right click on the hint and select Show to see what it looks like when it is displayed to the user End Edit or delete a hint Right click on the hint indicator and select Edit or Delete from the menu 3 2 2 1 11 Change cell color You can change color background and font on individual cells in the grid to increase visibility on the computer screen kVp diff Exposure Exposure time mGy Tube voltage kv View fSelect Setkv
310. hen you add the AEC field balance analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown By default is only maximum difference from the mean value tested If Exposure is used Maximum diff YS From mean value 10 0 Of Maximum coefficient of variation We If O D is used Maximum diff 0 0 From mean value 10 15 OD Maximum coefficient of variation o E You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameter Coefficient of variation Default result Exposure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EM Main functions AEC field balance Result Pass 3 Cc T5 E E a Exposure Largest deviation from mean o 69 Mean value 2 251 mGy standard deviation 0 1331 mGy Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC field balance analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Graph Largest deviation from mean UnitForDeviation MaxDevFromMean Mean value SMean v alue Unit Standard deviation StandardDeviation Unit This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are
311. hilips Philips BigBore 90 1113 1906 Picker Pickert2008x______________ 80 3008 Picker Picker Ultraz 80o 1076 3328 Philips Philips Marconi Mx8000 90 1 096 1888 Marconi Marconi m8000 eo 1098 1888 Marconi Marconi Mx8000 140 1653 Shimadzu Shimadzu scCT _ 80 1134 2470 Siemens____ SiemensDRG__________ 15 Siemens____ SiemensDRG1 _________ 15 Siemens Somatom Plus 4 Series 80 1100 2047 __ Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Appendix 437 Siemens Siemens Volume Zoom 80 1201 2135 Siemens Access CL 80 1201 2135 Siemens EmotionDuo____________ _ 80 1108 1951 Siemens Sensation4____________ _ 80 1156 1939 Siemens Sensation4____________ 140 1602 Siemens Sensaton16 80 1142 1893 Siemens Sensation18______________ 140 1584 Siemens Sensation 16 Straton 80 1258 1893 Siemens_____ Sensation 16 Straton 140 1571 Siemens Emotion6______________ _ 80 0821 1751 Siemens Sensaton10 80 1155 1893 Siemens Sensation10 140 1584 Siemens Sensation Open___________ _ 80 1 071 1812 Siemens_____ Sensation Open___________ 140 1558 Siemens Sensaton64 80 1 042 1684 Siemens Sensation64 140 1538 Siemens Definition aS 80 1054 1851 Toshiba Xpress GX Pre 98 120 1035 Toshiba Aquilion Multis 80o 1117 2072 Toshiba_____ Asteion Multi older tube 80 1141
312. how to modify a question Let s assume that we discovered a spelling error in a question and want to correct it Follow the steps below View Question Ansuner Select OPERATOR PROTECTION 1 gt ES 3 Exposure switch mounted properly A Sa Gloves and aprons available Gloves and aprons in good condition PATIENT PROTECTION Gonadal protection provided Technique charts avai Filter permanently ing AREA SURYEY Approved warning sign on doors EQUIPMENT Collimation Functioning properly Audible exposure signal Rar warning sign on unit All controls meters lights and indicators working Click to compress 1 Go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and click the Edit question button 2 Select the row with the spelling error by clicking in the left column View Select 3 Correct the question text in the question edit window The question edit window looks like the Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 219 picture below ANSEF Checklist tem type Yeso or E ino Result when answer ls Mo 2 Fail Warning O OK Defaut answer None Mo es Recommendation Click to compress 4 Quit edit mode by clicking on the Close button or click on the Edit question button again 3 2 2 2 4 Add delete rows You add delete rows in checklist templates the same way as you add delete rows in a test template Learn more by reading how to add delete rows in te
313. how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AGD ACR test using traditional HVL measurement This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated with a traditional HVL measurement by adding filters until the measured dose is reduced to half Set ky Compr paddle Mo 30 rn Mo Mo 30 um Mo Mo S0 um Mo Morag um Mo Mora um Mo Mora um Mo Morag um Mo 5 300 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions Half Value Layer HL is 0 343 mim Al AGD ACR Result Pass AGO for Mof30 pm Mo at 60 kY is 09940 moy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 33 mm Al Entrance surface alr kerma ESAR 5 300 moy This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated by using the Quick HVL Quick HVL is the HVL value measured one exposure the 1 shot HVL All measured data are acquired with one exposure Set kV Compr paddle 1 Mo 30 um Mo Half Value Layer HL is 0 343 mm Al AGD ACR Result Pass AGO for Mof30 pm Mo at 4b 0 kY is 09940 moy Max allowed is 3 000 mGy Half value layer 0 33 mm Al Entrance surface alr kerma ESAR 5 300 moy Default pass fail criteria When you add the AGD ACR analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Maximum average glandular dose 44D 3 000 may Default result Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01
314. hown if ID s are used to identify facilities departments room and equipment Here are objects that are missing ID shown 3 1 16 Update inspection dates If you are setup to use Ocean Central and it is decided that inspection dates are set centrally from server this button is enabled Click the button to update your local inspection dates 1 Click on the button 2 Wait until the process is finished A message is shown Information Room inspection schedule has been updated 3 Click OK to finish Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETTE 4 The To do list will now show all dates and any upcoming or due inspections will be marked 3 1 17 Update session site nformation It is possible to update the site information in a session that is started and or finished This may be needed if the site information in the database was incorrect or incomplete when the measurement was done that is when the session was started In this case you may want to complement correct the site information in the database and after that update all session To do this 1 Locate the session you want to update the site information for 2 Right click on it 3 Select Update session site information from the menu a Test bay a la Equipment a 7 Measurements E 2011 08 04 7 i Open Delete View report PDF Click to compress 4 A dialogue box is shown Click OK to accept or Cancel to abort 3 1 18
315. hown when the user imports the data Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu 43 Click Finish when you are ready and the export file will be generated with an ome extension and you will be asked to choose a file name and location to store the file If you chose the option to send the file via e mail your e mail program will be opened and a blank e mail started with the ome file added as an attachment All you have to do now is to complete the e mail and then send it Exporting templates Use this type of export when you want to export templates sessions tests checklists and real time displays To begin the export process click on the Application button then hover the mouse over the export function from the drop down menu see picture above You will be offered three choices export measurements export templates and export sites To export templates follow the two easy steps as described below Step 1 When you select the Export templates option a wizard starts automatically to allow you to select the items from your library that will be exported Select all items you wish to export You can select individual templates or right click on a folder and select Export In the later case all templates in that folder and below will be selected for export Click on the Next button to continue Step 2 Once your selection is made the next screen will offer you a choice between creating a file only or
316. i Cover fern Cite Tests Site information Site information Use drag and drop Checklists v Session summary Session summary lt j to ch nge order of Edit texts v Comment Comment a ges males sections Include exclude Change titles sections here Click to minimize Ocean Reference Manual 404 Main functions Click Next when you are ready 3 In the next step you can in the same way modify the look of tests due Edit report content Lo Options Tests Cover secion le Tests Test date Checklists Tested equipment Tested equipment Edit texts Summary Summary Measurements Measurements Waveforms Analysis Analysis Comments Comments Test equipment used Test equipment used wf a Cd wf Cd Cd Cal W Add pagebreak Gan Click to minimize Click Next when you are ready 4 In the next step you can in the same way modify the look of checklists dae Edit report content Options Check ists Cover Tests w Test date D Checklists Tested equipment Tested equipment Edit texts Summary Summary Questionnaire Questionnaire Analysis Analysis Comments Comments Cd Cal a Cd Add pagebreak Gs JLo Cons Click to minimize Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 405 Click Next when you are ready 5 In the next step you can modify all fixed texts that appear in the report dae Edit report content Options Edit texts Cover Tests Header Report date R
317. iate detector to use Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 145 Select detector calibration for Exposure Sele Collapse Expand Piranha WHS mm Al B Piranha Dose Probe WHS 20 mm Al Wis mma Piranha Light Probe luminance ambient light Luminance CAT B Piranha MAS5 1 Probe m m s B Piranha MAS 2 Probe m m s Click to compress If you are in Keyboard mode and use a Piranha the detector selection window looks like the picture above All possible detectors with their calibrations capable of measuring exposure time are listed Detectors calibrations you have used already are highlighted in green You want to measure the exposure time with the same detector as you use for the tube voltage so click on Piranha W 3 mm Al to select it then press OK to move to the next window The last column we need for our example template is an Exposure column We ll find one of these in the Exposure group of columns Let s open the Exposure group of columns and choose the Exposure Measured column to complete our list of columns For a detector choice we ll use the same detector as we did before Click on the W 3 mm Al choice and press OK to continue with the wizard 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Select detector calibration for Exposure ax Collapse Expand o bewa mm Al 5 Piranha Dose Probe oo WS 20 mm Al WHS mm l Click to compress NOTE If y
318. iation or O D depending on method used Graph Graphical representation of results 0nit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity Calculations There are no calculations 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 374 Main functions Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC density correction analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation Set density This is the density setting 3 3 Data link The functions you need when you want to send data to Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc are located on the Data link tab of the Ribbon bar You can select Excel or Calc in the Program options Functions are divided into two different groups Data link a These functions are related Direction E gt n to exporting data to a Auto send spreadsheet Send Waveform data W Show linked cells eae Data link Send data Send data manually to a spreadsheet You can manually send data to a spreadsheet by using this button The data will be sent to the spreadsheet according to the currently selected data export mode Direction Manually select direction to fill the spreadsheet horizontal vertical Data can be sent using the Down or Across direction This is used only when you are not using direct linking between cells in Ocean and in Microsoft Excel
319. ick on the Close button to close the trend window 10 If you want to see the same trend again just click on the upper part of the Trend button on the ribbon bar If you click on the lower part select View from the sub menu 11 If you want to see the trend results from another analysis click on the lower part of the trend button and select New If you want to include trend analysis in your report please refer to the topic Add trend analysis History History is used to quickly find similar measurements done before in the same room as you currently are working in You can also use the History function to find a previous measurement and copy an old test into the session you are currently working with View previous measurements To view previous measurements 1 Assume that you have done repeated measurements over time in a room 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual RETOS Main functions a Room A E Equipment Measurements 2 Rad test Jan 2011 Rad test June 2011 F Rad test March 2011 2 Rad test May 2011 ES Rad test Oct 2010 ie 2 You are working with the session from June 2011 and you want to see how the tube voltage accuracy analysis you have done before Activate the kVp accuracy test ipa Eig Dak ape Reprin i a he how _ Y Gel eat del tie Const t tart a Dmir Frer Figtorg Trend z ub chee Heber Pde Sau Compare Pisses i Keyboard Summary eta esp repeat af
320. ield balance Exposure AEC density correction Exposure 3 2 5 3 3 Exposure win Measured This is the measured exposure during the meters window time There are several detectors that can measure exposure dose You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Please refer to the meter manual for the definition of window time This column can be used with the following analysis Accuracy Exposure Reproducibility Exposure AEC kV compensation Exposure AEC mA compensation Exposure AEC reproducibility Exposure AEC reciprocity Exposure AEC field balance Exposure AEC density correction Exposure Warning Make sure you understand how this parameter works before using it to avoid incorrect results 3 2 5 3 4 Exposure norm Measured This is the normalized normalized to a certain distance measured exposure There are several detectors that can measure exposure rate dose You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units To get the exposure normalized the columns SDD and SSD are required If both the SDD and SSD columns are not present this column gives the same value as the Exposure Measured column The exposure value can also be normalized to a certain mAs value
321. iff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Pulse width diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean Note You can just rename the column headings to Frame if you want to use this instead of Pulse 3 2 5 11 1 Set pulse w idth Set value This is the pulse width set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of pulse width You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 273 Accuracy Pulse width 3 2 5 11 2 Pulse w idth Measured This is the measured pulse width This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of pulse width This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Pulse width Reproducibility Pulse width 3 2 5 11 3 Pulse w idth diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for pulse width The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Pulse width diff 100 Pulse width Measure Set pulse width Set pulse width This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Pulse width relative 3 2 5 11 4 Pulse width diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for pulse width The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Pulse width diff A Pulse width Measured Set pulse width
322. ilable when you use Free run mode When Free run mode is used you must start the measurement manually by clicking the Start button To use Free run mode 1 When Free run is active the following is shown on the ribbon bar when you are on a new row Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help 1 ae A Ma La O Clear raw E a Get waveforms TeS F 3 mt E a Exposure assistant apture Position Meter Detector Favorites check info Meter Edit Measure Connect Reset Se Free run mode Ready I ka dii aj So AE A A ee ee Se 1 a E LAIA ON Salar LOOP Allo OO Shall COMBO cl ALA Click to minimize 2 Click Start when you are ready to begin measuring Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help X i Clear row jo Get waveforms a b UI d Clear all Exposure assistant Connect Reset Position Meter Detectar Favorites check info i Close Meter Edit Measure Click to minimize 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 14 Main functions 3 Click Capture when the measured values are stable and you want to capture the data 4 When you click the Capture button the data in the grid and the displays freeze If you want to keep it turn off exposure Measure Design Data link appearance Reporting Help gt O f Clear row A Get waveforms A Measured pre Y E A 2 gt et a A i E Clear all 7 Exposure assistant 3 Connect Reset Start Posi
323. ility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure Measured Exp mean Exp mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Exposure 3 2 5 3 7 Exposure diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for exposure The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure diff A Exposure Measured Set exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure absolute 3 2 5 4 Exposure rate This group of columns is related to the measurement of exposure rate Set exposure rate Set value Exposure rate norm Normalized measured value Exposure rate Measured value Exposure rate win Measured value during the window Exposure rate diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Exposure rate diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Exposure rate diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean 3 2 5 4 1 Set exposure rate Set value This is the exposure rate set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of exposure rate You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure rate 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 262 Main functio
324. ill automatically ask you to perform a position check Trending Trending is used to compare how a certain parameter change over time You can do instant trending at any time and you can also add trending to a test and get the result in your report The trend analysis is based on the equipment in the room you are currently working in To do trend analysis 1 Assume that you have done repeated measurements over time in a room 4 Room A gt y Equipment dal Measurements F Rad test Jan 2011 2 Rad test June 2011 E Rad test May 2011 E Rad test Oct 2010 2 You are working with the session from June 2011 and you want to see how the tube voltage accuracy is changing over time Activate the kVp accuracy test Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RETOS er gn Dl ee Heip a 3 Stirs fe GEen 4 a i pm 4 SO peter Comet E tart Dki Perrin bisior Trend z ub chee gt a eter Edi Bewara Compare Pas a Keyboard rr Sua y evi eproducislty af ive Ar Radiographic questions se da o nt few E A eal g i i a Espoure Espouro bra 5 l barril fe E E i ET di ANA 10 5 E m E a i bz aH bike a E 3 688 wa Lo Eiin E 3 Hs E E 7 E a E a E E E E E E Wirio El air z j Tubo voltage atomni FAL E Tubo volea enceracy w pat Fee FAL F f S a Esa nat 3 A e ar i 7 i ir i ar a zir i E zita 00 a t a ME dep 7 Es
325. ime the real time display is saved It is not possible to change the location of the real time display using this function If you want to change the name and or location you must first close the real time display and then move it by using the drag and drop feature of the database tree If you want to save the real time display as a template no measured data use Save as function Working with a template When you press Save the template is saved no measured data You will be asked to specify a name and location ff it is a new template If you want to change the name and or location use the Save as function The following message may be displayed when you go to save your work Information Some changes in the document have changed the minimum license level to Ocean Professional Do you want to overwrite OK Cancel Click to compress It means that minimum license required to re open the object changed became more restrictive You may see this message if e you use different meters with different Ocean licenses Display Connect or Professional with the same Ocean e you start a trial period to test a higher license than you currently have Save as The Save as function is located on the Application button drop down menu You can use this function to do the following Rename an object real time display session or a template Change the location of an object not for sessions Change the object
326. imes in some cases and you have to repeat the exposure several times before getting a measurement value The parameter that failed will be indicated with a in the grid If you move the mouse pointer over the a text message will specify the type of problem that occurred may 2 1 0 0 2341 3 2 0 D 64 High signal 4 3 0 0 1558 5 4 0 0 1276 In this case the problem was too high signal Ocean has now changed the sensitivity of the detector being used and the next exposure will be correct Without active messages If you have turned off active messages see Program Options you must adjust the meter manually when you encounter a measuring error The upper status bar will show the message i gt Ready Click to compress The above message informs you that a measuring error has occurred and that you must adjust the meter settings You are also prompted to repeat the exposure You will be able to get a measurement value in most cases after the meter has been adjusted The meter may be adjusted several times in some cases and you have to repeat the exposure several times before getting a measurement value The parameter that failed will be indicated with a in the grid If you move the mouse pointer over the a text message will specify the type of problem that occurred may 2 1 0 0 2341 3 20 D 164 High sional 4 3 0 0 1588 5 4 0 0 1276 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 124 Main
327. included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Frames s diff from mean 100 Frames s Measured Frames s mean Frames s mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Frame pulse count 3 2 5 7 Exposure frame This group of columns is related to the measurement of exposure frame dose frame Set Exposure frame Set value Exposure frame norm Normalized measured value Exposure frame Measured value Exposure frame diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Exposure frame diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Exposure frame diff Relative difference between measured value and the mean value from mean Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 7 1 Set Exposure frame Set value This is the Exposure frame Exposure pulse or dose pulse set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of Exposure frame You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure frame 3 2 5 7 2 Exposure frame norm Measured This is the normalized normalized to a certain distance measured exposure frame There are several detectors that can measure exposure frame Dose frame or Dose pulse You can h
328. information in different ways If you click on the top level Sites in the tree a list view of all sites are shown to the right a Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure Detecto Favorites Bias off Histor Meter Edit Measure Bias Compare Scheduling s Keyboard T Measurements lt gt Library I gt No measurement loaded Gia Sites Ar RTI Electronics Fac name City Contact person RTI Electronics AB sindal FT 0 RTI Hospital G RTI Electronics ne al Ulf To pe RTI Electronics AB M lndal sales rti a 1 Real time displays 8 Inbox RTI Hospital M lndal Joe Smith joe smith T7 Demo TT Various in List view with all sites 2012 01 03 16 35 25 2012 01 03 16 53 47 2012 07 03 09 59 48 2012 08 02 14 48 50 Click to compress You can also edit site information and get an overview of all your sites by using a the Edit function It is available by right clicking on Sites on the Measurements tab Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 245 squawWamseaja E Asega El ow MP 2012 01 15 14 55 50 E M13_test_1 Mann EE Click to compress When you click on Edit a window is opened that shows all your sites departments rooms and equipment ha Edit site data par e IA CI faete E Room A CT pie few ike Test Gold 2010 stone Family Denti a os
329. ion and the nine cells will be linked to your spreadsheet beginning at your cursor position in the spreadsheet The cursor position in the spreadsheet will be the upper left corner of the linked block 3 2 2 1 4 Add delete rows The functions needed to insert or delete rows are found on the Design page of the ribbon bar Add row s 1 Click in the left column to select where you want to insert new rows Tube voltage kVp diff kV 1 50 2 60 C 4 90 5 110 2 Go to the Design page on the ribbon and choose the Insert row s function Insert row s es Insert 5 row s 0 Before active row a After active row 3 A window will pop up like the one above where you can choose the number of row s you want to insert and if the new row s should be inserted before or after the selected row Click OK when finished 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual View f Set kV Tube voltage kVp diff Select kV kV 2 60 gt ESETE 4 7 5 7 6 70 7 m gs 7 9 90 i0 110 End Delete row s 1 Select the row s you want to delete 3 FO 4 7 AAA A spa po aja 870 AA 10 110 REM Main functions 2 Go to the Design page on the ribbon and choose the Delete row s option View f Tube voltage kVp diff Select kV End Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET 3 2 2 1 5 Change unit Let s assume we have a template like the on
330. iption Trigger threshold Trigger threshold for the detector Can be increased to avoid noise or lowered to increase sensitivity End Light detector Settings for light probe These settings are valid for the Piranha Light Probe or L100 L100B Settings Description Sensitivity Sensitivity setting for the electrometer used for the detector Trigger threshold Trigger threshold for the detector Can be increased to avoid noise or lowered to increase sensitivity End 3 1 12 Position check Position check is used to verify that the meter Barracuda and Piranha is correctly positioned in the beam To do a manual position check 1 Click on the button on the ribbon bar 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 1 13 RTM Main functions Measure Design Data link A E Appearanc a Position eter check Connect Reset Stark Capturk y L Sa 7 t 0 ee aod A w LL HL u Yake a ee ey Ie I ce Hl eee 1 E py pressing Alt x Click to compress 3 Follow the instructions on the status bar By default positon check closes automatically when successful You can turn off this in Program options gt Meter preferences Active messages Normal mode short exposures lt 2 5 Normal mode long exposures gt 2 s Timed mode Auto close position check It is also possible to use a forced position check A forced position check is set in the template and Ocean w
331. is for more information Typical CTDI helical scan in phantom test This example shows two measurements each with its own analysis One is a measurement in a head phantom and the other is in a body phantom T mm 12 171 Click to compress Note that you should use TIMED MODE for this measurement 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 328 Main functions CTDI 1 spiral scan in phantom Result Fass Set kV 80 kV CTDI 100 c 26 52 mGy CTDI w 30 26 mGy CTDivol 30 26 mGy 517 86 mGycm Click to compress Default pass fail criteria When you add the CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Min Max Use CTDI 100 w limit mGy No default limits are specified you must fill out limit If you leave a limit blank not test for that criteria is done When you modify an CT DI helical scan in phantom analysis all pass fail criteria are available Min Max F Use CTDI 100 w limit mGy E Use CTDI 100 wn limit mGy m s A Use CTDI 100 vol limit mGy A Use DLP limit mGycm You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameters Default result Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 329 CTDI 1 spiral scan in phantom Result Pass Set kV CTDI 100 c CTDI w CTDIvol DLP Expose ae mos 60 kV 26 52 mGy 30 26 mGy 30 26 mGy 517 86 mGycm q igi a0 5 sn 100 130 14 180 130 Zed den Click to compress Res
332. is the AEC set densitiy value It is use for AEC density correction analysis This column is required for the following analysis AEC density correction Exposure or O D 3 2 5 25 7 CT phantom position Set value This is the CT phantom position This parameter is used when doing CTDI analysis It can have six different values A center cO B 12 o clock FC 3 o clock D 6 o clock E 9 o clock This column is required for the following analysis CTDI 3 2 5 25 8 Slice Thickness Set value This is the CT slice thickness It is used for the CTDI analysis This column is required for the following analysis CTDI 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions 3 2 5 25 9 Number of slices Set value This is the number of slices It is used for the CTDI analysis This column is required for the following analysis CTDI 3 2 5 25 10 Pitch Set value This is the pitch It is used to calculate CTDI volume for a helical scan 3 2 5 25 11 Scan time Set value This is the CT scan time It is used for the CTDI analysis with the CT Dose Profiler detector Default unit is seconds This column is required for the following analysis CT Di helical scan in phantom CT Di helical scan free in air 3 2 5 25 12 K factor Set value The k factor is used to calculate weighted CTDI from CTDI measured in the center hole of the phantom CTDI CTDI wc K The k factors has been determined for a large
333. is the calculated inaccuracy relative for DAP exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in this analysis DAP exposure rate diff 100 DAP exposure rate Measure Set DAP exposure rate Set DAP exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure rate relative 3 2 5 21 4 DAP exposure rate diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for DAP exposure rate The following calculation is done on each row included in this analysis DAP exposure rate diff A DAP exposure rate Measured Set DAP exposure rate This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure rate absolute 3 2 5 21 5 DAP exposure rate diff from mean Calculated This the calculated relative difference from the mean value of DAP exposure rate The mean value is calculated based on the measured DAP exposure rate of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis It is calculated in the following way 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Main functions The mean value is calculated as DAP exp rate mean DAP exp rate DAP exp rate DAP exp rate n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis DAP exposure rate diff from mean 100 DAP exposure rate Measured DAP exp rate mean DAP exp rate mea
334. isplays ee Collapse Expand gt ky gt Exposure gt Exposure rate o m s gt gt Total Filtration gt Other gt User defined lt No data to display gt Click to compress If you can t find what you need check Show all in the lower left corner Click on kV to open this group of columns w Measurement Setup Tesla lez Modality Displays olap Tube voltage Measured Boa Time gt Exposure gt Exposure rate gt m e HYL gt Total Filtration Other gt User defined Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 251 Depending on what license leve of Ocean you have Professional Connect or Display you may see more or less choices under each item The picture shows what it looks like when the Display license level is used In this mode only the Tube voltage measured parameter is available You can now use drag and drop or double click to move columns from the left to the right side If you want to remove something from the right side select it and hit the Delete key on your keyboard For this example we will move the Tube voltage Measured parameter to the right side When you select a measured parameter in this case Tube voltage Measured you are also asked to specify which detector and calibration you intend to use In this case there is only one possible detector and one possible calibration Gy Select detector calibration for Tube
335. je Click to compress CTDI at 60 kV Result Pass Weighted CTDI CTDI 100 w is 0 2751 mGy CTDI at 120 kV Result Pass Weighted CTDI CTDI 100 w is 0 3588 mGy Default pass fail criteria When you add the CTDI analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Min Max Min and max limit For CTDIC100 w y No default limits are specified you must fill out limit If you leave a limit blank not test for that criteria is done When you modify an CTDI analysis all pass fail criteria are available 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 324 Main functions Min Max Use limit for CTDI 100 w 7 000 Gy Use limit for CTDI IOO w n Gy mAs Use limit for CTDI 100 val Gy Use limit for DLP Gyam You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameters Default result CTDI Result Pass Weighted CTDI at 100 0 k is CTDICO0 wi 5 734 mGy Limit max 7 000 mGy Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text CTDI analysis looks like this Title Result FTestResult Weighted CTO at setk ForlTOl kv is CTOMTO0 wi C TOhw bUnitw Limit max MaxCTOlw fnit This text can be modified and mor
336. l 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 215 list Click on the drop down list and choose the Heading option 8 Type OPERATOR PROTECTION in the heading field then click Next to continue 9 The next step is to add the two questions that go under this heading In our example all of our questions will be Yes No question however there are other types of questions available to you To read more about the other question types and how to use them read the Different types of checklist items topic 10 We will now add the first question In our grid at the beginning of this example the first question is the Exposure switch mounted properly question To add this question go to the Checklist item type at the top of the page then choose the Yes No question option from the drop down list 11 Type Exposure switch mounted properly in the question field You can also add the pass fail criteria by clicking on the appropriate radio buttons and add a recommendation in the Recommendation field This recommendation will be shown when this question fails 12 Finish adding the rest of the questions and the heading the same way we described above then click Save after you filled in all six rows to save your work 13 If you want to see how your questions work you can while in Design mode enter some or all of the answers you have chosen to see if the checklist behaves the way you want it to These answers will not be saved since you are in
337. l 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET Result Pass Diff from mean o FO 22 Phantom Largest deviation fram mean ol 2 1 Mean value 24 430 mGy standard deviation 0 0514 mby View Phantom Meas O D DiFF From Select cm mean 0 00 1 10 00 0 45 0 09 2 20 00 0 56 0 02 3 30 00 0 62 0 08 AEC reciprocity Result Pass O Diff tram mean 0 o 2 ao ao al ch 5 15 ZO 22 Phantom Largest deviation fram mean 0 0 1 0 03 Mean value 054 O D Standard deviation O09 O D Default pass fail criteria When you add the AEC reciprocity analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown By default is only maximum difference from the mean value tested 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions If Exposure is used Maximum diff 2 From mean value 10 0 Of Maximum coefficient of variation We If O D is used Maximum diff 0 0 From mean value 0 15 OD E Maximum coefficient of variation o You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameter Coefficient of variation Default result Exposure AEC reciprocity Result Pass E a d E uu E a Largest deviation fram mean Mol 2 1 Mean value 24 430 mGy standard deviation 0 0514 moby Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with ma
338. l rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as CTexp mean CT exp CT exp CT exp n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis CT exposure diff from mean 100 CT exposure Measured CT exp mean CT exp mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility CT exposure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 284 Main functions 3 2 5 19 CT exposure rate This group of columns is related to the measurement of CT exposure rate CT dose rate Set CT exposure rate Set value CT exposure rate Measured value CT exposure rate diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value CT exposure rate diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value CT exposure rate diff Relative difference between measured value and the mean value from mean 3 2 5 19 1 Set CT exposure rate Set value This is the CT exposure rate CT dose rate set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of CT exposure rate You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy CT exposure rate 3 2 5 19 2 CT exposure rate Measured This is the measured CT exposure rate CT dose rate There are several detectors that can measure CT exposure rate CT
339. late the Set kV column so it reflects all six values we would like to measure To do this we ll click in the Set kV column s first row and enter the value 40 below 40 we ll enter 60 and so on until we entered all the values Our grid should now look like this Set Set time m s imsi Eros 100 0 10 00 View Sek ky Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure time Exposure Select kW kW ris imay b E 40 0 60 0 50 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 D AN E w M Click to compress This template is now ready for use nothing more needs to be done to it However there are a number of optional adjustments you may choose to do according to your own preference These optional Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE settings are discussed below You have the following optional choices available to you Remove decimals from the set values Change the order of columns Change the unit of measured parameters Change the text of the column heading of columns Change the width of columns Modify the meter settings of individual exposures Add a hint that should be shown to the person who uses this template Add supporting documentation with test instructions that the person who uses this template can read if he needs help performing the test Add an analysis to a template Prepare the test for the report You will find instructions on how to do each of the above optional activities bel
340. lated as AGD ESAK gFactor where ESAK normalized entrance air kerma measured exposure value from the column Exposure norm Measured gt gFactor is the g factor from the following tables 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual E Main functions Table 1 GLANDULAR DOSE IN mrad FOR 1 ROENTGEN ENTRANCE EXPOSURE TO A 4 2 CM BREAST THICKNESS S50 ADIPOSE 50 GLAN DULAR BREAST TISSUE USING A Mo Mo TARGET FILTER COMBINATION E Ray Tube Voltage kVp 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Wal Target Filter Combination n 0 28 142 144 146 147 149 0739 141 146 148 150 151 153 154 030 140 BL 157 155 156 157 158 159 170 ga isd 156 157 159 160 16l 164 163 164 5 gy 158 160 162 163 164 166 167 168 168 170 1 1 150 gp 16 165 166 168 169 170 171 19 172 17 175 185 AE E Ss ATH TS 476 1077 178 179 L90 0 35 1740195 176177118 179 120 181 182 183 194 0 36 174 181 182 183 184 185 185 156 187 199 0 37 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 191 204 0 35 190 191 19 19 14 1955 195 208 0 30 196 197 19K 198 199 200 213 0 40 201 202 203 204 204 217 0 41 J06 207 208 208 221 0 42 r DEEA Peete E 25 0 43 rA A En 230 0 44 220 234 has 238 To convert from entrance exposure in air in roenteens to mean glandular breast dose in millirads multiply the entrance exposure by the factor shown in the table for the appropriate k p and beam quality HL combination For
341. lated as MeanValue Value Value Value n based on rows included in the AEC mA compensation analysis for each row included in the analysis the following is calculated If Exposure is used Exposure diff from mean 100 Exposure value Mean value Mean value If optical density O D is used Diff from mean O D 100 Meas O D Mean value Mean value The macro MaxDevFromMean is set to the maximum of these values Coefficient of variation is calculated as CoeffOfVariation StandardDeviation MeanValue where the Standard deviation is calculated as StandardDeviation v X MeanValue X MeanValue MeanValue 2 n Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC mA compensation analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured or value and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional diff from mean O D however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 361 3 2 6 16 AEC reproducibility The AEC reproducibility analysis is used to test the
342. le the relative difference The following macros are available for the AGD IAEA analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result 4GDUNit AGE unit HAGO Average glandular dase LimitMax AGD Max allowed AGC tRowNo Row number used For the analysis kyip Set kip HYL Used HYL TargetFilter Calibration 550 Distance to which the 460 is normalized KiUnit Ki unit Ki Measured exposure CDGS5OKiPMMAF Actor Used COG50 Ki PMM4 Factor SFactor Used s Factor Refm s Reference m s to which 460 is normalized Setm s Sek m s Calculations The AGD IAEA AGD is calculated as AGD Ki CDG50KiPMMAFactor sFactor where 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions Ki normalized incident air kerma measured exposure value from the column Exposure norm Measured The IAEA Code of Practice says that the incident air kerma should be normalized to the mAs value Ref mAs shown after an exposure with the phantom in the beam using AEC When measuring the incident air kerma a mAs set value is used as close as possible to the Ref mAs value CDG5O0KiPMMA Factor is the CDG50 Ki PMMA factor It is dependant on HVL HVL mm Al sFactor is the s factor it is dependant on the target filter Calibration ne 1 017 Rh 1 mm Al 1 044 w 50 um Rh 1 042 w 0 5 mm Al 1 05 Required colu
343. le click only then you can just select the appropriate radio button for the default answer If no default answer is provided the user must always answer Yes or No and then click Next to go to the next question Recommendation the text you type here is shown automatically if you answered Fail or Warning to a question 3 2 2 2 2 2 Yes No N A question This window is shown when you want to add a question with a pass fail value of Yes No N A value Checklist tem type Question Recommendation Yes No N A Result when answer is No a Fail Warning OK Defaut answer No N A None Yes Click to compress Question type the question text here Result when answer is No specify if a No answer is fail pass or a warning Default answer If you want a default answer requiring the user to answer with a single click only then you can just select the appropriate radio button for the default answer If no default answer is provided the user must always answer Yes or No and then click Next to go to the next question Recommendation the text you type here is shown automatically if you answered Fail or Warning to a question Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 247 3 2 2 2 2 3 Heading This window is shown when you want to add a heading to identify different groups of questions Checklist item type Heading Heading Click to compress Heading type the heading t
344. le use the new functions in Ocean The main title bar will now indicate the new license level Check for update If the computer running ocean has an internet connection Ocean automatically checks if a newer version is available This is done every time Ocean is started A message will be shown to notify you that a newer version is available Check version ee There is a new Ocean update available Latest version 2011 02 03 44 Read more WWW rt se off OK Click to compress This message is shown only one time click on the Check update button on the Help page of the ribbon bar if you want to initiate a check for newer version availability manually There are two links to click on Read more opens a document that shows what is new in the latest Ocean release www rti se opens the RTI web page If the meter is connected and online the firmware version is also checked A message will inform you if there is anewer available Check version Es There is a new Ocean update available Latest version 2011 02 03 44 There is a new meter firmware update available Latest version 011 16 Read more Www rt se off OK Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 424 Main functions 3 7 6 Trial You can if you are using Display or Connect license try a higher license level for 45 days This is something you can use only one time so don t activate it unless you really want to evaluate
345. lev Actur Raciogranter questo see is Teta 0 Sl E jae f eal E E da El a A i se ie f E E MO E ETE waa E E a 5 b s 0 3 053 LA E 4 La A Lo 4 HE E E g L i a aw D s m E 3 E E s m an EE TAN O77 a E 6 5 HA LE 65150 ha E F La Ee Li oo a7 E a os Hai 0 5 AA a E 9 7 04 A 2 E E eb A 64 ei a7 E ii Ei nos a4 m4 No E it i HE 0 ay a E 1 jj iT a4 LEE 2 E i E Ware P ia UETA Expand it Tubs wel ae accmncy FAL 34 po Resak FAL z2 E E an He nl Ea E T a 3 W f F E z E oe Fabs E 3 a a A O E E Me we fy a ql l l hel v fa b ta Pas 3 Los 50 To 30 0 400 110 120 Tima iag Mur PROCURA es 6 Te al GS 00 KV Lamt 5 0 bo 50 Arata Wiret diti Araya Correr Praha O Session Ba Log mode Rad best Pressures kPa Click to compress 3 Now click on the History button select New if a menu is sub shown on the ribbon bar orting Help PP de Y Get waveforms b Ee all gt Exposure assistant i Detector Favorites Bias off Bias Edit Measure Click to com press 4 A wizard starts to help you select what to look at Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIA Select history W How to find history How to find history Select history to show Select how to search for history Title Click to compress 5 You can chose how to filter out tests to show Title all tests with the same
346. look like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM Set mAs Set kV mAs ky 25 30 Set Added filtr Exposure Rel exposure Select mm Al mGy 55 Ir gt 1 0 3006 Ir 7 1 0 0 2341 77 9 Ir 3 2 1 0 1847 61 4 In 4 3 0 0 1588 52 8 In 5 4 0 0 1276 42 4 Click to compress You now have a column showing how the exposure is decreasing when you add the Al filters Available operations and function Read the topic User Calculation to get information about all available operations and function 3 2 2 1 22 Report There are a few things you can do that will affect on how a test appears in the report These are e Exclude columns from the report e Include waveforms in the report e Change the width of columns Exclude columns from the report All columns will be included in the report by default You can exclude columns from the report if you like This is a very useful feature to have especially if you are having problems fitting all columns on a page Also there are columns in a template that may not be part of the test so you may not want to show these columns in a report An example of this type of column is any column with supporting information for the person who performs the test To exclude columns from the report follow the steps below 1 Right click on the column heading and a drop down list like the one below will appear kin diff 95 Exnneaure Eynneure time View E S
347. low Let s assume that we want to change the acceptance limit from 5 to 10 for rows 1 2 and 5 To do this follow the steps below 1 Use multi row select to choose rows 1 2 and 5 click in the View Select column of the first row to select it then hold down the Ctrl key and click on row 2 and 5 Setkv kvp diff kv 8 0 1 40 EAST A O View Tube voltage Select E kv Exposure time ms Exposure mGy LUNA A ISA 4 gt EIA 6 2 Next we ll go to the analysis window bottom right of the screen where you can see the current acceptance limits displayed Let s change the acceptance limit from 5 to 10 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual REM Main functions Tube voltage accuracy Limits for the active row DIFF 9 35 to 5 E Diff A kv to ky Note The corresponding column must be present in the template Update all rows PES More Click to compress 3 The selected rows now have the new acceptance limits you can verify this by stepping through the rows in the template Click OK to end the wizard Once the analysis setup wizard is closed the grid returns to its normal state reflecting the changes we just finished making Analysis PP es Summary Tube voltage accuracy Pass Tube voltage accuracy Result Pass Maximum inaccuracy is 6 0 at 40 0 kV Limit 10 0 to 10 0 W Diff from setvalue 9 Set va
348. lt HL Finished 2010 09 17 Pass T kwp Reproducibility Finished 2010 09 17 Pass Ti kwp Accuracy Finished 2010 09 17 Pass Radiographic questions Finished Fail C ag Y Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 230 Main functions 3 The following dialogue box will appear after you selected to modify a session showing what is in the session currently the right side of the screen and what you can add left side of the screen You can double click on any test or checklist template on the left side of the screen to add it to the session If you want to delete a template from the session click on the item you want to delete then press the Delete key on your keyboard m Modify Session Contents Contents Lo LI LI Lo Lo Lo Lal Lal Lal Lal Lal pa L L AECFieldBalance CTODI_ testi cedo dosepermas HYLtesti HYLtest2 kwp accuracy 1 m s Time accuracy 1 mgd iaea QuickHWLtest1 reprotestl reprotestz rtd_lews statustestl statustest2 E Checklist templates Tj cecki Pj testi Pr ERERQ _ Session contents Preview Tte Type Last modified 2010 10 11 19 01 09 E kwp Reproducibili Test 2010 10 11 19 01 09 J kyo Accuracy Test 2010 10 11 19 01 09 E Radiographic que Checklist 2010 10 11 19 01 09 AA Click to compress Note Any template you add to a session will always be list
349. lue kV Click to compress As you can see in the graph above the acceptance limits are now changed and the new limits you entered are indicated To see how you further can modify the analysis read the Advanced analysis topic 3 2 2 1 17 Change order of analysis This topic deals with changing the order of the analysis in a test or checklist template 1 Right click on the Analysis window and select Manage analysis or go to the ribbon bar and click the Analysis Setup button and select Manage analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions KE 2 A window like the one below will pop up listing all the included analyses in our example there are three of them fo Manage analyses Analyses Tube voltage reproducibility Exposure reproducibility Exposure time reproducibility Click to compress 3 Click on the analysis whose position you want to change and just drag it to the new desired position then release the mouse and the analysis will be dropped to the new position You can also delete an analysis by right clicking on it and select Delete from the menu 3 2 2 1 18 Delete analysis This topic deals with deleting an analysis from a test or checklist template 1 Right click on the Analysis window and select Manage analysis or go to the ribbon bar and click the Analysis Setup button and select Manage analysis 2 A window like the one below will pop up listing all the included analyses in our example
350. lue that is reflecting the beam quality It is not calibrated in any way and not used by Ocean 3 2 5 27 11 Waveform data This column is used to show waveform data in the grid All parameters shown on the waveform data panel can be shown in this column You can read in the topic Waveform data in a column how to use this column 3 2 5 28 User defined text The list below is showing all the user defined columns available to you Set text This is a user defined set text the text you type in this column is assumed to be set values Text This is a user defined measured text the text you type in this column is assumed to be measured values 3 2 5 28 1 Set text Set value This is a user defined set text string You can use this column or general setting for any text set value you may want in a test This text is a set value and it will be stored in your templates 3 2 5 28 2 Text Measured This is a user defined measured text value You can use this column to store any text you enter from the keyboard This text is a measured value and it will not be stored in your templates 3 2 6 Analysis Definitions An analysis is a pre defined calculation that is applied to the grid You can include all rows or just rows you select in the analysis You can for each analysis define your own pass fail limits There are several different analysis available Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 305 Ac
351. lute difference between measured value and reference value mAs frame diff from Relative difference between measured value and the mean value mean Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 8 1 Set mAs frame Set value This is the mAs frame mAs pulse set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of mAs frame You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs frame 3 2 5 8 2 mAs frame Measured This is the measured mAs frame mAs pulse There are several detectors that can measure mAs frame This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of mAs frame This column or is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs frame Reproducibility mAs frame 3 2 5 8 3 mAs frame diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for mAs frame mAs pulse The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mAs frame diff 100 mAs frame Measure Set mAs frame Set mAs frame This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mAs frame relative Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 269 3 2 5 8 4 mAs frame diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for mAs frame mAs pulse The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mAs frame diff
352. m Aisi S Select kw mean mGy mean ms mean o a Piranha Piranha 5 gt E 80 80 59 0 1 0 5825 0 6 98 78 0 1 E 2 80 80 69 0 0 0 5881 0 3 98 77 0 1 e 5 3 80 80 74 0 1 0 5832 0 5 98 77 0 1 El a 4 a0 80 69 0 0 0 5859 0 1 98 78 0 1 a lt is eo 6077 0 1 0 5861 0 0 99 28 0 4 un 80 80 62 0 1 0 5904 0 7 98 78 0 1 Lz 80 80 70 0 0 0 5877 0 2 98 77 0 1 Summary Tube voltage reproducibility Pass Exposure reproducibility Pass Exposure time reproducibility Pass Tube voltage reproducibility Result Pass Gi 8 o fad in 22 2 ee ee ee o Diff fram mean o 9 a i i 0 ul O nite A E a o ea e Pal C Waveform waveform data Analysis Comment Piranha Click to compress 1 Make sure the Waveform window is on the top by clicking on it s name 2 To undock the Waveform window hover your cursor anywhere on the window s title bar and grab it As you see on the picture below a dark blue rectangle appears representing the window you wish to move and the arrows appear immediately on the screen mGy ms 6 0 2070 100 8 EC TT Drag the waveform w 0 3330 98 27 par erone S from its original posi 3 0 4390 98 77 5 05179 99 27 here 1 0 5885 98 77 RA 5 0 6444 99 28 4
353. m press 4 You can edit directly in the database tree or complete the information in the lower part of the Measurement tab 5 Enter the information you want The information is saved as you type it so no save is needed 6 It is an option to use the scheduling function that Ocean offers If the fields Interval and Next 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 244 Main functions inspection is enabled this option is available it may be disabled if Ocean Central is used If you set a date the task will come up in the To do list 14 days prior to the inspection date The Scheduling function is enabled disabled in the Program options End Add more equipment You can add more equipment located in the Equipment folder in each room You can add more generators tubes or user defined equipment User defined equipment can be any type of equipment table console image intensifier image receptor and so on To add more equipment 1 Right click where you want to add more equipment There are some rules you must follow There is a maximum of three levels in the equipment tree Generators can only be created in the Equipment folder root Tubes can only belong to a generator User defined equipment can be created on all three levels N Select the equipment type you want to add from the menu 3 Enter the necessary information about the equipment you want to add End Edit site information You can edit the site
354. mary kVp Reproducibility af kVp Accuracy Radiographic questions A On a Oe gt gt EX416 Kompatibi AE aa Set mAs spp Set time Start Infoga Sidlayout Formler Data a As sa ms x Arial 10 gt ra ie laser Ja v EE Klistra Ra Kopiera till lt View Setkv Tube voltage kvp diff Sure TE time 4 d Eber mGy ms in Y mit E ji y E ls 7 EL 0 2070 100 8 Urklipp Pyramid ls Tecken Justeri ir 2 13 0 2678 112 9 AS fe m 3 60 60 62 1 0 0 3338 98 27 Ss B C 65 69 00 62 0 3776 E L 1 kVp Accuracy In 5 70 69 77 0 3 0 4390 77 lian 6 75 75 42 D5 0 5179 99 27 In 7 30 30 88 1 1 0 5885 In 3 85 34 61 0 5 0 6444 99 28 In 9 90 90 37 0 4 0 7168 98 77 In 10 95 95 83 0 9 0 8055 98 73 Irn 11 100 100 89 v5 0 8833 98 78 In 12 105 104 37 0 6 0 9383 98 77 In 13 110 109 57 0 4 1 022 TE In 14 115 115 14 0 1 115 98 78 In 15 120 120 43 0 4 1 195 98 77 20 44 H Bladi Blad2 Blad3 Js E Kiar PE Waveform AB Analyst Tube voltage Exposure rate summary Tube voltage 50 50 a biota rte o A A A e Result FAIL 404 ay yer VO p 3515 ly Eo E loo Ip T Mets Es A E ee 5 n a Y DOS O O a ER gt a T 2207220 z at aa O TST T T T As mts 45 A fs Q _z a DN ES e See A O S a a 0 5 5 ION AAA AAA A A o 0 0 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 gg 100 110 120 Time ms Ms es Wavefo
355. mation from the old room will be moved to the new room as well This can cause significant problems for you as no two rooms of equipment is identical The room and equipment data is used by Ocean to determine what measurements are available to you and as a result you may not be able to use certain tests in the session and the test results that you get on other tests may not be accurate Save as Session template You can use Save as Session template if you want to rename an existing template or if you have a session open that you are working on you can use this function to save it as a template in the Library Save current Test as template You can use Save current Test as template if you want to pick out one individual test of a session or session template and save it for future use as a test template in the Library You can then use this test template in other session templates as well Save current Checklist as template You can use Save current Checklist as template if you want to pick out one individual checklist of a session or session template and save it for future use as a checklist template in the Library You can then use this test template in other session templates as well Save as functions available while working with real time displays Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu 39 Save as Real time display template Save the active job in the library as a real time L display template no measurements
356. may ms p 42 163 1 Exposure 3 742 mGy Wits mim Al Clone this display 159 311 1 Exposure time is di p Remove this display 816 374 4 163 1 ms Name this value a 779 9 WANES mm Al Change display size Change display Font color Large Extra Large Extra Large Plus Show detector label Show detector name serial number Exposure Maan When you are using several detectors at the same time it would be very 742 mGy eee useful in some cases to see which display is showing readings from which Piranha SIN CB2 06100197 detector If you check this box the detector information will be shown in the displays Detector label Waveform el These functions are related to the Ar A a export feature of Ocean Style Font Line k Le waveform lb Style Change the style of the waveform graph There are three pre defined styles of waveform graphs to choose from Normal Paper and Scientific 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 392 Main functions 3 4 1 Font Select the font size for the waveform graph There are three possible sizes for the text in the waveform graph Small Medium and Large F Line Select the line width for the waveform plot There are three possible line widths for waveform plotting Thin Normal and Thick Screen layout There are five different pre defined screen layouts to chose from When you use these l
357. measuring For example when you use the light probe and measure ambient light the signal is on all the time unless you darken the light detector for example in your hand If meter has exactly the same settings for two rows no meter adjustments are done when moving from one row to another If this is the case you may ignore to turn off the exposure when moving to the next row When you have a message saying Please turn off exposure and press Alt X you may ignore to turn off exposure However this can only be done when you are sure that meter settings are exactly the same for the next row One situation when no signal from the detector is allowed is when you activate a test or real time display At this point no signal from the detector s you are going to use are not allowed Description of the different Meter adjust tabs Meter General settings for the meter Settings Description Waveform Select the waveform recording time recording time Measurement time Measuring time when Timed mode is used Moving average Moving average time when Free run mode is used length Delay Add a delay after the detection of trig before measurement of kVp starts Window If a time is specified kVp is measured during the window time starts after the delay Post delay This is the time the meter waits after trig of before it assumes that the exposure is finished The post delay must be set to a time longer than any dead time in the radiation Measu
358. meter Description Set value This is the reference value the measured values is compared to The set value can be placed as column or in general settings Measured value The measured value is used to calculate the deviation from the reference value diff This is the calculated relative difference between the reference value and the measured value This column is optional but if relative difference is evaluated it is recommended to include this column since the indication of failing values is done in this column This is the calculated absolute difference between the reference value and the measured value This column is optional but if absolute difference is evaluated it is recommended to include this column since the indication of failing values is done in this column Reproducibility The Reproducibility analysis is used to evaluate the reproducibility for a parameter This analysis can calculate the deviation from mean value coefficient of variation and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters The reproducibility analysis can be used with all parameters that have a diff from mean column this is all measured parameters and the user calculation You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 309 By default deviation from mean value and coefficient of variation are evaluated If you want to include
359. mn of this type is not really practical This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure time Reproducibility Exposure time 3 2 5 2 3 Time diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for exposure time The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Time diff 100 Exposure time Measure Set time Set time This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure time relative 3 2 5 2 4 Time diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for exposure time The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Time diff A Exposure time Measured Set time This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure time absolute 3 2 5 2 5 Time diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of exposure time The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure time of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis It is calculated in the following way Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 259 3 2 5 3 The mean value is calculated as Time mean Exp time Exp time Exp time n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Time diff from mean 100 Exposure time
360. mns or general settings The following columns are required for the AGD IAEA analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EGM Exposure norm The AGD ACR analysis is always using the normalized exposure th column Measured Exposure norm Measured However it is not required to normalize to any distance and in this case is normalized exposure measured exposure Calibration Set value It is required to have calibration column The value is used when getting the g factor for the corresponding target filter Ref mAs Measured This is the reference mAs that was used by the generator with the phantom in the field and AEC Set mAs Set value This is the mAs set value used when measuring the incident air kerma without using AEC HVL measured This column is required if QuickHVL is used instead of a traditional HVL measurement HVL AGD Measured In this column is the HVL for the AGD calculation specified The value must be entered manually or linked automtatically from the HVL analysis AGD Calculated This is the calculated average glandular dose This value is compared against the pass fail criteria you have specified 3 2 6 12 Min Max The Min Max analysis is used to evaluate that a certain parameter is within above below a specified limit s The parameter analyzed is compared to the specified min and or max limit The min max analysis can be used with all measured parameters and user defin
361. mplate by selecting the name from the drop down list and make necessary changes The report layout template can be assigned to a session template In this way the session template knows how the report should look like You can have different report layouts if you have need for different headers and footers for different type of reports you create The section Select report layout describes how you assign a report layout template to a session Make a report in your own language You can create the entire report in your own language by doing the following steps 1 Translate all texts in the templates you are using including analysis 2 Make all checklists in your own language 3 Create a report template and translate all texts into your own language 4 Attach the report template to your session or real time display 5 Print the report 6 Confirm that all texts are translated Make adjustments if required Signing Ocean offer a feature for digital signing of sessions You can specify a signature image and a password that must be used to put the signature on the report When a session is signed you can t modify it save it again You have an option to decide if signing is required If you do this Ocean will warn you when you print make a pdf file or exports the session that it is not signed If you use Ocean Central and Signing is required the session will not come up in the list for upload until it is signed To set up your sig
362. n This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility DAP exposure rate 3 2 5 22 User defined calculation This group of columns is related to the user defined calculation Set User Calculation Set value User Calculation Value calculated with a user defined formula User Calculation value diff Relative difference between calculated value and reference value User Calculation value diff A Absolute difference between calculated value and reference value User Calculation diff from mean Relative difference between calculated value and the mean value 3 2 5 22 1 Set User Calculation Set value This is the user calculation set value It is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of the user calculated value You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy User calculation 3 2 5 22 2 User Calculation Calculated This column shows the results of a user defined formula belonging to this column If you have this column in your test you can use any values present in the grid and your own formula to calculate a value Read how to add a user calculation in the topic Add a user calculation There are several operations and functions available for you to use in your own formulas Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A dye Edit formula Description Subtract dd absto Main functions 289 fe MeasExpMtr FExposure mGy E MeasTime
363. n Reference Manual 128 Main functions 3 2 Design Most of the functions you will need when you make templates are located on the Design tab of the Ribbon bar There are six groups of functions you will need to know about New Session Test checklist Real time display Miscellaneous and Analysis See below a more detailed discussion on all of these groups of functions New a pos These two functions you Pl bs use when you want to gt create something new a Template New site template or a site l Me Template Design a new template A template is an object without any measured data It is like a pre defined test protocol without any actual measurements in it A template has all the necessary information to perform a certain task either a measurement a group of measurements or a checklist The template contains any or all of the following set values meter settings analysis with it s own pre defined pass fail criteria pre defined pass fail answers to quality assurance compliance questions checklists Using a template to perform a certain task therefore is a fast and efficient way of doing quality assurance compliance testing for X ray systems You can create four different types of templates that will be stored in the database for future use They can be used individually session and real time display to quickly repeat standard measurements Test and checklist templates are used as building block
364. n created and saved Click on Save to save the session template You can find your new session template under the Library tab to the Left of the Main screen grid under Session templates Read more about session templates in the topic Design a session template New Test template When you click on the Test template choice it starts a wizard to help you create your new test template A test template is a table with a number of exposures The measuring conditions meter settings and required calculations are specified for each exposure You can assign different types of analysis calculations to one or several of the exposures in the template When you use the template you will be able to see the analysis results on the right side of the screen below the grid The analysis calculations will be made on the row or several rows you specify and will be saved with the measured data The wizard will take you through a number of steps to create the basics of a test template When you start the Test template wizard it will help you do the following Specify a name and other information for your new test template Select a modality Select the number of columns detectors and calibrations you wish to use Select other general settings for your new template Just follow the wizard s guidance and making a template will be easy When the wizard is done the test template is created and opened To complete your new test template you also have to do the following
365. n the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC mA compensation analysis looks like this Title Result FTestResult HGraph Largest deviation from mean UnitForDeviation MaxDevFromMean Wean value dMeanalue Unit standard deviation StandardDevwation Unit 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AEC mA compensation analysis Title Specified title Result Analysis result TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test MaxDewPromMean Maximum deviation From mean value LimitForMaxDeyFromMean Allowed deviation From mean 0nitPorDewiation gt or 0 0 depending on method used SetkvpForMaxDey Set ko where maximum deviation occurred Meant alue Mean value StandardDeviation Standard deviation CoefhOrVariation Coefficient of variation LimitForCoetOryariation Limit For Coefficient of variation Graph Graphical representation of results Unit The current unit 0 0 or used Exposure unity Calculations The mean MeanValue is calcu
366. n you add the AEC kV compensation analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown By default is only maximum difference from the mean value tested If Exposure is used Maximum diff 2 From mean value 10 0 Of Maximum coefficient of variation We If O D is used Maximum diff 0 0 From mean value 0 15 OD Ue Maximum coefficient of variation o You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameter Coefficient of variation Default result Exposure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions Result Pass z _ iky mi E _ E E ao Largest deviation fram mean 9 10 0 Mean value 1 bb mGy standard deviation 0 1528 mGy Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC kV compensation analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Graph Largest deviation from mean UnitForDeviation MMaxDevFromMean Mean value SMean v alue Unit Standard deviation StandardDeviation Unit This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AEC
367. n your computer while you make your measurements with a meter connected You may experience problems with meter communication if your computer goes to sleep mode or power save mode automatically Reset Manual reset zero adjust You click on this button when you need to reset the meter This is normally done automatically but you may have to do it manually in certain situations for example e When you measure at very low signals and use Free run measuring mode e When you switch detectors after a test is already loaded and the meter is prepared for an exposure this is relevant only for Barracuda e When you suspect that the meter for some reason measured an incorrect zero level Start Start measuring manually This button is used in Free run and Timed mode to start the measuring sequence Capture Click this button to capture a value manually You can use this button during long measuring sequences for example when testing a fluoroscopy unit to capture the data at a time of you choosing For example you may wish to wait until the data is stable before capturing a value You must always use this button to capture the measured data when Free run mode is used The waveform is also captured at the same time as you click on this button if the checkbox Get waveform is checked Note free run mode doesn t provide a waveform d Pause Pause measurement This button is used if you don t want the meter to measure even if t
368. nanons 262 3 20 4 3 Expos re rate win MGaSUIE 2c iii id 262 3 2 5 4 4 Exposure rate norm Measured oooocccccococccococococcccoconononononononcoconononanananannnos 262 3 2 5 4 5 Exposure rate diff Calculated ooococococcccococonononococoncocononononananannnnons 262 3 2 5 4 6 Exposure rate diff A Calculated 0c cece ec ec ec ec eee e eee eeeeee essa ea eeeaeneeeenenenes 263 3 2 5 4 7 Exposure rate diff from mean Calculated oooocococococccocococococononcncnnononos 263 3299 Manne COMME ba 263 320 031 roel MamMes Set Valle cts AA eed 263 O 2 5 0 2 Frames MEAaSUIE ia ad 264 32 999 Frames aio Calcula inercia rta lios 264 3 2 5 5 4 Frames diff A Calculated oocococcccocococonococoncnconononononanononnnnonononanananannanons 264 3 2 5 5 5 Frames diff from mean Calculated ooocooccccocococoncnononononcoconononananananonos 264 eno Arama tala on adela 265 3296 1 Sel tlalmes S DEL VAlUC ii A ee teed 265 32962 Pames s Measures a A li 265 3206 9 Frames s dif o Ga CU e da 265 3 2 5 6 4 Frames s diff A Calculated usuario trola ibi 265 3 2 5 6 Frames s diff from mean Calculated oooocococococononoconoccocononononananonnnos 266 32 O MEXPOST e a ati 266 3 2 5 7 1 Set Exposure frame Set Value ooocccocococococonoccncoconononononononnonononononananannnnons 266 3 2 5 2 Exposure frame norm Measured ococococococococc
369. nature 1 Go to the Program options Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 407 2 The signing setup is shown as default fae Options General settings Inspector Ulf Tall Preferences Inspector company Meter preferences RTI Bectronics AB Defaults Specify a signature Default units Click image to choose a new image Free texts Reports Password used to sign reports Click to compress 3 Click on the Select button a look up your signature image 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Main functions fae Options General settings Inspector Ulf Toll Preferences Inspector company Meter preferences RTI Electronics AB Defaults Specify a signature Default units Click image to choose a new image Free texts Reports Password used to sign reports Click to compress 4 Click on Change button to change add a password A dialogue is shown Enter new password New password Confirm new password ATT X con 5 Type the password twice and click on OK You have now created to your signature The signature file you have specified must not be moved or erased Open a session that is signed When you open a session that is signed a dialogue is shown Information This session has been signed fou can t modify it unless you remove your signature If you want to open and just view the session then click on OK If you want to modify the session
370. nce Reporting Help e i e Clear row ein Get waveforms a T S9 id Clear all i Exposure assistant Connect Reset Start Capture Positon Meter n Detector x check info Li Close Meter Edit Measure Click to minimize When you click on the button the Favorites list is shown 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 90 Main functions kor Select favorite LS Foe S LX Templates Contents 6 parameters RTM Exposure norm DemoRTD1 O m Gy Ei select rra mar mGy fs l kVpdisplay levi Just move cursor over the Favorites in the list to preview to content or a description Detectors R100 Click to minimize Double click on the favorite you want to use If your meter is connected and on line it is initialized and prepared for making measurements automatically See also Auto start and auto connect The Favorites list may also displayed automatically depending on the settings in Ocean s Program options Favorites screen Manual O At startup O Always Always each time Ocean s workspace is empty This is when Ocean starts and each time you click on Close You can select a template that should auto start each time Ocean is started due Select favorite Templates Contents 6 parameters RTM Exposure norm Bee kVpdisplay SEERE lev1 wien f Exposure bre pore norm pose rale form A ier E i Shows that this Favorite will auto start when Oc
371. ne after the sorting is completed Use the order of the exposures No sorting is performed The evaluation of linearity is done on the exposures exactly in the same order as they where measured Default result 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESTO Main functions Ocean Reference Manual Result Pass Maximum difference in mGy mAs between adjacent stations 7 3 limit 10 0 09 Ro o o Sy yay ay Station Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text mA linearity analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Maximum difference in SUnit between adjacent stations SMaxDiffAdjSteps limit SLimitMaxDifAdjSteps vo GraphAbs This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the mA linearity analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions SEM Title Specified title 5Result Analysis result STestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test 5Unit The current unit 5GraphRel Graphical representation of the results as GraphAbs Graphical representation of the results
372. nect button 9 Once you have finished with making exposures click the Save button and give it a name to save your work End From a template Double click on a template in the Library Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 77 1 Click on the Library tab browse and find the real time display template you want and double click on tt 2 The detector selection is shown and you can chose detector s Note If you have a Piranha there will be instances when the detector selection screen will not be shown For example if you measure kVp there is really only one choice 3 The Realtime display is now loaded E Sse Tee fee e feo Gria iie 1 z p pm sum Dr urrara bns O i x Comet Depi Paes Haider Pura re i m mmiri ar srm Edi ra rr haa Ciara Sinji Aare w Lip F rj Tabe voi Exporura Hima Exponwur OkV 0 ms O mGy ect iF ius a a Jsp ne Jsp y de u n oa pl es ay teers iwi ima TE ba P 1a 143 im Ha Ki h Ai he ta m sul A made A A You can start making exposures now if your meter is already connected and the left part of the status bar indicates READY If not connect the meter and click the Connect button 4 Once you have finished with making exposures click the Save button and give it a name to save your work End s New Right click on a measured real time display in the Measurements 1 Click on the Measurements tab and double cli
373. nfigure how content should be organized Configure whether signature is required Configure printer options paper size orientation etc Click to minimize 3 Select Session or Real time display at the top 4 Click on New 5 Enter a name for example RTI Demo and click OK Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 399 6 The name is now shown at the top F ta Options General settings Session C Real time display Preferences Select report template RII Demo Meter preferences Std Defaults Default units Create header and footer for the printed report Free texts Configure how content should be organized Configure whether signature is required Printoptions Configure printer options paper size orientation etc Click to minimize You can now define Head Footer Content Signature and Print options for the report layout Each section below describes how to set up the different parts of a report template Header and footer define header and footer You can create your own header and footer for the printed report Different headers and footers can be setup and stored in a layout for quick and easy use You can add text and picturesand you can define the height for the header and footer 1 Make sure that the name of the report layout template you want to specify modify is shown at the top 2 Click on the button Header and footer 3 A dialogue is shown wher
374. ng 2 Uncheck Include column in spreadsheet export Croats w Show display w Use for analysis Set value For selected rows Alignment Decimals Uniks No data from this column is sent to the spreadsheet When using Send data button or Free workbook to dump data to the spreadsheet The column is totally ignored and no space will be reserved for this column in the spreadsheet When using linked cells Links in this column will be ignored and no data will be sent to the spreadsheet 3 4 Appearance The controls customize the Main screen layout your workspace are found on the Appearance tab of the Ribbon bar There are screen layout functions display layout functions and waveform appearance functions available on this tab Each group of functions is discussed separately below Screen These functions are related to the Main screen layout a 3 Show keyboard indication Show detector name in column heading and appearance Layout Restore Font windows Screen Layout Change the layout for the workspace This button is used to toggle between the three different pre defined layout choices Ocean offers Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 389 You can also arrange the screen layout manually if none of the three layout choices are to your liking Read more screen layout in topic Screen layout Restore windows Restore windows This button is used to r
375. ng the inaccuracy or reproducibility of DAP exposure This column or is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure Reproducibility DAP exposure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions 3 2 5 20 3 DAP exposure diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for DAP exposure The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis DAP exposure diff 100 DAP exposure Measure Set DAP exposure Set DAP exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure relative 3 2 5 20 4 DAP exposure diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for DAP exposure The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis DAP exposure diff A DAP exposure Measured Set DAP exposure This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure absolute 3 2 5 20 5 DAP exposure diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of DAP exposure DAP dose The mean value is calculated based on the measured DAP exposure of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis The mean value is calculated as DAP exp mean DAP exp DAP exp DAP exp n based on rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis DAP exposure diff f
376. ng to the new site you just created is found under the Equipment tab to the right of the Main screen grid You can add more equipment to a room and more rooms to a site at any time by right clicking on the room name or site name in the tree to which you wish to add new items see picture below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions Hospital Sweden al RTI Electronics 4 2 Xray AA labs dl Equipment gt a Xara a gt Measure New User defined equipment E Reports New Tube y RTI Electronics AB RTI Electronics AB_t Ll Real time displays Delete Mew Session Include column in report Read more in the topic New site Session y These are the functions to Li Modify use when you wish to edit a Add Test Session template Ey Add Checklist session Modify Modify current session If you click the Modify button the session template building wizard starts This wizard will let you modify the following e Session template information e Add remove test and checklist template e Change settings for the report Add Test Add a new test to current session template If you click on this button you can add an existing test template to the session template you are working with or build a completely new one and add it on the fly Read more in the topic Add Delete a test to a session Add Checklist Add a new checklist to current session template When you click this button yo
377. ng with a template in design mode When you click on save in design mode only the template is saved You must be in Log mode if you want your measured data to be saved I cannot edit a set value in a test Why This normally happens when you are working with a session and the template you are trying to edit not open active You can look at all tests checklists in a session but you can only modify the one that is currently active Where can I specify the scatter factor In Ocean the scatter factor is called Beam correction factor This factor can be used to apply a correction on the measured exposure or exposure rate You can find this parameter on the meter adjust tabs for exposure detectors or in the grid if specified as column or general setting Data export to Excel or Calc Can I export certain cells from an Ocean test to Excel Yes you can You can use something that is called Cell to cell You can then link individual cells in Ocean with individual cells in Excel or OpenOffice Calc By doing this you get full control over where your data appears in the spreadsheet You can read more in the topic Link a session to Excel or OpenOffice Calc Design I cannot edit a set value in a test Why This normally happens when you are working with a session and the template you are trying to edit not open active You can look at all tests checklists in a session but you can only modify the one that is currently active 2012 10
378. nnection successful 5 If connection fails check the following check that all parameters are correctly entered check that you have internet connection check that any local firewall isn t blocking communication contact the administrator NOTE To be able to send a session to the central database the site facility department room it belong to must have ID Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 413 3 6 2 Submit sessions i Click here to upload sessions to 3 i the central database Submit sessions Submit 1 A wizard starts and shows the sessions that are ready to be submitted to central database The wizard shows the following sessions e Sessions that are completed e require a signature that are signed dae Ocean Server Communication Wizard W Sessions to submit Sessions to submit Preparing E Facility Dept Room Session name Inspector Inspection date Submission complete Radiography test RTI 2012 02 08 F RTI Electronics x ray Room 1 Show all Sessions Click to compress 2 If you want to upload a sessions that already have been submitted or are not considered to be completed check Show all sessions You will then be able to select any session in your database 3 A progress bar is shown while data is sent to the central database When it is completed a report is shown 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 414 Main functions bis Ocean Server Communic
379. nnnnnnnnnnnrncnnns 58 ILL Sl ta neW SESSION cercas a ela Oea 58 3 1 8 Detector selection sinon itv 58 SS a a ee A eee ee 58 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 8 Contents 3 110 AULO Stall ANG AULO COMMECE aa aaaea 58 Ae OU anta oa 58 O a AP en Pee ee ee ee eee 58 SETS rending A A E A 58 A aa aa Re AT 58 A a a 58 1 10 0pgate INSPEC ion dates al 58 3 1 17 Update session site nformation ceeccccococicicicicococonananononononnnnnnnnnnrnnrnrr nn rn nn nn rnnn nr nnnnnnns 58 3 1 18 Different measuring modes cooococcccnocccnconnnccncnnnncnncnnnncrncnnnnrrnnnnnnrrr rn nnnrrnrnnnnrrncnnnniss 58 Sao NOM alias ia dit ce id cidcid dead 112 E A A A Re ee 113 Sklo A o AA eho A N 114 A IAN Cas U MEMS aa Na 58 AI A a 58 De teZ I COMMMEMUS as 58 SEZA eaa en a ee 58 e Y A A E A EAE A E AEA A E A 58 31 24 EXPOSULS ASS ISA a a sos ledadestoteaisinhersadioian 58 3129 THEG DOSE Pro Men POD a 58 A ST REGEN RTE O 128 O ANOVA aena e a ra tutte ray a satalgiie ad died taal Mtescnldeausthe 128 SA TOMPA ae ee ene ee Ran a rere en TO rae Pee a Tenn ener Tie een in mye te 128 S221 Destinia TESTE templates Scares dile 139 3 2 2 1 1 Create grid and general SettingS ococccocococoncncocononononanononnononononanananannanons 139 3 2212 Select MUNIE TOWS acia ia 151 32213 Select multiple cells coi ae cias 153 322 A Addidelete TOWS 2 At 155 A E A A A 157 A A numenc TO Malis ctetccceneiseics atosGancencahilan a 157 liz dd 2CHANGC OCICCl OM css
380. nnnnons 285 3 2 5 20 2 DAP exposure MeasurS cc a 285 3 2 5 20 0 DAP exposure dt Calcula vii a 286 3 2 5 20 4 DAP exposure diff A Calculated ooococococococcococononononononconocononenananannnnnns 286 3 2 5 20 5 DAP exposure diff from mean Calculated ooococococococococococoncncncnnnnnnos 286 Ll DAP EDO UTE e a decane e dnd nc 286 3 2 5 21 1 Set DAP exposure rate Set valUe ooococococcccococonononocononconononononananannnnons 287 3 2 5 21 2 DAP exposure rate Measured o oococcccccococococococcncoconononononononnnnononononananannnnons 287 3 2 5 21 3 DAP exposure rate diff Calculated oooooocococonenonococonconononononananannnnons 287 3 2 5 21 4 DAP exposure rate diff A Calculated ooococcocococeconococoncoconononananananannons 287 3 2 5 21 5 DAP exposure rate diff from mean Calculated ooooococcocococonononoconnoss 287 3 2 5 22 User defined calcula ON 020 seeded wee cietihc nies eaiw bg iedensie Mexceadeiaaiae x uecew oie sideast 288 3 2 5 22 1 Set User Calculation Set value ocooocococococcncococononononononcononononanananannnnons 288 3 2 5 22 2 User Calculation Calculated ococococococococoncocononononanononnonononononananannnnons 288 3 2 5 22 3 User Calculation value diff Calculated ooooococococcnononocoococononononananonnnos 292 3 2 5 22 4 User Calculation value diff A Calculated
381. nos 303 E AA o A ee ER atte RA one A eee eno 304 SILLI CUTE ss cio eae SU ec oui teach eds came A oases 304 3 2 9 2 10 Beam QUAY INOX da A A AAA ee 304 2 el Ils VV AVEO Cal ses anaes aaasnGceamm tain R E 304 3 2 5 28 User defined text cocci a aa a AE Ta E arad tentacle eats 304 3 2 9 20 1 Set text Set Vall Jarras EN R ENEON 304 9 2 9 20 2 TEXT MeaS Ured soret dd 304 3 2 6 Analysis DINAMITA E AE EA E EEE 128 SLO A ud tees data and nu Lisa a da daeataes N 306 2202 o o asta wie tli tdci idan Sate hgbciAc a Souls awa 308 320 3 MAINGAY ce a Parada a E E a E a a adhe 312 A A e E eee ee ere ee Ren a eee 316 3209 QUICK ia eee 320 A O scat tecns N A AIN E etapa E EE AE A S A A 323 3 2 6 7 CTDI helical scan in phantom a A ene Mee coes 327 3 2 6 8 Geometric Efficiency helical SCan free In all ooocococcccccccococononononononcoconononnnnnnnnnnnns 332 2 059 AGUDAS heka a a a E E E tia EE EENE 337 320 105 AGDIEURE Pi laa 343 SLON AGDIUAEA hoea a A o o c 347 A 2A A A A ava tasuaaeStiaY 351 ILGA ENEE oO ee ee eee Cee eee 352 9 20 14 AEC KV COMPCNS AlION 2556 erated ds 353 3260 19 AEC MA sCOMDCIMS ALON esca tas 357 352 0 10 AEC TODO AU CID tain ahs ii 361 22617 AECTECIDOCIY erener oia 364 3 2502 16 AEC Ned Dalan E oesi a a a E E a E a 368 SLOT AEC density CN o N 371 pre amma D E aa A eter A ene ne nee Rete tener A 374 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 14 Contents BON ATEO WOLKOOOK sil liida cis 374 3 3 2 A
382. ns 3 2 5 4 2 Exposure rate Measured This is the measured exposure rate There are several detectors that can measure exposure rate dose rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of exposure rate This column or Exposure rate norm Measured is required for the following analysis Accuracy Exposure rate Reproducibility Exposure rate 3 2 5 4 3 Exposure rate w in Measured This is the measured exposure rate during the window There are several detectors that can measure exposure rate dose rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This column can be used with the following analysis Accuracy Exposure rate Reproducibility Exposure rate Warning Make sure you understand how this parameter works before using it to avoid incorrect results 3 2 5 4 4 Exposure rate norm Measured This is the normalized normalized to a certain distance measured exposure rate There are several detectors that can measure exposure rate dose rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units To get the exposure rate normalized the columns SDD and SSD are required If both th
383. nsation The AEC kV compensation analysis is used to test the performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis can calculate the deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EN Main functions By default deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation are calculated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AEC kV compensation test Exposure View Set ki Exposure Exposure diff Select ky imay From mean 6 i 80 0 1 530 8 9 2 90 0 1 780 6 0 1 730 3 0 Result Pass Diff from mean o Largest deviation fram mean 20 0 3 Mean value 1 550 mGy standard deviation 0 1323 mGy Typical AEC kV compensation test O D View Set kv Meas O D DIFF From mean Select kW 2 0 i 80 0 0 45 0 01 2 90 0 0 41 0 05 3 100 0 0 53 0 07 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET AEC kV compensation Result Pass D z Cc ih d E Ci A Largest deviation fram mean 1 O 1 Mean value 046 0 0 standard deviation O06 O D Default pass fail criteria Whe
384. ntom type 299 Pin 374 Pitch Set value 298 Policy data collection 421 Polynomial function 288 PolyXDeg 288 Position check 49 58 101 forced 16 7 Position check Measured 303 Post delay 95 Pressure Set value 296 Preview 40 63 134 report 396 409 Print 40 cover page 396 report 409 Print options 398 Printer setup 396 Professional 18 2012 10 01 2 3A Program options Defaults 46 General setting 46 Preferences 46 Reporting 46 User defined texts 46 Protection 236 Pulse count measure 263 Pulse exposure rate 277 Pulse mA 269 Pulse rate measure 265 Pulse waveform 66 Pulse width 2 72 Pulse width Measured 273 Pulse width diff Calculated 273 Pulse width diff from mean Calculated 273 Pulse width diff A Calculated 273 Q Question 211 modify 218 Quick access toolbar 21 QuickHVL analysis 320 Quit 55 R Ratio Calculated 299 Ratio rate Calculated 300 Real time display create 24 7 design 247 pdf file 409 print 409 report 409 start new measurement 73 Real time display t template 135 Recommendation 211 Ref mAs Set value 301 Remove Signature 406 Report create pdf file 396 exclude columns 187 footer 232 header 232 in your own language 406 Ocean Reference Manual ETT Index Report layout 232 398 prevew 396 409 print 396 409 real time display 409 translate 406 waveforms 187 Reporting 46 Reports 65 Reproducibility analysis 308 Reset 58 Restore
385. nual 200 Main functions Normally we advise that you leave two blank rows after each analysis to separate them from each other in the report if you use more than one analysis in the same test template 5 Once the wizard is done you will be dropped back to the Analysis window Click OK now to save your work Once you did that the Analysis window should show the new results like the window below Analysis Summary kV accuracy FAIL kV accuracy Result FAIL Maximum relative inaccuracy is OU 3 2 kV at 40 0 k Limit 5 0 to 5 0 Yo mom oF E Diff tro rn Set value do an an Zo Set walue ky Maximum absolute inaccuracy is 4 24 at 1400 k Limit 4 10 k to 40 kv Dit from set value kv do an 7 Feo Set value K Click to compress The modified template should look like this now Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETS View Set ky Tube voltage kvp diff kYp diff A Exposure time Exposure Select ikw kY kW msi imay 40 1 3 3 20 Ee ee eee eee 3 8 75 9 1 4 1 10 4 100 101 2 E 1 20 5 120 1223 1 9 2 30 6 i40 144 2 3 MS It shows that the first exposure failed because the result is outside 5 range and the last exposure failed because the result is outside 4 kV range 3 2 2 1 24 2 Reference a value from the grid In some cases you may want to reference a measured value in the grid in your analysis text Assume t
386. nual 3 2 5 1 mA mAs HVL Total Filtration Light CT exposure CT exposure rate DAP exposure DAP exposure User defined calculations User defined numeric value Settings Conditions Testing Other User defined kV 256 Main functions measurements of tube current measurements of tube current time product mAs direct measurement of half value layer direct measurement total filtration measurement of light illuminance and luminance measurement of CT dose pencil ion chamber measurement of CT dose rate pencil ion chamber measurement of dose area product DAP chamber measurement of dose area product rate DAP chamber add your own calculation enter measured values from the keyboard set values and meter settings conditions related to the measurement evaluation and analysis of measured data varios columns enter user defiend text strings This group of columns is related to the measurement of tube voltage Set kV Tube voltage kVp diff kVp diff A Set value Measured value Relative difference between measured value and reference value Absolute difference between measured value and reference value kVp diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value 3 2 5 1 1 Set kV Set value This is the kV set value It is used to select a suitable kV range for the tube voltage measurement but it is also the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of kVp You can onl
387. nual 36 Application menu real time display wizard will appear and will help you create the real time display The wizard will ask you if you want to use an existing real time display template or create a new real time display from scratch If you chose to create a new real time display the wizard will ask you to e Select modality e Select displays detectors and calibrations e Specify where you have connected the detectors only for Barracuda Once the wizard finished you can start making measurements right away if your meter is connected to the computer The data from each exposure is shown in the displays and stored in the table A new row is automatically created in the log for every new exposure if the cursor is located on the last row If you need to change meter settings use the Meter Adjust function to the right in the main window New Site Create a new site facility department room generator tube Use this function when you want to add a new site The new site wizard will appear and will help you add the new site The wizard will ask you to Specify a facility name address phone number contact person etc Specify a department name etc Specify a room name room ID etc Specify a generator name manufacturer model serial number etc e Specify a tube name manufacturer serial number etc When the wizard finishes you will be able to view your new site under the Measurements tab The generator and tu
388. number of CT scanners by measurement of CTDL in the center and in the peripheral holes A factor the k factor between the weighted CTDI and the CTDI in the center hole has been determined for each scanner model The factor has been determined for different kV and for head and body phantom respectively The analysis CT DI helical scan in phantom will automatically look up the appropriate k factor depending on specified values and use that for the calculation of weighted CTDI THis column is optional but will override the automatic lookup if it is used in the test 3 2 5 25 13 Scan length Set value This is the CT scan length Default unit is millimeters This column is required for the following analysis It is not required for any analysis 3 2 5 25 14 Tube rotation time Set value This is the CT tube rotation time It is used for the CTDI analysis with the CT Dose Profiler detector Default unit is seconds This column is required for the following analysis CT Di helical scan in phantom CT Di helical scan free in air 3 2 5 25 15 Collimation Set value This is the CT collimation It is used for the evaluation of Geometric Efficiency with the CT Dose Profiler detector Default unit is millimeters This column is required for the following analysis CT Di helical scan in phantom Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 299 CTDI helical scan free in air 3 2 5 25 16 CT phantomtype Set value 3 2 5 26
389. olumn is discussed in detail in the Add delete column topic The template will look like the picture below after we added the column we needed Views Set kv Tube voltage kip diff kYp diff A Exposure time Exposure i oy Oe kY ms imay 2 60 61 2 a 3 50 75 9 1 4 4 100 101 2 1 2 5 120 122 3 1 9 6 140 144 2 3 0 2 The next thing we need to do is modify the default analysis so it will know to evaluate the new parameter We do this by right clicking on the Analysis window and selecting Modify analysis from the Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM drop down list and choose the kV accuracy or the name you have given this analysis choice You can also go to the ribbon bar and click on the Analysis setup button to select the analysis you want to modify 3 The window you ll see next will look like the picture below showing the section where we can set the acceptance limits For our example we ll check off the Diff and specify the 5 limit we want in our example and then check off the Diff A and specify the 4 kV as shown in our example To finish this part of the analysis modification we ll click the Update all rows button you could also select all rows with multi select if you want so our grid is updated with the new columns and specifications we just entered kw accuracy Limits For the active row DIFF 5 0 to 5 0 He 7 bit A ky to ka Mote The correspondin
390. on the ribbon bar You can at this point select another one if you want or modify the existing one If you do the later the changes will only affect this real time display You can read more about report layout in the section Create a report layout 3 Click on Preview 4 You may want to select another report layout template or make some more modification 5 Review the report 6 You can now print directly or create a pdf file Click on the pdf button to create a pdf file Click on the print button to print the report Central Database This section is only relevant if you use Ocean Central Ocean Central allows you to directly connect via a local network or internet to a computer that has a central Ocean database Functions are divided into two groups INVITE Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help t bal Submit Download sessions templates Submit Download Click to minimize Submit Functions for submitting measured data to Ocean Central Download Functions for downloading templates from Ocean Central There is an indicator on the lower Status bar that shows when you are connected to Ocean Central via a local network or via internet LL T Available Pressure kPa O 5 a ae i T 20 59 E 2012 01 31 Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 411 3 6 1 Setup Ocean to use Central You must con
391. on to add delete or change the order of tests checklists in a session Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions E O Summary HYL kvp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site gt Rad test WE S O me status Performed Result HL Finished 2010 09 17 Pass T kvp Reproducibility Finished 2010 09 17 Pass Ti kwp Accuracy Finished 2010 09 17 Pass Radiographic questions Finished Fail Edit information a C Modify session a na Hint d Click to compress 3 The following dialogue box will appear after you selected to modify a session showing what is in the session currently the right side of the screen and what you can add left side of the screen You can double click on any test or checklist template on the left side of the screen to add it to the session If you want to delete a template from the session click on the item you want to delete then press the Delete key on your keyboard m Modify Session DAR E Contents Contents a Test templates session contents Preview 1d Foe ie Title fe Last mocfied CTOL testi 2010 10 11 19 01 09 oe kvp Reproducibili Test 2010 10 11 19 01 09 dosepermas sp Accuracy Test 2010 10 11 19 01 09 HWLtestl LJ Radiographic que Checklist 2010 10 11 19 01 09 HY Lbesk2 kwp accuracy 1 mAs Tine accuracy 1 mgd iaea QuickHWLtest1 reprotestl reprotestz red_lew3 statustestl statustest2 80 Checklist templates Tj cecki Pj testi
392. ons 303 3 2 5 27 2 Memo Measured You can write formatted text in this column The text you put here is considered to be measured data so it is not saved in a template and is erased if you do Clear data NOTE This column is not supported in the report 3 2 5 27 3 Date time Calculated If this column is present it shows the date and time of every exposure made in a test or real time display 3 2 5 27 4 Position check Measured The results of the position check is presented in this column It is possible to see if a position check has been done and if it passed or failed This can be used in situations where detector positioning is critical to the success of a measurement to make sure that a position check has been done and that the measurement was done correctly 3 2 5 27 5 Meas O D Measured This is the measured optical densitiy This value is entered from the keyboard This value is used for AEC performance analysis This column is required for the following analysis AEC kV compensation O D AEC mA compensation O D AEC reproducibility O D AEC reciprocity O D AEC field balance O D AEC density correction O D 3 2 5 27 6 Diff from mean O D Calculated It is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of measured optical density The mean value is calculated based on the optical density of all rows included in the AEC analysis The mean value is calculated as O D mean Meas
393. opic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AGD TAEA test using traditional HVL measurement This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated with a traditional HVL measurement by adding filters until the measured dose is reduced to half For this analysis you should specify the set mAs and the mAs value shown on the mammographic unit after the exposure should be entered as Ref mAs Set ki Compr paddle Set m s a ve View Calibration Pay Ref m s Exposure norm Set Added Filtr AGD a imm Al m s imay imm Al imay Mo S0 um Mo Mo 30 um Mo Mo 30 um Mo MmMo 30 rn Mo MmMo 30 um Mo Molan rn Mo Mo 30 um Mo 0 323 172 3 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual KIT Main functions Half Value Layer HL is 0 323 mm Al AGD LAEA Result Pass AGD for Mof30 pm Mo at 6 0 kv is 1109 moy Max allowed is 3 000 miyi Half value layer 0 33 mm Al Incident air kerma Ki 5 70 mGy Typical AGD TAEA test using Quick HVL This example shows how the template looks like when HVL is evaluated by using the Quick HVL Quick HVL is the HVL value measured with each exposure the 1 shot HVL All measured data are acquired with one exposure For this analysis you should specify the set mAs and the mAs value shown on the mammographic unit after the exposure should
394. opic Analysis comment to learn how to use it This column is not required to use an analysis 3 2 5 26 9 Exposure Set mAs Calculated This column is used by the mA linearity analysis It shows the calculated exposure per mAs value when the mAs set or set mA and set time value is used in the mA linearity evaluation The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure Set mAs Exposure Measured Set mAs Or Exposure Set mAs Exposure Measured Set mA Set time This column is required for the following analysis mA linearity if evaluated based on Set mAs or Set mA and time 3 2 5 26 10 Exposure meas mAs Calculated This column is used by the mA linearity analysis It shows the calculated exposure per mAs value when measured mAs or measured mA and time is used in the mA linearity evaluation The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis Exposure meas mAs Exposure Measured mAs Measured Measured Or Exposure meas mAs Exposure Measured mA Measured Time Measured This column is required for the following analysis mA linearity if evaluated based on measured mAs or measured mA and time 3 2 5 26 11 Ref mAs Set value This column is used by the AGD EUREF and the AGD IAEA analyses It is used together with the Set mAs Set value to normalize the exposure value used in the average glandular dose calculation The normalized exposure is calc
395. or OpenOffice Calc Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ESPN Direction Down Exposure misy Exposure time ms 1 3741808668 1631007995 Header ON 2 7 138916883 311 1206055 3 6816282276 374 3897095 4 12 10742398 779 8779297 5 6 Format Verktyg Data F nster Hj lp 234 a E S ig app 100 ji Ml arial E io ar ze a Ay all 4 7 B 13 43 15 30 14 Hu da Ve Svara med ndringar Avsluta granskning MM p S kerhet 2 3 Exposure mGy 3741808668 71389168683 6816282276 1210742395 Exposure time ms 163 1007996 311 1206055 3743897095 7798779297 Direction Across Header ON Click to compress Auto send Enable auto send With auto send on data is transferred automatically from your meter to the spreadsheet after each exposure Auto send can be used with all link modes but it s optional since the data can always be sent by using the Data send button Show linked cells Enable indication for linked cells This is only used for cell to cell mode to indicate which Ocean cells that are linked to a spreadsheet Waveform size Size of exported waveform graphs You can select the size for the waveform graphs that are exported to the spreadsheet Three different sizes are available Workbook m These functions are to help you 4 PP quickly connect or disconnect a workbook to a session or to a real Send Add Remove time display Session Workbook Send
396. or on we TSE Peeper Pat Perr Pr aug Regat wap a Keyboard CP mmay pia ip Reproductor Actur Radiographic questions Sie ada mp Sat E A ai Al 2 Ba iii i F AFA Sars Ih ipo Espomre ponm ima 5 o ee E A E Po Eg 0 E wa E m E a EH EERE LB mA Lia 3 E 3 Lo AA He 6 10 S27 z eb i B so MA s m 237 5 E E 4 hs aL 0 3 6 7 br E 6 te M E 6510 fa E F E BEA Li 6 5005 E E a Ls H 0 5 AA bs J E br 2 0 4 gT TF E it k bE A E Al a E un ix mos 04 64H ber E it 4 HI Ll js 7 E i 61s wait 0 4 L 27 E j dis 115 14 bi 1 115 ah E 15 1 10 42 64 iiis Ar Wie El ina ATT Tubs voltage aca FAL IE bres pHi wd i ua Y ha b a TD El 100 Vib 120 0 10 20 Bi ao 50 50 Tima a Mimoram accuracy e 62 ad 6500 KV Lemi 980 E bo 50 rele ra des Laya Corral aF Piranha i Besson E Log mode Rad test Pressure kPa Click to compress 2 Right click on the analysis window and select Add trend from the menu or go to the Design tab on the ribbon bar and click on the Setup button and select Add trend 3 A wizard starts that will help you to add the trend analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 184 Main functions Mi Select value to analyze Select value to analyze Select analysis Select one Click to compress 4 Select the type of trend you want in the same way as described in topic Trending 5 The trend analysis is now added to the an
397. or the numeric values choose the measurement units to be used and you can change the size and location of the different windows on your screen Click on Save to save the realtime display template You can find your new real time display under the Library tab to the Left of the Main screen grid under Real time display templates You can go ahead and use your new template now if you have your instrument connected to Ocean and your instrument has the capability to make the measurements required by your template This way you can try your new template and adjust the settings if necessary to make sure the template is exactly what you wanted You may also choose to save your real time display with the measured data In this instance the real time display with the measurements will be saved under the Measurements tab to the left of the Main screen grid Read more on this in the topic Design a real time display template End Site Create a new site facility department room generator tube When you click on the Site button it starts a wizard that will help you create a new site A site is a description of a location and equipment to be tested The wizard will take you through a number of steps to do the following e Create a facility department and room e Create a generator and tube When the wizard is done a new site is created To find your new site look under the Measurements tab to the left of the Main screen grid The equipment belongi
398. or the test or checklist you want to start The test or checklist is opened and the first row is activated You can also select a test or checklist by clicking on a tab Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 83 summary of AVL kvp Reproducibility kvp Accuracy Radiographic que Rad test Tte Status Performed Result bh HVL Finished kVp Reproducibility Not started kVp Accuracy Not started e Radiographic questions Not started When the test or checklist is shown you can click on the row you want to start with and that row will be activated 8 When you activate a test or a checklist a wizard starts that allows you to specify the equipment to test In some cases you may be asked to specify the detector s to use Detector selection End e Design a new session template on the fly 3 Select Create a new session and click Next 4 Enter Inspector and company default is specified in the program options and click Next 5 Choose a session name this is the name it is saved with and click Finish An empty session template is created no tests or checklists are present at this time Your screen should look like the picture below summary site Acceptance test 6 Now you need to add tests and checklists Click on Add test or Add checklist
399. orting Central database Help 0 OO OU 2 2 Table of FAQ Getting Measure Design Misc Import Contact Activate Chec contents started hi examples RTI meter upda Help l Tutorials jt Import CTDP templates Your first CTDI measurement sa Keyboard 17 No measureme Design your own templates Theory of CTDI and k factor Click to compress Go to the Help page of the ribbon bar and select CTDP If you are upgrading make sure to load the new example templates that are available for the CT Dose Profiler Follow the description in the topic Import examples and select Barracuda or Piranha and CT CT Dose The templates will be found in the folder Oo Session templates ES Session templates ES Test templates a D Real time display templates E pe E Inbox 4 4 Examples RTT i D Applications en cmo CTDI CTDoseProfiler J Geometric Efficiency CTDoseProfiler HUOroscopy ceo 7 a Click to compress These two templates are working with all license levels of Ocean and they are locked and only set values can be changed if you have Display or Connect If you have Professional you can modify the templates in any way you want These two templates cover measurements of CTDI in head body phantom CTDI free in air and Geometric Efficiency If you have Professional you can also design your own templates for the CT Dose Profiler 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocea
400. osure assistant functions that control how Favorites measured data are acquired Measure Favorites Shows the favorites list Click on this button to show the Favorites list Get waveform Enable waveform acquisition for every exposure The default for this function is CHECKED This means that a waveform will be acquired for every exposure Uncheck this box if you don t want waveforms to be acquired for each exposure If you prefer to acquire waveforms sometimes but not all the time you can specify in the test template whether or not you want to acquire the waveform For example if your test template contains four measurements and you only want to acquire two waveforms you can choose which two of the four measurements will acquire the waveform and which two will not If you use this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A 62 Main functions option it will override the Get waveform checkbox Exposure assistant Not available in this version Compare From here you can do trend de Mas analysis and easily look up previous measurements done earlier in the History Trend same room Compare History Shows previous similar tests from the same room Click on this button to view the history of similar measurements in current room Trend Trend analysis Click on this button to start trend analysis You can compare how different parameters change over time Bias Bias off Turns off the bias only
401. ou have follow the steps below to find out 1 Power on your meter 2 Connect the meter to your computer or make sure that you have a Bluetooth connection 3 Start Ocean If it is the very first time you start Ocean a Start up wizard will help you get started Provide the information required by the wizard 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 26 Welcome to Ocean 1 4 3 4 A window titled Select favorite is now shown Click Cancel to close it 5 Go to the Measure tab on the ribbon and choose Connect 6 Ocean will now try to connect to your meter If your meter has a license the upper status bar below the ribbon will show Connected see picture below and you can start measuring If you meter doesn t have a license Ocean will ask you to provide one You can get the free Display license key from our website at http www rti se try ocean for free or contact us to purchase a Connect or Professional license NOTE You cannot use Ocean without a license and if you don t have one you must abort at this point until you obtain a license key Once you have a license key continue from this point by following the steps to load the license key into your meter wf Connected 7 Now check the main title bar at the top of the Ocean Main screen and it will show what license level you have Depending on what license level you are using read Getting started with Display and Connect Getting started with Pro
402. our meter is on line you will only see the connected detectors Your template design screen should look like the picture below after we made all the selections We have chosen the four columns we need for our example so we can click Next to continue with the wizard Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 147 Measurement Setup H General settings Colapse Expand Parameter Detector g ky 56t kv Set value ma 8 Time Tube voltage Measurec Piranha Serial 4 Exposure kip diff Calculated Set exposure Set value Exposure time Measure Piranha Serial 4 Exposure norm Measured Z Exposure Measured o 2 Exposure diff Calculated z Exposure diff A Calculated Exposure diff from mean 9 Calc Exposure rate m m s HwL Total Filtration Settings Conditions Testing Other User defined B E a P E E el E E En Click to compress The next thing we need to do is to select the general settings General setting are set values you don t want in columns since they don t change and show a constant value for all measurements The picture below shows the General settings screen 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Measurement Setup Information Columns General settings Roms Show all General settings Collapse Expand ky Time Exposure Exposure rate m m s HL Total Filtration Settings
403. ow 1 To remove decimals from the set values right click on a heading column or general settings From the menu select Decimals and select 0 decimals If you don t know how the column is formatted currently just start entering values into the column 2 To change the order of columns or of values in general settings just use the drag and drop method Place the cursor over the heading and just drag it to the desired location then let go and the column will be repositioned accordingly 3 To change the unit of a column or value in the general settings right click on the heading and select Unit to change change to another unit of measure 4 To change a column heading right click on it and select the Edit column title choice then type the new column title and click OK to save 5 To change column width just click on a horizontal line and drag it over to the desired new position then release your mouse and the new column width will be set 6 How to modify the meter settings is described here 7 How to to add a hint is described here 8 How to add supporting information to a template is described here 9 You may want to add some kind of analysis calculation with pass fail criteria to your test How to add an analysis to your template is described here 10 There are things you can do in the test template that will have affect on how it appears in the report Read more about this topic here NOTE It is a goo
404. own By default is only maximum difference from the mean value tested If Exposure is used Maximum diff 2 From mean value 10 0 of _ Maximum coefficient of variation We If O D is used Maximum diff O 0 From mean value 0 15 O D Maximum coefficient of variation Oy E Ue You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameter Coefficient of variation Default result Exposure Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETS AEC reproducibility Result Pass z E amp E Lah mu E _ E al Exposure Largest deviation fram mean Mo 4 3 Mean value 3 20 mGy Standard deviation O 0 168 ms Result layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text AEC reproducibility analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Graph Largest deviation from mean UnitForDeviation MaxDevFromMean Mean value SMean v alue Unit Standard deviation StandardDeviation Unit This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the AEC reproducibility analysis
405. parawd T Real time display E Log mode Rad kip measurement Available Pressure kPa Click to compress In some situations you may want to hide a window sine you are not using it will simplify the use Let us assume that you don t want the Anlysis window 1 Double click on the caption bar of the Analysis window 2 The window is undocked 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 190 Main functions a BL ur l Merere Design Datalink Appearance Repartir Certuldatabase Heip i x gt Clear ro i he et efor rh map ls Clear al n Exposure assistant Danei Heel Stet Caphre Pase Pogba Hram A Debecter Farraribri Biza oof Hater Trend To de La F P P i un Fan aa E B Exposure Ecosnre re iH SS z iHe x s ice te G u u u a E E gretam data Comment Borrocada T Realbbme display E Log mode Rad kuip measurement Ancoilable Pressure kPa Click to compress Click in the upper right corner to hide the Analysis window 3 Go to the ribbon bar and Appearance Select the screen layout you want Measure Design Datalink Appearance ss m Show keyboard indication ECE Show detector name in column heading Restore Font windows Standard Netbook Paged Layout 2 None Click to compress 4 Save the template If you want to restore hidden windows click on the Restore windows button on t
406. pearance Reporting Help gt per Clear row i AX Get waveforms A a 7 ee E E fo nF cam Clear all Exposure assistant a Connect Reset Start Capture Position Meter Detector Favorites Bias id check info i Close Meter Edit Measure mm Al mGy 0 0 135 0 2 1 0 0 2341 A 3 2 1 0 1847 Messages are shown here o 4 3 0 0 1588 w 5 4 0 0 1276 w Click to minimize Important Read the yellow messages carefully and follow the instructions This will ensure that you can maximize your productivity and collect data quickly and correctly 3 1 18 1 Normal This is the measuring mode you will use most frequently It can be used for both short and long fluoro exposures In this mode the meter functions fully automatically It willsense from the detector when there is an exposure and will start and stop the measurement automatically Short exposure lt 2 seconds Results are shown in the grid and the displays as soon as trigger is off Long exposure gt 2 seconds If the exposure is long the grid and displays are updated with new data every 2 seconds Italic font is used in the grid to indicate an ongoing exposure View a Exposure norm Exposure time Exposure rate norm Select m ms Amin 1 zbolD Abe 462 1 As soon as the exposure is terminated the final data is shown in the grid with normal font and the meter is prepared for the n
407. play and Connect section only as this is the only option available for you Before using your meter with Ocean make sure that your Piranha or Barracuda has the latest firmware Installation You must have Windows XP Window Vista or Windows 7 to run Ocean Your computer must also have USB port or Bluetooth Display graphics should be 800X600 or higher The Ocean installer is located on the Product CD you received with your Instrument To install please follow the steps below Note You must have administrator level access to the computer you are installing Ocean on to install the software 1 Insert the product CD into the CD drive The CD menu starts automatically if not locate and run Start exe If you are not installing Ocean from a Product CD run the file Setup Ocean exe 2 Move the cursor to Install and select Ocean 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation process 4 When the installation of Ocean is completed the installer for the Microsoft Access database engine starts automatically Microsoft Access database engine is required to run Ocean 5 There are two possible scenarios You already have Microsoft Access database engine on your computer If you already have Microsoft Access on your computer a dialogue will be shown asking if you want to Reinstall Repair or Uninstall the database engine You want neither so click on the Cancel button at the bottom of the dialogue Confirm that you wan
408. ps 10 0 Yo Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions SES When you modify an mA linearity analysis all pass fail criteria is available 4 Maximum difference for mGy mAs between adjacent steps 10 0 Di Maximum difference between lowest and highest mGy mAs values Yo A Maximum deviation for mGy mAs from average Yo You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameters Select parameters You can chose between measured or set values and between mAs or mA time when you do the linearity evaluation Select mAs or mA time Select source s mAs mAs ace Set value m time Measured value or Select mAs or mA time Select source s E mAs m 3 mA time Time Measured value Select sort order You can decide how you want the exposures sorted before the analysis is performed Exposure order to use during analysis Sort according to Focal Spot and then mAs 5 Sort according to mAs and then Focal Spot D Use the order of the exposures Sort according to Focal Spot and then mAs Exposure are sorted based on the Focal Spot size information you have provided in this column For each focal spot size used the exposures are sorted based on mAs The calculations will be done after the sorting is completed Sort according to mAs and then Focal Spot Exposure are sorted based on mAs For each mAs station used the exposures are sorted based on focal spot size The calculations will be do
409. ps in an examination but not an ongoing exposure for assessing the performance of the X ray equipment for evaluation of examination techniques and procedures for service and maintenance measurements for quality control measurements for educational purposes authority supervision etc The product is intended to be used by hospital physicists X ray engineers manufacturer s service teams and other professionals with similar tasks and competencies The operator needs a short training to be able to use the product as intended This training can be achieved either by careful study of the manual studies of the built in help function in measurement software or on request in a short course ordered from the manufacturer The product is intended to be used inside X ray rooms ready for clinical use and can safely be left switched on and in any measuring mode in the vicinity of patients The product is NOT intended to be used for direct control of diagnostic X ray equipment performance during irradiation of a patient so that patients or other unqualified persons can change settings of operating parameters during and immediately before and after measurements 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Contents 7 Table of Contents 1 Welcome to Oc AN ainia a 18 Ma AGO MOV AM AMOR MAU OM faces ns deseen 18 1 2 Important definitions ooo eee cecceeeeesencceeeeseneeeeseenaceeeeseaneee
410. r to RTI Electronics AB Error Data Collection department via e mail We also encourage feed back from Ocean users regarding the program and invite suggestions on how we may improve our product Your input is an important step to ensure we deliver a product that is as bug free as we can make it and one that users find easy to use and powerful enough to meet their X ray equipment quality assurance testing needs Why error data is collected We at RTI Electronics AB made every effort to extensively test and find bugs as they happen during the development cycle and we will continue our efforts after Ocean is released However it is possible that in spite of all our efforts some bugs may have gone undetected We are committed to excellence in our software so learning about and fixing the problems reported to us by users is a top priority When you choose to send an error report a small snap shot of the state of your application at the time the error occurred is transferred to RTI Electronics AB This data is used by our software engineers to diagnose and correct the problem 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 3 7 4 422 Main functions These reports we collect are actively used by RTI Electronics AB and its partners to continually improve the reliability of the software you use and to identify potential new ideas and improvements for implementation in future Ocean versions Error report data is used to find and correct problems in the
411. r CTDI normalized 5MinCTDiwn Minimum value MaxCTDIwn Maximum value S CTDIw Measured value CTDI weighted Unitw Unit for CTDI weighted SMinCTOlw Minimum value SMaxCTDIw Maximum value SCTDIvol Measured value CTDI volume SUnitvol Unit for CTDI volume S MinCTDIvol Minimum value 5MaxCT Divo Maximum value SDLP Measured value for Dose Length Product SUnitDLP Unit for Dose Length Product SMinDLP Minimum value 5MaxDLP Maximum value 5kFactor Used k factor if blank automatically selected by the analysis Calculations Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions EM The CTDI 100 c is calculated in the following way All calculations are done from the dose profile waveform Click to compress The waveform is an array of samples where the Z axis see graph above represents the position of the sensor and the y axis represents the exposure rate The waveform includes a maximum of 1024 samples Ocean finds key locations in the waveform in the following way 1 Find the maximum dose rate that occurred during the scan 2 Search backward from this point to find where the dose profile goes below 50 of the maximum value and call this position X1 not shown on graph 3 Search forward from the point found in step 1 to find where the dose profile goes below 50 of the maximum value and call this position X2 not shown on graph 4 Calculate the position halfway between X1 and X2 Call
412. r own templates from the beginning or pick an existing one and rework that one according to your needs There are four different types of templates Session available only in Professional license Test available only in Professional license Checklist available only in Professional license Real time display Preveiw It may be convenient to use the preview function when looking for a specific template in the tree You can preview in two different ways e click on a template in the tree the preview is then shown to the right e right click on a template in the list view the preview is then shown in a separate window Preview from the list view 1 Right click on a measurment 2 Select Preview from the menu Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions REM 3 2 2 s Keyboard lt gt Library Test templates Examples RTI Fluoroscopy gt ES Session templates a LD Test templates Name Last modified Type b Inbox w ype a 4 Examples RTI La Flu pani 2010 11 24 b E CT Fluor T b Dental Open 2010 11 19 gt 0 Fluoroscopy New 2010 11 22 b Mammography b Pan Dental Delete b Pulsed Fluoro b E Radiography View report PDF Export Click to compress Preview from the tree 1 Click on a template in the tree 2 The preview is shown to the right a Keyboard 1 Test templates Examples RTI Fluoroscopy Fluoro mA
413. racuda together When you connect your meter to Ocean the license key is validated and Ocean wil show the license level on the main caption bar There are three license levels available to you Display Connect or Professional The Display license level is free and you can get a licence from our website at http www rti se try ocean for free If you purchase the Connect or Professional licence after you purchased the meter you will receive an installer along with your meter and the licence information will be installed into your meter when you connect Ocean and the meter together the first time If you purchase Connect or Professional at the same time as you purchase your meter the meter will come with the licence information permanently installed and no licence key is required We have added a keyboard mode feature to Ocean that allows you to use the software without the meter connected to it It s a great way to create templates right at your desk or if you need to do some quick testing and don t want to set up the meter you can just make your measurements and enter the data by hand Since almost every functionality your licence level offers is available in this mode except items you can only do while connected to a Piranha or Barracuda you can experience the power and versatility of this software even if you don t own a Piranha or Barracuda presently We are confident that once you tried Ocean you will not only want to use the software
414. racy Exposure rate absolute 3 2 5 4 7 Exposure rate diff from mean Calculated It is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of exposure rate dose rate The mean value is calculated based on the measured exposure rate of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis It is calculated in the following way The mean value is calculated as Exp rate mean Exp rate Exp rate Exp rate n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis Exposure rate diff from mean 100 Exposure rate Measured Exp rate mean Exp rate mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility Exposure rate 3 2 5 5 Frame count This group of columns is related to the measurement of frame or pulse count Set frames Set value Frames Measured value Frames diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Frames diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Frames diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value Note You can just rename the column headings to Pulse if you want to use this instead of Frame 3 2 5 5 1 Set frames Set value This is the frame pulse count set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of frame pulse count You can only have one inst
415. re below The first page shown is the summary page that lists all the test checklist templates included in this session template Summary Exposure Evo Accuracy m s and time Accuracy Checklist Acceptance test me tats Performed Result Exposure kvp Accuracy m s and time Accuracy Checklist Click to compress 7 If you are satisfied with the contents click the Save button to save it and it will be saved and can be viewed in the Library tab 3 2 2 3 1 Add delete test to a session You can add to or delete test templates from a session at any time There are several ways to do this You can do this in Data mode and in Design mode Use the button on the ribbon bar add a test The following example will show how to add a test template to a session Before you can add a test template you must have a session template loaded Design mode or an active session assigned to a room Data mode Follow the steps below to add a test template 1 Select the Design page on the ribbon bar Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions NET 2 Click the Modify session button 3 The session wizard will appear giving you the option to select an existing test template or create a new one see picture below For our example we will choose to add an existing test template dd Test template E Select type Select type Select template P Select an existing Test template O Create a new Test template
416. re templates stored You can browse through your measurements and templates buy clicking on the two tabs Measurements and Library Ey ld Ex Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help Click to enlarge Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 23 Click on Measurements to browse the measurements CI Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Central database Help Pp ie AO an e Clear row gt y Y Get waveforms bh om UY OY a E y y AN i Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Pause Position Meter Exposure Detector Favorites History Trend check info assistant i Close Meter M Edit Measure l Compare 4 a Sites gt d RTI Electronics Fac name a gt RTI Electronics AB A F ty RT Hospital pe RIT doi Main a E Real time displays Fa RTI A AB M lndal i RTI Hospita M lndal gt 2 Inbox b Demo PE Various 2011 12 22 10 51 22 bo 2 9012 01 03 16 35 25 MM 2012 01 03 16 53 47 MM 2012 07 03 09 59 48 Hl 2012 08 02 14 48 50 5288 i RiaeTect Mm Click to enlarge The left part shows the database tree and the right part shows the content of the selected folder You can browse through templates in the same way There is a search function available You can right click on a folder and select Expand all to open it and all its sub folders Measure Design Datalink Appear
417. readsheet L ia 63 Edit cell name L 5 7 imi 6 75 Collect waveform s L i 30 Include waveform s in report L ai ia Delete selected row s A 3 3 _ n 10 95 n ii 100 al 12 05 Click to compress 3 An icon in the view select column indicates the forced position check 3 2 2 1 13 Waveform data in a column It is possible to get waveform data directly into a column in the grid This is done by creating a link from the waveform data to a user defined column in the grid Assume that you have the following measurement 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ECE Main functions View Exposure Exposure rate Exposure time ES Lita Ir Ir 3 836 7 204 532 5 EL 3 6 84 12 43 550 5 Ir 4 11 78 21 30 553 0 Ir 5 28 24 52 93 533 5 Ir 6 36 70 65 12 563 6 Click to compress You have measured a pulsed exposure and you want to record the exposure only for the second pulse This value is available on the waveform data panel if you place the cursors as shown in the picture above Waveform data Show hid Cursor Cursor Diff Exposure rate 0 000 0 000 0 000 mays Time 191 8 394 1 162 3 ms Between cursors Exposure 0 8316 mGy Exposure rate 5 115 mGy s Click to compress To show waveform data in a column 1 Right click outside the grid and select Modify real time display or Modify test if it is a test you are working with Ocean Reference Manual 2012 1
418. red value during the window mA diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value mA diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value mA diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value 3 2 5 13 1 Set mA Set value This is the mA set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of mA You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mA 3 2 5 13 2 Tube mA Measured This is the measured tube mA This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy reproducibility of mA It may also be used when analyzing the mA linearity This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy mA Reproducibility mA mA linearity optional 3 2 5 13 3 Tube mA w in Measured This is the measured tube mA during the window time This column can be used in the following analysis Accuracy mA Reproducibility mA mA linearity optional Warning Make sure you understand how this parameter works before using it to avoid incorrect results 3 2 5 13 4 mA diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for tube current mA The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis mA diff 100 Tube mA Measured Set mA Set mA This column is required for the following analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 276 M
419. rence Manual 308 Main functions 3 2 6 2 This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the Accuracy analysis Title Specified title TestResult Pass or Fail text the overall result For the test Result Analysis result GraphRel Graphical representation of the results as oraphabs Graphical representation of the results MaxRelDiF Maximum relative difference AbsDiFRAtMaxRelDiF Maximum absolute relative difference Setvalued4tMaxRelDiF The set value for where maximum relative difference occur HiLimitiMaxR elCiF High acceptance limit For the value where maximum difference occur LoLimitMaxRelCiF Low acceptance limit For the value where maximum difference occur MaxGbsDiFF Maximum absolute difference SetraluedtMaxAabsDif The set value for where maximum absolute difference occur HiLimitMasAbsCiFF High acceptance limit For the value where maximum difference occur LoLimmitMasxAbsDiFF Low acceptance limit For the value where maximum difference occur 0nit The current unit Calculations The relative difference is calculated as diff 100 Measured value Set value Set value The absolute difference is calculated as diff A Measured value Set value Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the Accuracy analysis Para
420. rence Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETTE fe Ll gt Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help Clear row Get waveforms g Clear all Exposure assistant Connect Reset Start Position Meter r Detector Favorites check info Close Meter Edit Measure The meter will continue to measure according to the specified time setting The progress is shown on the status bar You can stop before the time expires by clicking the Capture button 3 When the measurement is completed after expired time or if you clicked Capture you are asked to turn off the exposure before Ocean proceeds to the next row in the grid 3 1 19 Light measurements When you make light measurements using the Piranha light probe or the L100 light probe for Barracuda there are a few important things to be aware of To make light measurements with Piranha or Barracuda is Slightly different than making measurements with other dedicated light meters Piranha and Barracuda both have a reset function that is not present in other light meters This means that the detector must be protected from light every time the meter does an automatic reset or when you reset the meter by clicking the Reset button Another thing to consider is the use of high and low sensitivity You may see a instead of a measured value This indicates a measuring error normally high signal or low signal You must change the sensitivity settings if this happens Luminance
421. rid below the displays If you want to read more about real time displays click here You can do further modifications to the real time display Change size of displays Change font and background color for the displays Change order of the displays just drag and drop Clone displays for example if you want to see an exposure in two different units Clone the exposure display and change unit Change position for the displays 3 2 4 2 Print There are a few things you can do in the realtime display that will affect on how it appears when you print it e Exclude columns from the print out e Include waveforms in the print out e Change the width of columns Exclude columns from the print out All columns will be included in the print out by default You can exclude columns if you like that will prevent them from appearing in the print out To exclude include columns from the print out 1 Right click on the column heading Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ET 3 2 9 Set ky Tube voltage El Show display ls JI Edit column title 800 4 Include column in report 3 80 Edit column name 4 SO y Use For analysis 5 80 Set value for selected rows s0 Alignment b Decimals Units 2 Uncheck or check Include column in report to exclude include it in the print out Include waveforms No waveforms are included in the print out by default You can include waveform if
422. ring mode You can select between Normal Timed or Free run Normal use this measuring mode for exposures and fluoroscopy Timed meter measures during a specific time Free run meter measures continuously without use of any trig levels for more details see the meter manual Use set values for This can be used when measuring pulsed radiation Normally the meter is Frames measuring the frames and or the frame rate The measured value is used when and Frames s calculating dose frame In cases when the meter is not able to detect the 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions Waveform type Trigger source Trig level End radiation pulses very low signal a set value can be used instead when calculating dose frame This is normally set to From equipment info In this case the waveform type is taken from the equipment info tab This can be set to Individual for special circumstances In this case each detector will trig on its own signal Default is unchecked and all detectors start to measure when the internal detector receives a signal Trig level for the exposure time measurement Normally set to 50 Pirahna or Barracuda MPD Settings for the internal kVp and dose detector These are settings for the Piranha internal detector or the MPD when Barracuda is used Settings Dose TF sensitivity kVp sensitivity Calibration kV range Use TF from equipment info Added filtration Beam corr
423. rm Waveform data Analvsis Commer Click to minimize The arrows indicates where you want the Ocean data to go in your spreadsheet 1 Follow the steps outlined above to link a workbook to a template if you don t have one linked yet We will assume for this example that there is a workbook associated or embedded into our template already 2 Make sure that the test or checklist you are going to link from is selected and opened 3 Select the first cell in Excel Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 385 e E a re rr TEO BA 2 Ee 120 S E 3 Now go to Ocean and right click the cell you want to link Select Link selected cell s to Office spreadsheet from the menu 4 A red arrow will appear to indicate that this cell is linked If you hover the cursor over the cell a hint will tell you where this cell is linked to It is possible to link a block of cells simultaneously see how to do this here Tube voltage Exposure time kv kv ms 50 55 55 13 50 60 62 rr Ta Y a ma rr am a 5 You can also link the waveform that belong to the exposure First go back to the spreadsheet and select a cell where you want the upper left corner of the waveform graph to appear 6 Now go back to Ocean and right click on the waveform panel From the menu select Link waveform to spreadsheet A dialogue is shown Link waveform to spreadsheet Select waveform size Small A Medium
424. rom mean 100 DAP exposure Measured DAP exp mean DAP exp mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility DAP exposure 3 2 5 21 DAP exposure rate This group of columns is related to the measurement of DAP exposure rate Set DAP exposure rate Set value DAP exposure rate Measured value DAP exposure rate diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value DAP exposure rate diff Absolute difference between measured value and reference value A DAP exposure rate diff Relative difference between measured value and the mean value from mean Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 287 3 2 5 21 1 Set DAP exposure rate Set value This is the DAP exposure rate set value This is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of DAP exposure rate You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure rate 3 2 5 21 2 DAP exposure rate Measured This is the measured DAP exposure rate You can have several instances of this column for different detectors or the same detector and just to show measured values in different units This value is used when calculating inaccuracy and reproducibility of DAP exposure rate This column or is required for the following analysis Accuracy DAP exposure Reproducibility DAP exposure 3 2 5 21 3 DAP exposure rate diff Calculated This
425. room but if you just make the user defined equipment inactive instead of delete it altogether you can keep it for reference purposes The User defined equipment ID is only shown if this option is selected in Program options not shown here This field gives the user defined equipment a unique identifier in the database and is used for a more efficient import export of your data Grid and General settings The grid is used to organize your measured data set values and calculations Each row represents one exposure Different types of data are divided into different columns Each row is identified by a row number and each column by a column heading 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 70 Main functions SDD Set time m ims General settings 79 100 View F Set kV Tube voltage kVp diff Select Column heading A Active row 2 7 4 og tl Rows 5 110 N Cell Row Columns Selection Indicators Click to compress Row selection Click in this column when you want to activate a row Active row is identified by the blue bar and the arrow in the left column If the row you selected contains measurements you can just move the mouse pointer over this column to view previous measurements If you want to repeat a measurement click in this column on the row you want to repeat Columns Each column represents a measured parameter a set value or a calculated value Cell Each cell contains a value can be numeri
426. s W mm A WWE mm Al iD 3 View Set ki Exposure time Exposure Exposure rate Ti i EY ms may mayis E E Er a Cn Click to minimize 2 Go to the Data link page on the Ribbon bar and click on the Add workbook button 3 Select Free workbook 4 Idialogue is activated to help you select an OpenOffice Calc or a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet For our example if yo9u have OpenOffice choose the Select an Office spreadsheet file option 5 Locate the file with the table you want to fill in 6 Select the upper left cell in the table in the spreadsheet You have two options here Place it in the Set kV column the value from Ocean will overwrite the value in the spreadsheet Right click on the Set kV column heading in Ocean and uncheck Include column in spreadsheet exports In this case select the first row in the Time column in the spreadsheet 7 Set the generator and make an exposure It aff Real time display Exposure time Exposure E a E 139 0 ms E v3 mm Al v3 mm Al iD Ej View Set ky Exposure time Exposure Exposure rate fA Select kN ims imay mayis 50 0 139 0 36 05 ra a ER EE Click to minimize na 8 Measured data is now transferred to the spreadsheet 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 378 Main functions 3 3 2 eo ESOO So IE PACTO IESO IESO Click to minimize Associate or embed a workbook If you purchased O
427. s Accuracy mAs absolute 3 2 5 14 6 mAs diff from mean Calculated This is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of mAs The mean value is calculated based on the measured mAs of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 278 Main functions The mean value is calculated as mAs mean mAs mAs mAs n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis mAs diff from mean 100 Tube mAs Measured mAs mean mAs mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility mAs 3 2 5 15 HVL This group of columns is related to the measurement of HVL QuickHVL Set HVL Set value HVL HVL diff HVL diff A Measured value Relative difference between measured value and reference value Absolute difference between measured value and reference value HVL diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value 3 2 5 15 1 Set HVL Set value This is the QuickHVL set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of QuickHVL Note that Accuracy is not the normal way to evaluate HVL Instead use the QuickHVL analysis You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy HVL 3 2 5 15 2 HVL Measured
428. s for creating session templates containing a complete set of measurements and checklists to complete specific quality assurance compliance testing required by regulatory agencies responsible for X ray system quality control Once these templates are created you can share them with your colleagues and regulatory agencies if you like ey Ex When you click on the Template button you can select the type of template you Jess want to create The four template choices are listed below AE ina e New Session template MU Session oy e New Test template LA Checklist fi Real time display e New Checklist template e New Realtime display template New Session template When you click on the Session template choice it starts a wizard to help you create your new session template A session template is a collection of tests and or checklists that together define a complete job When you make measurements with a session template a report can be generated upon completion of all the measurements The wizard lets you e Select test and checklist templates from the Library e Specify a title and other information for the session template e Specify options that control the report generation process Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETE When the wizard is done the session template is created and opened It is possible to add and remove tests and checklists on the fly after the session template has already bee
429. s or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC reproducibility analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured or value and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional diff from mean O D however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column AEC reciprocity The AEC reciprocity analysis is used to test the performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis can calculate the deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation are calculated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AEC reciprocity test Exposure View Phantom Exposure Exposure diff Select cm imay From mean 0 1 10 2 782 1 6 El Ol fal 0 5 a 30 2 651 fee Ocean Reference Manua
430. s or general settings The following columns are required for the AGD ACR analysis Exposure norm The AGD ACR analysis is always using the normalized exposure th column Measured Exposure norm Measured However it is not required to normalize to any distance and in this case is normalized exposure measured exposure Calibration Set value It is required to have calibration column The value is used when getting the g factor for the corresponding target filter Phantom Set value This is the phantom thickness corresponds to a breast thickness This column is required HVL Measured This column is required if QuickHVL is used instead of a traditional HVL measurement HVL AGD Measured In this column is the HVL for the AGD calculation specified The value must be entered manually or linked automtatically from the HVL analysis AGD Calculated This is the calculated average glandular dose This value is compared against the pass fail criteria you have specified AGD IAEA The AGD IAEA analysis is used to evaluate the average glandular dose according to the European protocol IAEA Technical Report Series no 457 Dosimetry in Diagnostic Radiology An International Code of Practice page 155 163 2007 ISSN 0074 1914 Supported target filter combinations are Mo 30 um Mo Mo 25 um Rh Rh 25 um Rh Rh 1 mm Al W 50 um Rh and W 0 5 mm Al This analysis is only using one row in your test You can read the t
431. s AB may send the data to the vendor of that product who may in turn send the data to sub vendors and partners We thank you for your continued support in making our software the preferred choice by X ray equipment quality assurance testing professionals It is our commitment to bring the best most bug free software experience to Ocean users all over the world RTI Electronics AB Research amp Development Department Activate meter Use this button if you need to install an Ocean license into your meter All meters manufactured before December 2010 don t have a license installed If the meter is missing a license Ocean will normally ask for it when you connect your meter to Ocean for the first time Units manufactured after December 2010 come with the Display license already installed Use the Activate meter button if you need to upgrade your license to a higher level To activate or upgrade the license stored in the meter follow the steps below 1 Click Activate meter 2 A dialogue is shown Enter meter license key Current license Display Enter license key 0034661 30326F3 E440013 4D56503 6EFFESF 3 Enter the license key and click OK Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 423 3 7 5 4 A message is displayed confirming that the license is installed Information i Ocean is now allowed to be used With this meter The license is now installed in your meter and you will immediately be ab
432. s and it will show you what the new window position will be if you were to release the window at that particular spot When you found the right place for the window just release it and the window will dock automatically to the new position NOTE It is not recommended to keep windows undocked and save templates in that way Undocked windows may be hidden behind other windows and it may be difficult to know where an undocked window really belongs Use drag and drop to dock windows For this example let s undock the Waveform window using the drag and drop method of undocking move it to the right of the grid and docking it there as the new position For this exercise we will use the standard screen layout see the picture below Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 395 QE lig Rad test 2010 09 17 Ocean Professional 5 x Measure Design Datalink Appearance Reporting Help i 5 to O Clear row Z Get waveforms A Measured pressure kPa a Sd Clear all Exposure assistant Connect Reset Start Capture Position Meter Detector Bias off X check info lb Close Meter I Edit Measure Bias s Keyboard 13 Summary HYL Y Kvp Reproducibility KYp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site z T SDD Set m s Set time B D cm m s ms 3 S 70 5 100 3 Q El View Set kw kvp diff From Exposure Exposure diff from Exposure time Time diff Fro
433. sample moving average 4 sample moving average 5 sample moving average eN MI ip AAA Bo Be 35 BS 10 1 10 4 18 10 3 34 11 0 jj Click to compress 3 Select the amount of smoothing you want to have This option is also available when you do measurements and you can also add smoothing on the fly 3 2 2 1 10 Hints Ocean has the ability to add hints to your templates to provide help for the user who will work with your templates The hint is a message that will pop up automatically if certain situations arise and can be turned off in the Program Options if desired A common hint is to remind people to remove the filters from the beam after they have finished with the half value layer test The picture below shows this hint Dont foget to remove the filters Click to compress You can insert hints in the following places e Session it willbe shown when you start a session e Test or checklist it willbe shown when the test or checklist is started e Row it willbe shown when the row becomes active Add a session hint 1 Go to the session summary page and click on the Add hint icon located on the lower left part of the session summary page NOTE This icon is grayed out when there is no hint present but you can still click on it and add a hint Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 163 s Keyboard Summary Exposure kVp Accuracy m s and time Accuracy Checklist D
434. set these parameters if this option is used Locate data during import and export There are two ways to locate session data when export and import is used between different users This is applicable both the the standard import export function when e mail is used and when Ocean Central is used Location of data can be done with Name or ID Measured session are organized based on the site information facility department and room The session also includes information about tested equipment generator tube and any user defined equipment All these items are recognized either by its name or by an ID it has been given The default way to locate data is by Name If you want more data integrity you may use ID instead In this case must a all items facilities departments rooms and all equipment that are used have an ID specified This ID is then used to decided where data goes when it is imported exported If you want to use ID instead of name go to the Preference page in the Program Options and select ID ID can be any text string and it must for each level be unique all facilities must have a unique ID all departments within a facility must have unique ID and so on If ID is selected the uniqueness is checked every time you click on the button Check IDs on the Design page of the ribbon bar If there are duplicated IDs the following is shown fir Duplicated ID The following items have IDs that are used in more than one place
435. setup function the window that will pop first is the acceptance limit setup window showing the default values that looks like the picture below kV accuracy PE Limits for the active row DIFF 10 0 to 100 Diff A kV to kV Note The corresponding column must be present in the template Update all rows More uf OK Click to compress Since we don t want to change anything here right now we ll get to this window further down our example we ll click the More button to access the wizard that would allow us to change the title The first window of the wizard looks like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions RETOS ta Analysis Setup Tube voltage accuracy E Select parameter and title Select Para meter and title Define analysis result Select the parameter to analyse accuracy for Define analysis result text Tube voltage A ho Enter a tite for the analysis the tite is used when showing the result kV accuracy Click to compress 3 The second line is where we ll change the title Let s click in the text box and enter our new title kV accuracy then click next to continue with the wizard 4 The next window of the wizard looks like the picture below This is where we ll change the pass fail text Let s change it to what we want in our example we wanted the pass text to be OK and the fail text to be Test failed Let s make these changes here then click next to continue
436. sion or real time display template 1 Click on the Protection button on the ribbon bar 2 A dialogue is shown Protection A No editing of set values A No manual input of measured values A Disable template editing Password Mask Za Click to compress 3 Select what you want to protect 4 Specify a password Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 237 NOTE Make sure that you know the password If you must have the password if you later want to modify the template 5 Click on OK to finish 6 The template is now protected This is indicated on the status bar at the bottom of the screen Piranha J Session template E a y esign mode Click to compress 3 2 3 New Site If you wish to add a new site you can use the New site button on the ribbon bar a wizard will guide you through the process or do it by adding items directly in the database tree Create a new site New site use a wizard to create a new site To use the wizard click on the New site button on the ribbon bar K p dl Measure Design Data export Appearance Reporting Help Mesa ee Bios sions Li Modify Modify Edit questions Add display Add Test Insert row s Auto new row Templat o Detector Protection setup EE Add Checklist Delete row s New Session Test checklist Real time display Miscellaneous Analysis Click to compress The wizard starts 1 The first step
437. sked by Ocean users The questions are organized by category General Where can I find the reference manual Open the documentation folder on your product CD Go to the Ocean folder and look up the file Ocean Reference Manual English v1 0A pdf I don t have a licence in my meter How can I get one Every Ocean user must have a license to use Ocean The free Display license is available for anyone by sending a request to RTI Electronics AB website at http www rti se try ocean for free If you want to purchase the Connect or Professional license for your existing Piranha or Barracuda or if you wish to purchase a new meter and Ocean please contact your local distributor Can I make a back up of the database Yes you can Go to the help tab on the ribbon bar and click on the button Back up d Where is the Ocean database located XP Documents and Settings All Users Application Data RTI Electronics Ocean Vista ProgramData RTI Electronics Ocean Can I import data from Ortigo You can import site data facilities rooms generators and tubes but not templates and measurements I get a strange message when I use my CT Dose Profiler probe Ocean says that the CT Dose profiler is not compatible and shows the following message Error Xx Your meters CT Dose Profiler probe is not compatible 2 with Ocean 1 Quit Ocean 2 Start the RTI Detector Manager f you don t have it installed you can find the installer on
438. ssociate or embed a workbook Lococcoooococccccccccnnnnnnnnoncnonononononnnarcnnnnnnonnnnnnnccinnns 374 39 9 A OOS ae a E E E E 374 3 3 4 Copy and paste aaa anaannnnnoaannnnnnennnnnnnnannnnnnnannnnnronnnrinonnnnrnrnnannrrionnnrrionnnanrronnnnn 374 39 9 Se a dala to Excel lor Cal liinda 374 3 3 5 1 Send a test checklist or real time display oocoocococonononococoncocononononananannnnons 381 3392 Send a Se MN A AA A e 382 3 3 6 Link a session to Excel Or Cal occocdodocococcccccccooonanana conc cn cnn cnn nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 374 3 3 6 1 Exchange a linked or embedded WOrkbO0K ococoooccccoccccccococcoconoccoconoccoconananconanannns 388 5 EXCUSA COMA it 374 il O A oo PPP scacsuastauaaduaniasasostansstsaadaetindseuetanec 388 2AT SAPO OUI a cere alee a Rete le Oe Aaa 388 Dis WED OMIM rana a 396 3 5 1 Create a report layout ll eeee cee ccccecceseeeeeeeeeceeecaseeeceeeceececaasseeeeeeeaeeaaatsseeeeeees 396 3 5 2 Make a report in your OWN language ooo eee eceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeenaeeeeseenaas 396 O IGA dal and ac a ls iaa 396 O A A teeta N 396 3 5 9 Print a real time display o oo cece cc cecceeceececcccceeeeececcceseecececcceseecececcceseeeeeseceeseeeeesees 396 3 6 Central Database oii eeccccessceceeseceeeesceesesaeeesesceeeesesesesneeeesnneeeesnneeessneeesens 410 3 6 1 Setup Ocean to Use Central o oo ceeccccccccceeeeseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeessesesseeees 410 20 2 SUDMINSESSIONS PO O O SU
439. st templates 3 2 2 2 5 Hints Hints can be attached to checklists templates the same way as to test templates Learn more by reading how to add hints to test templates 3 2 2 2 6 Add delete columns It is possible to add or delete columns in a checklist The following instructions will tell you how 1 Before you can proceed with adding and deleting checklist columns you must have a checklist template open or a checklist you have already completed open Right click outside the grid on the empty space to the right or below the grid to access the drop down menu and select Modify checklist You can also go to the Design page on the ribbon bar and select Modify from the Test Checklist group to achieve the same result 2 A wizard will pop up next showing the columns on the left and the parameters on the right see picture below 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual Measurement Setup E e Columns Collapse Expand Other B User defined Numeric value Set value Mumeric value Measured Text Sek text Text Measured Checklist Show all Click to compress 220 Main functions Sele Parameter pstertor Question Set text M A Answer Seb value Pra A Recommendation Set te Pra To add a column Use drag and drop to select a column on the left side and drop it on the right side You can also double click on columns on the left side to select them To delete a column Right click on a
440. sting Checklist template option and click Next to continue with the wizard Note If you want to design a completely new checklist this wizard terminates and a new wizard starts that will guide your through the process You can find the instructions on creating a checklist from scratch here 4 Your screen should look like this now showing the available checklist templates to choose from Select one from the list then click Finish to end the wizard Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 229 Add Checklist template Ox Select type Select template E Select template MM Checklist templates mj ceckli testi Cancel Click to compress 5 You will see your chosen checklist added as the last item of the session End Use the right click menu to modify session Add delete or change order of tests checklists A more flexible way do what we did in the above example is to use the right click menu available for sessions 1 To access the right click menu go to the session summary page see picture below and right click anywhere outside the session content list the white background and the menu will pop up 2 Select the Modify session option to add delete or change the order of tests checklists in a Edit information Modify session Hint d session q Summary HL kvp Reproducibility kp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site Ea T Rad test on Gif Tte totus Performed Resu
441. t connect the meter and click the Connect button 5 Once you have finished with making exposures click the Save button and give it a name to save your work End e Create a new Real time display choice 3 For this example we will choose Create a new Realtime display and click Next to continue 4 The first thing you will be asked to do is to select a modality Select one now and click Next to continue 5 Once you chose your modality you will need to add the displays to your template The displays are grouped by category on the left to make it easier to find the ones you want see the picture below Choose a category by clicking on t Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 75 Collapse Expand Parameter Detector Ey Bl Exposure Calculated MiA Time Exposure Exposure Measured CT exposure DAP exposure Exposure rate CT exposure rate DAP exposure rate HWL Total Filtration m mAs Frames Settings Conditions Testing Light User defined Other E E El El El AE Click to compress If you want more detailed information on how to design a new real time display you can read more about it here 6 The available displays are shown on the left under the category heading What is shown depends on what license level of Ocean you have Choose a display by double clicking on tt Note If you chose a measured value display another window will pop up see picture
442. t Text Data you can in this way export the data points and put them into a spreadsheet Smoothing If you have a noisy waveform you can apply smoothing to make it look better Right click on the waveform graph and select smoothing You can select 2 to 5 samples or No smoothing Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETTE 13 Click to compress CT Dose Profiler Analysis When the CT Dose Profiler is used and an CT Dose Profiler Analysis CTDI helical scan in phantom or CT Di helical scan free in air is present an alternative waveform graph and the waveform data panel is shown Waveform graph for CT Dose Profiler analysis AH A y Aeeaaea ft itt ty TS ANO 2 JU A EE E py ap ES JU E A Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 120 Main functions 3 1 21 Waveform data panel for CT Dose Profiler analysis Waveform data PP CTDI 100 c 306 35 MGY Beam width FWHM N A Geometric efficiency N A Between cursors Dose 40 83 mGy CTDI 39 57 mGy Time 6735 ms Length 131 5 mm Click to compress Comments There is a comment tab available in sessions tests checklists and real time displays The text you type here is a measured value This means that it is not stored in the template and it is erased when you click on Clear all Session comment i Rad test 2010 09 17 Ocean Professional z z SE Measure Design Datalink
443. t be a row accounted for every question you want to add to the checklist template It is possible to add delete rows even after the checklist has been created For our example we ll choose six rows and then click Finish to end the wizard and create the grid 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 214 Main functions kale Measurement Setup jo El Information Questions Columns A How many Questions should be created 6 Questions lt Back Finish cancel Click to compress 5 This would be a good place to save our work so click Save give your new template a name so it will be saved in the Library The next step is to create our questions and headings 6 The window below is the next window you will come to after you saved your work This is where we ll enter our questions and headings that will be shown in the grid when we use this template off Radiographic questions Checklist tem type YesiNo Question Result when answer is No Fail Warning OK Default answer None 3 No Yes Recommendation Previous Y Next Click to compress If you refer to the grid at the beginning of our example we have two sets of questions divided by headings You would use headings to group similar questions together Let s enter the first heading called Operator Protection 7 To enter the heading you will see Checklist item type at the top of the window with a drop down Ocean Reference Manua
444. t listed in the report Tube is active Uncheck if the tube is replaced or removed from the room NOTE It is possible to delete an old tube that was removed from a room but if you just make the tube inactive instead of delete it altogether you can keep it for reference purposes The Tube ID is only shown ff this option is selected in Program options not shown here This field gives the tube a unique identifier in the database and is used for a more efficient import export of your data d User defined In order for a user defined equipment to be created you need to provide the following information Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 69 User defined equipment Equipment type Image intensifier T Name Image intensifier sd Model Manufacturer Serial Mote 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 4 Indude in reports Equipment is active Click to compress The Equipment type field describes the type of equipment The Equipment name field is a mandatory field It is used to identify the user defined equipment in the Equipment folder You can edit the generator name field later if you want by clicking on tt in the equipment tree There are two checkboxes Include in reports If unchecked the generator is not listed in the report Equipment is active Uncheck if the equipment is replaced or removed from the room NOTE It is possible to delete an old user defined equipment that was removed from a
445. t to abort and continue You don t have Microsoft Access database engine on your computer If you don t have Microsoft Access on your computer there is a copy of the database engine included in your Product CD and the installation will be done automatically Just follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation 6 A dialogue is shown when the installation process is complete Here you can select the Start Ocean checkbox and Ocean will start immediately upon closing the dialogue box When you run Ocean for the first time a Start up wizard will guide you through a series of steps to choose the default settings according to your preference You will also be asked which meter you have and what you use it for to allow Ocean to load your database with suitable templates and examples These examples will be placed in Library folders called Examples RTI This folder is a system folder and cannot be erased nor can you erase content from these folders Licence for your meter The license level is stored in your meter Each time you start Ocean with a meter it adapts to the license level of the currently connected meter For example if you have a Piranha with Professional license that you normally use but you borrowed your colleague s Barracuda with only a Connect license and connected it to your Ocean when Ocean communicates with the Barracuda only the Connect license options will be available to you If you are unsure which level y
446. te Tube voltage accuracy Pass 70 l Tube voltage accuracy 6 2 60 Result Pass A VZLA RI iin AAA 10 E 507 e o4 o 2 E 840 3 o gt 3 gt BO Ss RE Res 3 2 305 5 pupas AI 20 54 1 w SAA 24 A 2 amp amp m amp ww gt 0 o Set value XV 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Maximum inaccuracy is 1 1 at 80 00 kV Limit 5 0 to 5 0 Waveform Waveform data Analysis Comment SY Piranha Session E Log mode Radiography test Available Pressure kPa g Click to enlarge Here is a picture of the Main screen There is a lot of information on this screen so make sure you read carefully your menu choices All key functions are found on the ribbon bar for easy access The ribbon is divided into six tabs and each tab has a collection of similar functions Measure here you will find everything related to measurements such as detector selection connect to meter set bias get waveforms etc Design under this tab you will find all the functions for creating saving and editing templates Data link this tab has the choices for customizing your data link to Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc Appearance you can change how things are shown on the main screen with these functions Reporting these are all the functions you need to create edit and print out reports the way you like it Help get help Just below the ribbon and on the bottom of the main screen you find two sta
447. ted TF Graph Graphical representation of the result Limittraph Graphical presentation of the limits MaxHWYL High limit For HVL MiINHWL Low limit For HYL SetkvYpForHwL Set kp For AVL measurement MeaskWpForHWL Meas ko For HYL measurement 0nit The current unit Calculations e The HVL is calculated with the 2 point method ete HVL is set to CalcHVL where In natural logarithm Eo Direct exposure reading without added filtration O mm Ea Exposure reading above 50 Eb Exposure reading below 50 Ta Added filtration used when Ea measurement was made Tb Added filtration used when Eb measurement was made Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the mA linearity analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESTE Main functions Added filtr Set This column is required to calculate the half value layer value Exposure Measured The measured exposure value or exposure rate is required fro the calculation or of half value layer You can use the measured exposure or the normalized Exposure rate normalized to a certain distance Measured Ratio Calculated This column shows how much the exposure or exposure rate has decreased or compared to added filtration O mm Al This column is optional Ratio rate Calculated Set kV Set value Tube voltage used for the half value layer measurement 3 2 6 5 QuickHVL The HVL
448. ted based on the measured kVp of all rows included in the reproducibility analysis It is calculated in the following way The mean value is calculated as kVp mean kVp kVp kVp n based on all rows included in the reproducibility analysis and the following calculation is done on each row included in the reproducibility analysis kVp diff from mean 100 Tube voltage Measured kVp mean kVp mean This column is required for the following analysis Reproducibility kVp Time This group of columns is related to the measurement of exposure time Set time Set value Exposure time Measured value Time diff Relative difference between measured value and reference value Time diff A Absolute difference between measured value and reference value Time diff from mean Relative difference between measured value and the mean value Ocean Reference Manual ETT Main functions 3 2 5 2 1 Set time Set value This is the time set value This value is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of exposure time You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy time 3 2 5 2 2 Exposure time Measured This is the measured exposure time There are several detectors that can measure exposure time However it is recommended that you use the internal detector You can have several instances of this column but having more than one colu
449. templates for the report Here is it possible to define individual header and footer for cover page and test pages content and print options It is possible to use standard texts user defined texts and pictures for example a logo One report template can be set as default and will automatically be used when new session templates are created Different report templates can be created and you can quickly chose between them when you create your report Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu 53 General settings Select report template RTI 1 Default Preferences Meter preferences Defaults See der amp Create header and footer for the printed report Default units Free texts Configure how content should be organized Print options Configure printer options paper size orientation etc Central database Click to minimize Central database Settings if you are going to connect to a central database fae Options General settings Ocean Data Management System used Preferences Connection Ocean server name or IP Port Meter preferences RTIWS040 7000 Defaults Login Password Default units ulf Reports A Indude PDF when submitting a session to the Central Database Room inspection interval amp dates Click to minimize 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 2 9 54 Application menu You will get instructions from the system administrator for Ocean Central how to
450. the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical reproducibility test Set time set m s SED ms m s cm 100 z ri View Set ky Tube voltage kwp diff From Select kY ATA mean o Piranha 80 80 59 0 1 80 80 69 0 0 80 80 74 0 1 80 80 69 0 0 80 80 77 0 1 80 80 62 0 1 80 80 70 0 0 Tube voltage reproducibility Result Pass Difi from mean 0 Exposure Coefficient of variation is 0 1 Limit 1 0 0 The mean value is GU 539 kw Standard deviation U0 ky Maximum deviation from the mean value is 0 1 Limit 1 0 Default pass fail criteria When you add the Reproducibility analysis the following pass fail criteria is shown Maximum relative deviation from the mean 5 0 Yo Maximum absolute deviation from the mean kV Maximum coefficient of variation 10 0 25 When you modify an Reproducibility analysis all pass fail criteria are available 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ESTE Main functions Maximum relative deviation from the mean 1 0 o Maximum absolute deviation from the mean E kV Maximum coefficient of variation 1 0 bh Maximum standard deviation ky You must modify the layout to see the results of the additional parameters Default result Exposure Coefficient of variation is 0 1 Limit 1 0 So The mean value is GU 69 kv Standard deviation
451. then Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 409 3 5 4 3 5 9 click Remove signature Print a session A session printed report is a bit different from a real time display report in that it has a cover sheet with the site information and a session summary outlining all tests and checklists included in the session Each test is shown individually based on the report template used The following information is available Each test has the following sections a Title and a test date b Tested equipment c Summary of all analysis that is included in the test d Measurements e Waveforms if included f Complete analysis results e Comments if you have typed anything in the comment field f Used test equipment A list of the equipment meters and probes you have used Serial numbers and calibration dates are included Each checklist has the following sections a Title and a test date b Tested equipment if any c Summary of all analysis that is included in the checklist d Checklist with all questions e Complete analysis results f Comments if you have typed anything in the comment field To preview and print a session Assume that you have an open session 1 Go to the Reporting page on the ribbon 2 Normally the report layout is defined by the session You can see which report layout template will be used ilf you click on the Report layout button on the ribbon bar You can
452. this is the case it is not shown here Beam correction An optional factor that is used for the internal dose and dose rate value Any factor measured value is multiplied with this factor can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here Added filtration This field is disabled if meter measures the total filtration Any added filtration will be included in the total filtration value the meter measures If the meter is set to not measure the total filtration any added filtration must be specified here can be present as a column as well and if this is the case it is not shown here Trigger threshold Trigger threshold for the detector Can be increased to avoid noise or lowered to increase sensitivity Ocean makes sure that bias is turned on when needed and turned off when not needed There is also a button on the ribbon bar to turn off the bias manually End mAs probes of type MAS 1 and MAS 3 Settings for mAs probes These settings are valid for the Piranha Dose Probe R100B or any other solid state dose detector Settings Description Sensitivity Sensitivity setting for the electrometer used for the detector Trigger threshold Trigger threshold for the detector Can be increased to avoid noise or lowered to increase sensitivity End mAs probes of type MAS 2 Settings for mAs probes These settings are valid for the Piranha Dose Probe R100B or any other solid state dose detector Settings Descr
453. tion Meter 2 Detector Favorites Bias off check info Close Meter Edit Measure Bias LP A H A m pm o A O Ore O U e PIB exs Uh Ready You can also click Start to resume measuring 5 Click on the yellow field after you have turned off the exposure to move on to the next row in the grid 3 1 18 3 Timed The Timed mode setting measures during a pre defined time period Measurements in Timed mode must be started manually This measuring mode is very useful when you want to measure a very low signal You can use the very high sensitivity setting in Timed mode for the external detector and it will further improve the meter s capability to measure very low signals The measuring time is defined on the Meter tab see Meter Adjust for more information When Timed mode is used you must start the measurement manually by clicking the Start button To use Timed mode 1 You may start the exposure at any time before or after you click the Start button depending on the situation Data link Appearance Reporting Help A Clear row Sl gt Z Get waveforms a T La E B Clear all Exposure assistant Rapture Position Meter Detector Favorites check info L Close Meter Edit Measure Comnect Reset ii Ready Click on Start button Alt S to start measuring Click to minimize When you click the Start button the measurement starts 2 The capture button now becomes active Ocean Refe
454. tion from mean value mean value and standard deviation You can specify pass fail criteria for these parameters You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default deviation from mean value mean value and standard deviation are calculated If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AEC field balance test Exposure View Field selection Exposure Exposure diff Select imay From mean 2 1 Left Aar l HaT E Center Za 6 9 3 Right 2 721 1 1 4 Left Center 2 621 4 7 5 Center Right Atle 1 4 6 Left Right 2 891 5 1 7 Left Center Right 2 6681 47 AEC field balance Result Pass Diff fram mean 9 Exposure Largest deviation from mean o 69 Mean value 2 251 mGy standard deviation 0 1331 mGy Typical AEC field balance test O D View Field selection Meas 0 0 DIFF From mean 0 0 3 Select 1 Left Center Right Center Right LeFt Right 2 3 4 Left Center z E 7 Left Center Right Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 369 AEC field balance Result Pass 2 Oo 0A 0 D D a a O A O h o Ch 2 5 a E Ci E Ci mm pe o ao pes cn Exposure Largest deviation fram mean 1 0 1 0 10 Mean value O57 O D standard deviation 006 O D Default pass fail criteria W
455. title as the current test will be shown All you can chose from a list showing all tests done in this room 6 Assume that you want to see the tests with the same title Click Next 7 A list with all tests with the same name is now shown kr Select history How to find history Select history to show Date Title Equipment selection 2011 05 12 kVp Accuracy X ay generator Rad tube 2011 03 03 kVp Accuracy X ray generator Rad tube 2011 01 26 kVp Accuracy X ay generator Rad tube 2010 10 21 kVp Accuracy X ay generator Rad tube aaa g Click to compress 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETE Main functions 8 You can here exclude tests if you want When you are ready click on Finish 9 A window is now opened that shows all your selected tests day History for Title kVp Accuracy Set time pres 5 70 100 Lad a al aed rl kv ky my ms 50 50 10 0 2 100 9 0 207 e 55 15 0 2673 112 9 60 1 0 0 3330 08 27 65 1 0 0 3776 98 27 7 1 7 0 4390 68 77 75 0 6 0 5179 99 27 a0 1 1 0 5385 68 77 BE 1 4 A EAAA Pathe J en de a PR 2010 10 21 2011 01 26 2011 03 03 2011 05 12 Current measurements 2011 06 01 Setm s 500 Set time mas tem ms 3 TE kv mo fie 1 34 0 2070 100 3 i 0 2673 112 9 0 3330 99 27 0 3776 98 27 0 1390 59 77 0 5179 99 27 0 3385 99 77 0 6444 99 28 0 7163 38 77 aD G gh un E ia et 10 In the upper part you have all your old
456. to create a display for that column Na me This is the same as the column title If you move the mouse pointer over the name the name of the related detector if any is displayed If you click on the name the corresponding meter adjust tab is shown Calibration If the column is related to a measured value the calibration used is shown here You can click on it to change calibration Exposure 1 273 mGy ho Jat cen Adr W Molat um Mo Mofe5 um RA RAJZ5 pm Rh WSO um Rh 420 5 mm 4 Moli mm l Value This is the value for this parameter You can click on it to change the number of decimals Exposure 1 2 3 mGv wf Auto decimals Mo i um Mo O decimals 1 decimals 2 decimals 3 decimals 4 decimals 5 decimals 6 decimals Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 73 Unit This is the unit used for this parameter You can click on the unit to change it Exposure 1 2 3 mGu w may poy nay F HR Mioi um Mo Start a new real time display A new real time display can be started several ways You can e select New Real time display on the Application button e create a new realtime display e select a template from the Library e select an already measured real time display from the Measurement tab New Real time display Application button 1 Click the Application button and select New from the drop down menu and choose New Real time display 2 The wizard to
457. torClass mA BQ name s mA mAs M Magnaicc 8888 Units Normal Bias Negative DetectorClass Radiation BO name s Mo 30 um Mo D Mo 25 um RF Vacutec 70157 6666 Units DAP Bias Negative DetectorClass KAP BOQ name s W 2 5 mm Al ROR H Battery charger On Battery charger Off Click to compress Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions MN Edit These functions are used for gleanna ny editing the measured data Al Clear all Detector L Clase Edit Clear row Clear current row removes all measured data from current row Click on this button if you want to clear the current row The set values will not be removed with this command Clear all erase all data in the object you are working with removes all measured data from the entire grid Click on this button if you want to clear all the rows The set values will not be removed with this command Close Close your current work this command will not close Ocean Click on this button if you want close the current job you are working on You will be prompted to Save any unsaved data before closing This is the same as Close on the Application menu Detector Change the detector Use this button if you want to choose another detector for your current measurement Read more in the topic Detector selection Measure ee DU From here you can open the Favorites list and find some Exp
458. ts Free texts Default room inspection interval months Reports Central database Click to compress Meter type This is used when you work off line during template design You can select Piranha or Barracuda You can use a template designed for a Piranha with a Barracuda and vice versa The only requirement for connecting to a meter is that the meter have an Ocean license Temperature Reference temperature used when calculating the TP factor for ion chambers Pressure Reference pressure used when calculating the TP factor for ion chambers Default inspection interval Default inspection interval months for room Default units These settings control functions within Ocean related to measurements and templates These are the default units they can be changed locally in each template Units This is where you can define the default units you want to work with The choice you make here will affect all new ttemplates you design but you can change them any time Free texts Edit user defined labels Here is it possible to specify the user defined labels that are available for facility department room generator tube user defined equipment and all type of templates Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NON ta Options General settings Preferences Meter preferences Free text 2 Defaults Note 2 Default units Free text 3 Note 3 Free texts Free text 4 Reports Not
459. tus bars The status bar located just below the ribbon status bar is divided into two parts the left part indicates what the meter is doing right now and the right part is used to display messages and information The status bar located at the very bottom of the main screen shows current meter being used work mode battery indicator for the meter and more There are two tabs Measurements and Library located on the top left of the main screen just below the ribbon Measurements This is where you will find all your measured and saved data The saved data from the real time display is also found here If you are using Professional license you can also see your facilities rooms and tubes here with their corresponding data Library This is where all your templates are stored A template is a blank protocol without any measured data recorded Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Welcome to Ocean 24 1 3 1 1 3 2 Ribbon The ribbon is the command bar that organizes Ocean s features for easy access via tabs located at the top of the Main screen window There are six of these tabs to keep similar functions grouped together To read what s on the ribbon go to main functions Application button Quick Access Tab Measure Design Data link Appearance Reporting Central database Help qe Ey e Clear row Y Get waveforms Le 2 3 f i Clear all Connect Reset Start Capture Fause Position Meter Exposure
460. type toggle between template and measurement types For example you can use this function if you have a session that you wish to make into a template or vice versa You have the option of saving a test or checklist as a separate object to be included in your future sessions Save as functions available while working with sessions 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 38 Application menu Save as Session Save current session with a new name Save as Session template Save current session as a template no al Measurements Special Save current Test as template Save the current test as a test template no LJ measurements Options Close Ocean Click to decompress Save as a Session If you use Save as to rename a session it will create a copy of the existing session and all future work will be saved in the new copy The new copy will be saved in the same site and room where the original session was located It is not possible to change the location of the new copy using this function If you want to change the new copy location you must first close the session and then move it by using the drag and drop feature of the database tree Important Please make every effort to save the session to the correct site and room before you use it Once a session is used in a certain room and on a certain tube the equipment information is stored in Ocean and when you move it to a new room the equipment infor
461. u can add an existing checklist template to the session template you are working with or build a completely new checklist and add it on the fly Read more in the topic Add Delete checklist to a session Test Checklist These functions are used to edit an existing test or E Duplicate row Edit questions checklist template oF Delete rows Modify Test checklist CO Insert row s Use default labels 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual REM Main functions Insert row s Add more rows to current test or checklist With this function you can do the following e Number of rows to insert e Insert first last or before after active row Inserted rows will not be assigned to any analysis Duplicate row Duplicates selected row Selected row is duplicated the new row s will be a copy of the selected row including any analysis Delete row s Delete selected rows Delete the selected row s By default this function deletes the current active row You do have the option to select a range of rows for deletion by using multi selection Use default labels Force user defined labels into the template When you click this button is active template updated with default labels as they are specified in Program Options Edit questions Edit questions in a checklist Click this button if you want to edit a question is a checklist Modify Modify current test or checklist When you click this button the checklist d
462. u have finished entering all the information you want click Next to continue 3 The next page of the wizard will look like the picture below This is where you can select the columns you want to have in your checklist The columns on the right are the columns that will be present in your checklist As you can see there are four suggested columns already chosen for you when you get to this page da Measurement Setup e EI es Information Columns as Colapse Expand parameter peter Questions Other a Question Set text N A User defined Answer Set value N A Chedkdist Result Calculated N A Recommendation Set te N A Show a ee eee ee Click to compress The four columns are Questions This is where you will be typing your question text therefore this column must be present in the grid Answer This is where you will be typing the answer text therefore this column must be present in the grid Result This is where you can define the pass fail criteria for your question This column is optional and you can delete it if you want Recommendation This is another optional column that would be used to show a recommended action to be taken if this question fails For our example we will use the pre selected columns only and click Next to continue with the example 4 The next page you come to looks like the picture below This is where you select how many rows you want in this checklist template There mus
463. ue MeanValue 2 n Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the AEC field balance analysis Measured value or The measured values are used to calculate the difference from mean value Exposure or O D coefficient of variation and standard deviation diff from mean This is the calculated relative difference between the each individual measured or value and the mean value of all measured values This column is optional diff from mean O D however it is recommended to have this column if this parameter is evaluated since the indication of failing exposures is made in this column AEC densitiy correction The AEC density correction analysis is used to test the performance of the automatic exposure control You can use exposure values or optical density O D for the evaluation This analysis doesn t have any pass fail criteria you must decide if the test fails or passes You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test By default the measured exposure or optical density is plotted in a graph and compared to an ideal curve If you want to include the standard deviation also you must modify the standard analysis See topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical AEC density correction test Exposure 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 372 Main functions View Sek density Exposure DIFF From ref val
464. ula Numeric value diff Relative difference between calculated value and reference value Numeric value diff A Absolute difference between calculated value and reference value Numeric value diff from mean Relative difference between calculated value and the mean value 3 2 5 23 1 Numeric set value Set value This is the user defined numeric set value It is the reference value when calculating the inaccuracy of the user defined numeric value You can only have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy Numeric value 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ET Main functions 3 2 5 23 2 Numeric value Measured This is a user defined numeric measured value You can use this column to store any numeric measured value you enter from the keyboard This value is a measured value and it will not be stored as measured data 3 2 5 23 3 Numeric value diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for user defined numeric value The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis User calculation diff 100 Numeric value Measured Numeric set value Numeric set value This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy User defined numeric value relative 3 2 5 23 4 Numeric value diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for user defined numeric value The following calculation is done on ea
465. ulated as Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured SDD Set value SDD Set value 2 Ref mAs Set mAs Or Exposure rate norm Measured Exposure rate Measured SDD Set value SSD Set value 2 Ref mAs Set mAs If the values SDD SSD and Ref mAs Set mAs are missing the following formula is used Exposure norm Measured Exposure Measured or Exposure norm Measured Exposure rate Measured 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 302 Main functions 3 2 5 26 12 Phantom Set value This value is used by the AGD EUREP analysis It specifies the PMMA thickness used This column is required for the following analysis AGD EUREF 3 2 5 26 13 Field selection Set value This value is used by the AEC field balance analysis It specifies the AEC field s used This column is required for the following analysis AEC field balance 3 2 5 26 14 AGD Calculated This value is the calculated average glandular dose This column is required for all types of AGD analysis For the calculation of AGD the half value layer value is required You can use a value from a tradional HVL measurement by adding filters until you have decreased the measured dose to less than half or use the Qick HVL that the meter gives for each exposure If you use the later you can get the AGD with only one exposure This column is required for the following analysis AGD ACR AGD EUREF AGD IAEA 3 2 5 26
466. ult layout and macros As described in the topic Advanced analysis it is possible to modify the the layout of the analysis result The layout is defined by text combined with macros When the analysis result is shown the macros are replaced with the appropriate calculated values set values and measured values The default layout of text CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis looks like this Title Result STestResult Set kV CTDI 100 c CTDI w CTDIvol DLP SetkV kV SCTDc SUnitw CTDIw SUnitw SC TDivol Unitvol SDLP UnitDLP SDoseProfileGraph This text can be modified and more macros can be used to show more calculated results for example the relative difference The following macros are available for the CTDI helical scan in phantom analysis 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EST Main functions STitle Specified title SResult Analysis result 5TestResult Pass or fail text the overall result for the test 55etkV Set kVp SetmAs Set m s SetPitch Set pitch SetScanTime Set value for the scan time SetTubeRotTime Set tube rotation time SetCollimationNT Set value for the collimation SetPhantom Type Set value for phantom type ScanSpeed Calculated scan speed Set Pitch Collimation NT Set Tube Rot Time 5DoseProfileGraph The CT dose profile graph CTDIc Measured CTDI L00 c center position from waveform CTDIwn Measured value CTDI normalized SUnitwn Unit fo
467. umns and calculated value columns we want in our template Since we are going to test kV accuracy we need both set value and measured value columns as well as a column for calculation the difference between the set values and measured values We also want to record exposure and time even if we don t need it for the kV accuracy test 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 142 Main functions Measurement Setup Information Columns HEELS Collapse Expand Parameter Detector Columns le General settings Time Exposure Exposure rate m m s HL Total Filtration Settings Conditions Testing lt No data to display gt Other User defined Roms E P P E E E E E E Click to compress This picture shows the most common column groups for the modality we selected earlier If you don t find what you need check Show all in the lower left corner and everything will become visible We ll click on kV to open this group of columns and choose Set kV Set value and Tube voltage Measured Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 143 A Measurement Setup Information Columns HEELS Collapse Expand Parameter Detector gt Columns General settings Set kv Set value Rows Tube voltage Measured kvp diff Calculated kvp diff A Calculated kvp diff From mean 5 Calculatec Time Exposure Exposure rate m m s HL Total Filtration settings
468. ur exposures you will see measured data appearing in the grid along with the corresponding waveforms in the waveform window to the bottom left of the grid and the analysis will appear in the analysis window next to the waveform window 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 32 Welcome to Ocean a Mesore eg Date ink Apper ma Reportrg gt u ow G Getweveforss 2 O om Connect Detector Favorites Mistery Trend Ub Done Meter idt Meare Compare Par a Keyboard LO amay S kpRepoducbity kip Accuracy Radographk questons Ste g 2 General settings na q de t E t a 2 18 0 2 i a i 3 3 0 1447 G ri d gt Q L 4 NM vn a t 5 y 0 142 9 lt S 3 A Wavetorn Y ara Sammy 7 4 Hall Value Layer Pass Mall Value Layer Gys Waveform gt 4 mm Aj AL lem mumun 2300 mm Al n sr a ANalysis Exposure rato m 50 TO Teme en Click to enlarge 18 Click on the save button to save your measurements You don t need to choose a name here since we left the session name at the default date and time stamp earlier You can load any template from the Favorites screen by clicking on the Favorites button or from the Library tab located to the left of the displays Read the topics below for more information How to start a new session read the topic Start a new session How to design a test template read the topic Design a test template How to design a checklist template
469. usually use Ocean with or on other media such as a CD or flash drive that is clearly marked and readily accessible when you use Ocean Read more on this in topic Associate or embed a workbook Free workbook Use this type link when you just want to create a temporary link NOTE In this case the link is not saved when you save the real time display or the session Read more on this in topic Free workbook d Remove Delete the link to the workbook Use this function to delete a link to an associated workbook or remove an embedded workbook Read more on this in topic Associate or embed a workbook Free workbook Use a free workbook when you want to transfer exposure data row by row quickly and easily to a spreadsheet When you use this feature a connection between your Ocean object and the workbook is established while the documents are open As soon as you save and quit the connection is closed It is not remembered by the Ocean object as it is if you use an embedded or associated workbook For the example below assume you have the following table in your spreadsheet and you want to fill it with measured data ee ee ee ee Ce S S ee S ee omw S Click to minimize Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 377 1 Create a real time display with four columns Set kV Time Exposure and Exposure rate mE aff Real time display Exposure time Exposure E cu E 0 m
470. uto Specify text Ea Xi BDU BS S EA a Font Font Size 10 In fluoroscopy put the Piranha MPD in the beam Do this measurement without added filtration before phantom If you prefer right click and select Modify Real Time Display to add displays for dose and dose rate Exposure time 0 ms WS mm Al Total filtr 0 mm Al 0 mm Al Wi mm Al Wa mm Al To start this measurement click nf OK Click to minimize 4 Modify the text and click OK to finish 3 1 10 Auto start and auto connect Ocean tries to connect to a meter the first time you activate a test or real time display It will look fora meter connected to a USB port or the last used Bluetooth port Keyboard mode is enabled if a meter can t be found You can do everything in Keyboard mode and enter the data manually This is the only time Ocean tries to auto connect and ff it fails the first time you must click on the Connect button on the ribbon bar to toggle between Connected and Keyboard modes If a favorite is set to Auto start this favorite is automatically loaded each time Ocean starts Whena favorite is set to Auto start and you activate that favorite Ocean will try to connect to a meter Open the Favorite list and right click on the favorite you want to auto start and click on Auto start Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 95 due Select favorite Templates Contents Exposure norm 6
471. values measured in different positions in a CT phantom It calculates CTDI weighted CTDI and normalized CTDI AGD ACR Calculates the average glandular dose according to the rules specified by ACR Mammography Quality Manual 1999 ISBN 1 55903 142 5 Required input is an HVL value an entrance kerma dose value and the target filter used AGD EUREF Calculates the average glandular dose according to the rules specified by European Protocol for the Quality Control of the Physical and Technical Aspects of Mammography Screening Appendices page 110 2005 Required input is an HVL value an entrance kerma dose value the target filter used and phantom thickness AGD IAEA Calculates the average glandular dose according to the rules specified by JAEA Technical Reports Series no 457 Dosimetry in Diagnostic Radiology An International code of Practice page 155 163 2007 ISSN 0074 1914 no 457 Required input is an HVL value an entrance kerma dose value and the target filter used Min Max Compares specified parameter to a high and or low accepted limit It can be used with all measured parameters and the user calculation column Checklist Presents the result of a checklist if it passed or failed how many fails and how many warnings there were AEC Evaluates the mA linearity There are five different analysis to analyse kV compensation mA compensation reproducibility reciprocity field balance and density correction If you want to see
472. voltage El 3 Collapse Expand 4 Piranha i W3 mm Al Click to compress We will double click on W 3 mm AI as this is the only available calibration for Radiography or select it and click OK 8 Next we ll click Time and select Exposure time The detector calibration dialogue is shown again 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual EM Main functions Click to compress This window shows all available detectors for time measurement with the Piranha only connected detectors are shown in this case is the external dose probe connected We will use the same detector we used for the kV the internal It is indicated with green text We will continue to add the remaining parameters and after we are done the screen should look like this Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 253 kale Measurement Setup Ps JE Es E Disphys Displays Colapse Expand ramer peer kV Tube voltage Measurec Piranha Serial MP2 Time A Exposure time Measure Piranha Serial MP2 Exposure Exposure Measured Piranha Serial MP2 Exposure rate A Exposure rate Measure Piranha Serial MP2 mE Total filtr Measured Piranha Serial MP2 bin THVL Measured iranha Serial MP2 Total Filtration Other User defined Click to compress 9 Click Finish to end the wizard 10 At this point we have not saved our work yet The main title bar indicates Untitled
473. want Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions ETIE 2 Pull out the tab from the right side that has the meter setting s you want to modify Read more here 3 Make the necessary changes 3 2 2 1 9 Waveforms Waveforms are be default measured You can turn off and on this individually for each row This is done by right clicking on a row and check or uncheck Collect waveforms s View f Select PP PIP P P P IP P PIP 2 60 gt 4 70 5 75 5 80 T 85 8 90 9 95 10 100 11 105 12 110 ES Setk Tube voltage kVp diff Exposure kV kV mGy 55 13 0 2 0 2678 112 9 60 62 1 0 0 3330 98 27 Don t show value s Edit cell name Collect waveform s 84 61 90 37 Include waveform s in report 95 83 Delete selected row s 100 89 Force position check 104 37 Hint 109 57 Click to compress You can also select multiple rows and check or uncheck several rows at the same time The waveform is shown in a separate window You can add filtering to it if you have a noisy waveform The setting for the filter is stored individually for each row To add smoothing 1 First select the rows you want in this case the first five rows P PIP P PIP PIP IP IPP IRPP as gt ja S yo Click to compress 2 Right click on the waveform windiow 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 162 Main functions vv 2 sample moving average 3
474. want to rename or change the location of a template you are working on currently 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual NET Application menu 2 4 Print This function is used to print your current work You can print on a printer or create PDF files sa Print j Print the report Preview the report and optionally create a PDF file Save as Pb ald lt gt Export F Import Click to enlarge You can print or preview the following e Complete reports if you are working with a session the complete session is printed previewed complete with a cover sheet including all tests with waveforms if so chosen and checklists e Real time display the real time display currently open in Ocean is printed e A test or a checklist during design work we added this feature to allow you to print out the templates you are working with during design NOTE You can only print or preview one item at a time Print It is important to remember that this function prints the current session template you are working on and is open in Ocean The print dialogue see picture below is shown when you choose the print function from the drop down menu on the Application button Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Application menu NT Print Printer Name 5Y WSBS Olivetti dubbelsidigt Properties 3 Where I Fages Copies All Number of copies 1 J Current page E Pages W Collate Enter pa
475. ween Associated link and Embedded link Associated Ocean now knows where the workbook file is and will open it when needed and close it when not needed You must make sure this workbook is never moved after it is connected to an Ocean template Embedded Ocean will take the workbook and make it a permanent part of the session or real time display until you wish to remove it manually The workbook file you used to make the connection to Ocean will be left as it is but will not be needed in the future and will not be updated automatically after each use The only copy Ocean will use once the link is made is its own internal copy that is part of the session Ocean will keep track of the workbook and open it whenever needed and close it when you close the session or real time display 6 Click save in Ocean to save the session or real time display 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 384 Main functions Now the workbook and the Ocean session or real time display are permanently connected to each other Create link between cells in Excel or Calc and cells in an Ocean template The most powerful and effective way to use Ocean with Excel or Calc is to use what is called Cell to cell mode The following example shows the principle of using cell to cell linking For the example we will assume that you have a session with a test template and an Excel workbook with a spreadsheet as sown in the picture below iM F EAA A Sum
476. wing analysis not required for any analysis but normally used for CT Dose Profiler analysis Conditions This group of columns is related to different measuring conditions for example SSD SDD focal spot and more Temperature Temperature used for TP compensation of ion chamber readings Pressure Pressure used for TP compensation of ion chamber readings SSD Source Skin Distance used for normalization of exposure and exposure rate readings SDD Source Detector Distance used for normalization of exposure and exposure rate readings Focal spot Indicates focal spot if present it is used by the mA linearity analysis CT phantom position Indicates CT pahntom position used by the CTDI analysis Slice Thickness CT slice thickness used by the CTDI analysis Number of slices Number slices used by the CTDI analysis Pitch Pitch value 3 2 5 25 1 Temperature Set value This is the set value for temperature It is used to calculate the TF factor used to compensate readings from ion chambers Normally you would place this parameter in the general settings 3 2 5 25 2 Pressure Set value This is the set value for pressure It is used to calculate the TF factor used to compensate readings from ion chambers Normally you would place this parameter in the general settings 3 2 5 25 3 SSD Set value This is the Source Skin Distance It is used when calculating the normalized exposure or exposure rate The normalized exposure is calcul
477. work with Trend You can do trend analysis directly in two different ways from the history window e You can click on the Trend button and set up trend in the same way as described in topic Trending e You can right click in a cell and select Trend to look at the trend for a specific value 3 1 15 To do list If you are specifying inspection dates for your rooms they will appear in the To do list and you will be notified when it is time for inspection NOTE The Scheduling function may not be available if Ocean Central is used and it is decided that inspection dates are controlled from the server Scheduling is not enable in the Program options 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual ETTE Main functions d Room inspection schedule sessions requiring a signature ID number problems All scheduled but not upcoming Status Facility Dept Room Inspection date Inspection interval months uy ET Electronics May Room 2 Mam 2011 11 23 12 EJ Great Western Hospital Main X Ray Departm Room 5 Main X Ray 2012 01 27 12 ES Due E Upcoming within 2 weeks Click to compress You can sort the list by clicking on the column headings There are three different tabs Room inspection schedule Here are all due and upcoming rooms listed Sessions requiring signature If the report template for a session says Signature required sessions not signed are listed here ID number problems This tab is only s
478. working on e Add pass fail criteria e Recommendation in case of failure e Name for the checklist and other additional information Click on Save to save the checklist template You can find your new checklist template under the Library tab to the Left of the Main screen grid under Checklist templates 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Manual 130 Main functions NOTE A checklist template has no answers in it and it cannot be saved with results Read more about this in the topic Design a checklist template New Real time display template When you click on the Real time meter template choice it starts a wizard to help you create your new real time display A real time display is a template with a number of displays and a grid where measurements are logged The wizard will take you through the following steps to create the real time display template e Select a modality the template will be used with e Select the number of columns detectors and calibrations you wish to have e Select other general settings Just follow the wizard s guidance and making a real time display will be easy When the wizard is done the real time display template is created and opened To complete your new real time display you also have to do the following e Specify set values generator conditions and so on e Adjust the meter settings for each row as necessary e Modify appearance you can change the order of columns modify the number of decimal places f
479. xHYL High limit For HYL MINHWL Low limit For HYL SetkYpForHwL Set kwp For AVL measurement MeaskWpForHWL Meas kip For HYL measurement MeasHyl Measured HYL value MeasTF Measured total Filtration tRowho Row number that is evaluated 0nit The current unit Calculations e The HVL is measured directly and available from the meter MeasHVL HVL Measured Required columns or general settings The following columns are required for the mA linearity analysis Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 323 HVL Measured This column is required 3 2 6 6 Total filtr Measured This column is optional but required if you want the total filtration value presented CTDI The CTDI analysis is used to evaluate the CT dose index on computed tomography systems It uses 5 exposures with a dose length calibrated detector normally a pencil ion chamber where a 5 hole phantom is used You can read the topic Add analysis to see how you add the analysis to a test If you want to modify the standard analysis see topic Modify analysis and Advanced analysis for more information Typical CTDI test View SetkV CT phantom position CT exposure Slice Thickness Number of slices Set mAs CTDI Select mGycm cm mGy A center B 12 o dock C 3 o dock D 6 o dock E 9 o dock A center B 12 o dock C 3 o dock D 6 o dock E 9 o dock 5 00 wD an ee mu
480. y HYL kYp Reproducibility y kvp Accuracy Radiographic questions Site Set time SDD Set mAs ms cm m s 100 70 5 View Setk Tube voltage kVp diff Exi Select kw kw bl a 50 49 69 0 6 d 0 posure Exposure time ro frosk 123914 quawdinb3 YU Ald Awg Ey guawanseaw Ey 9 6 2 55 0 2 3 60 60 62 1 0 Tube voltage Exposure rate 4 65 H 5 70 MA ey ran AAA y 6 75 d s 80 d 3 85 d 9 90 ais 10 95 d 95 ENS 11 100 do 35 12 105 d 30 5 m D30 13 110 E 525 9 14 115 92575 95 15 120 3 2 920 ES 204 l 15 Waveform data 10 a Show hide i A Tube voltage Exposure rate 4 240 0 000 4 24 Time 23 89 95 56 71 6 Between CIN Sor ___ gt gt _ E Te SET Exposure 0 3048 mGy F 4 32 Pa A A A es oo ee wo E 5 2 E E O4 oe oe se amp amp amp o i To Te o z Analysis Comment 2 Piranha Session E Log mode Rad test Click to compress 4 To dock the window again back to its original position double click on the title bar and the window will pop back to where it came from If you wish to dock the window in a different position than where it came from just follow steps 1 3 as described above Once the window is undocked grab it As soon as you grabbed the window you will see a number of arrows on your screen While you still hold on to the window hover your mouse over one of the arrow
481. y have one instance of this column This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy kVp AGD ACR AGD EUREF AGD IAEA HVL QuickHVL 3 2 5 1 2 Tube voltage Measured This is the measured tube voltage There is only one detector that can measure tube voltage but you can have multiple instances of this column to show the tube voltage differently for instance one column might show kVp and the other one PPV This value is used when calculating the inaccuracy of kVp This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy kVp Reproducibility kVp Ocean Reference Manual 2012 10 01 2 3A Main functions 257 3 2 5 1 3 kVp diff Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy relative for tube voltage kVp The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis kVp diff 100 Tube voltage Measured Set kV Set kV This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy kVp relative 3 2 5 1 4 kVp diff A Calculated This is the calculated inaccuracy absolute for tube voltage kVp The following calculation is done on each row included in the analysis kVp diff A Tube voltage Measured Set kV This column is required for the following analysis Accuracy kVp absolute 3 2 5 1 5 kVp diff from mean Calculated 3 2 5 2 2012 10 01 2 3A It is the calculated relative difference from the mean value of kVp The mean value is calcula
482. you like by following the steps below 1 Select a row or use multi select row to select multiple rows 2 Right click on the selected row s View Setbky Tube voltage Select care ATA gt E 81 00 o0 0 70 00 50 0 Don t show values m A w M a0 0 Link selected cellis to spreadsheet 50 0 Edit cell name 60 0 w Collect waveforms Include waveforms in report Force position check Hint 3 Check or uncheck Include waveform s in report to include exclude the waveforms in the print out NOTE Collect waveform s must also be checked if you want waveforms As a default waveforms are always collected when available Change the width of columns The width you give columns on the screen will be saved in the template and used when the real time display is printed Use drag and drop to modify the width of the columns Standard columns Definitions The standard columns are described In the following sections The columns are divided into different column types and for each type a number of different columns are available The following columns types are available Column type Columns related to kV measurement of tube voltage Time measurement of exposure time Exposure measurement of exposure dose Exposure rate measurements of exposure rate dose rate Frames measurement of frames frame rate and exposure frame mAs frame 2012 10 01 2 3A Ocean Reference Ma

Ocean Help

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents